Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Item 9B. Other Information

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



FORM 10-K

(Mark One)    

ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                to                               

Commission File Number 001-32722



INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE
(State of incorporation)
  95-2848406
(IRS Employer Identification No.)

165 Broadway, New York, New York
(Address of principal executive offices)

 

10006
(Zip Code)
(212) 588-4000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(B) OF THE ACT:

Common Stock, $0.01 par value
(Title of class)

 

New York Stock Exchange
(Name of exchange on which registered)

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(G) OF THE ACT: None



         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o     No  ý

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  ý     No  o

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ý

  Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Act)

Yes  o     No  ý

Aggregate market value of the voting stock
held by non-affiliates of the
Registrant at June 30, 2015:
$827,561,668

  Number of shares outstanding of the
Registrant's Class of common stock
at February 10, 2016:
32,790,604

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

         Proxy Statement relating to the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (incorporated, in part, in Form 10-K Part III)

   


Table of Contents

2015 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
   
  Page  

 

Forward Looking Statements

    ii  

 

PART I

       

Item 1.

 

Business

    1  

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

    10  

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

    23  

Item 2.

 

Properties

    23  

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

    23  

Item 4

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

    23  

 

PART II

       

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

    24  

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

    27  

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    27  

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

    49  

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

    51  

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

    98  

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

    98  

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

    100  

 

PART III

       

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

    100  

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

    100  

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

    100  

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

    100  

Item 14.

 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

    100  

 

PART IV

     

Item 15.

 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

    100  

        Investment Technology Group, ITG, the ITG logo, AlterNet, ITG Algorithms, ITG List-Based Algorithms, ITG Net, ITG Single-Stock Algorithms, ITG TCA, POSIT, POSIT Alert, POSIT Marketplace, RFQ-hub, Triton, ITG Position Manager, ITG Smart Router, TriAct, and MATCH Now are registered trademarks or service marks of the Investment Technology Group, Inc. companies. ITG Derivatives and ITG Smart Router are trademarks or service marks of the Investment Technology Group, Inc. companies.

i


Table of Contents


PRELIMINARY NOTES

        When we use the terms "ITG," the "Company," "we," "us" and "our," we mean Investment Technology Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        In addition to the historical information contained throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, there are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements regarding our expectations related to our future financial position, results of operations, revenues, cash flows, dividends, financing plans, business and product strategies, competitive positions, as well as the plans and objectives of management for future operations, and all expectations concerning securities markets, client trading and economic trends are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify these statements by forward-looking words such as "may," "might," "will," "could," "should," "would," "expect," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "trend," "potential" or "continue" and the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology.

        Although we believe our expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions and beliefs, and on information currently available to our management, there can be no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements herein include, among others, general economic, business, credit and financial market conditions, both internationally and domestically, financial market volatility, fluctuations in market trading volumes, effects of inflation, adverse changes or volatility in interest rates, fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, evolving industry regulations and regulatory scrutiny, customers' reactions to the settlement in August 2015 with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the outcome of contingencies such as legal proceedings or governmental or regulatory investigations, the volatility of our stock price, changes in tax policy or accounting rules, the actions of both current and potential new competitors, changes in commission pricing, rapid changes in technology, errors or malfunctions in our systems or technology, cash flows into or redemptions from equity mutual funds, ability to meet liquidity requirements related to the clearing of our customers' trades, customer trading patterns, the success of our products and service offerings, our ability to continue to innovate and meet the demands of our customers for new or enhanced products, our ability to protect our intellectual property, our ability to execute on strategic transactions or initiatives, our ability to attract and retain talented employees and our ability to pay dividends or repurchase our common stock in the future.

        Certain of these factors, and other factors, are more fully discussed in Item 1A, Risk Factors, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , and Item 7A, Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk , in this Annual Report which you are encouraged to read.

        We disclaim any duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the filing of this report to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations and we do not intend to do so. These forward-looking statements should not be relied upon as representing our views as of any date subsequent to the filing of this report.

ii


Table of Contents

Item 1.    Business

        Investment Technology Group, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 22, 1983. Its principal subsidiaries include: (1) ITG Inc., AlterNet Securities, Inc. ("AlterNet") and ITG Derivatives LLC ("ITG Derivatives"), institutional broker-dealers in the United States ("U.S."), (2) ITG Canada Corp. ("ITG Canada"), an institutional broker-dealer in Canada, (3) Investment Technology Group Limited ("ITG Europe"), an institutional broker-dealer in Europe, (4) ITG Australia Limited ("ITG Australia"), an institutional broker-dealer in Australia, (5) ITG Hong Kong Limited ("ITG Hong Kong"), an institutional broker-dealer in Hong Kong, (6) ITG Software Solutions, Inc., our intangible property, software development and maintenance subsidiary in the U.S., and (7) ITG Solutions Network, Inc., a holding company for ITG Analytics, Inc., a provider of pre- and post-trade analysis, fair value and trade optimization services, ITG Investment Research, LLC ("ITG Investment Research"), a provider of independent data-driven investment research, and ITG Platforms Inc., a provider of trade order and execution management technology and network connectivity services for the financial community.

        ITG is an independent broker and financial technology firm that improves the efficiency and execution quality of institutional trading. ITG helps clients understand market trends, mitigate risk and navigate increasingly complex markets. A leader in electronic trading since launching the POSIT crossing network in 1987, ITG takes a consultative approach in delivering the highest quality execution and liquidity solutions along with analytical tools and research. The firm is headquartered in New York with offices in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region.

        ITG's business is organized into four reportable operating segments (see Note 22, Segment Reporting , to the consolidated financial statements):

    U.S. Operations

    Canadian Operations

    European Operations

    Asia Pacific Operations

        These four operating segments offer a wide range of solutions for asset managers and broker-dealers in the areas of electronic brokerage; research, sales and trading; platforms and analytics. These offerings include trade execution services and solutions for portfolio management, as well as investment research, pre-trade analytics and post-trade analytics and processing, summarized below.

        Effective in the first quarter of 2015, the Company is presenting its regional segment results excluding the impact of corporate activity. For this purpose, corporate activity includes investment income and other gains as well as costs not associated with operating the businesses within the Company's regional segments. These costs include, among others, (a) the costs of being a public company, such as certain staff costs, a portion of external audit fees, and reporting, filing and listing costs, (b) intangible asset amortization, (c) interest expense, (d) professional fees associated with our global transfer pricing structure, (e) foreign exchange gains or losses and (f) certain non-operating expenses. Prior to this change in segment measure, corporate activity was included in the region where the income/expense was earned/incurred, which primarily was in the U.S. Operations segment. Prior period segment data has been restated to conform to the 2015 presentation.

Electronic Brokerage

        ITG electronic brokerage services include self-directed trading by clients using algorithms, smart routing and matching in cash equities through POSIT (including single stocks and portfolio lists), futures and options.

1


Table of Contents

ITG Algorithms and ITG Smart Router

        ITG Algorithms and ITG Smart Router offer portfolio managers and traders a way to trade orders quickly, comprehensively and cost-efficiently from any ITG Execution Management System ("EMS") or ITG Order Management System ("OMS") and most third-party trading platforms. The algorithms execute orders anonymously and discreetly, thereby potentially lowering market impact costs and improving overall performance. ITG Algorithms help users pursue best execution through two suites: ITG Single-Stock Algorithms and ITG List-Based Algorithms.

        ITG Smart Router offers a solution for routing trades that can help capture liquidity with a combination of speed and confidentiality. These routers continuously scan markets for liquidity with an emphasis on trading without displaying the order. ITG Smart Router uses proprietary techniques to quickly execute at the best available prices.

POSIT

        POSIT was launched in 1987 as a point-in-time electronic crossing network. Today, POSIT operates as an Alternative Trading System ("ATS"), providing anonymous continuous and scheduled crossing of non-displayed (or dark) equity orders and price improvement opportunities within the National Best Bid and Offer ("NBBO").

        POSIT Alert is a block crossing mechanism within POSIT. POSIT Alert scans uncommitted shares from participating clients. When a crossing opportunity is detected, POSIT Alert notifies the relevant buy-side users that a matching opportunity exists.

        POSIT Marketplace provides access to POSIT liquidity, the dark pools of other ATSs, and certain exchange dark order types. POSIT Marketplace is a dark pool aggregator that provides clients with access to a large range of non-displayed liquidity destinations. POSIT Marketplace uses advanced quantitative techniques in an effort to interact with quality liquidity while protecting clients from gaming.

        POSIT FI is a block crossing mechanism for U.S. corporate bonds, providing real-time pricing for approximately 15,000 corporate bonds based on market data from fixed income electronic communication networks, an exchange, FINRA Trace and evaluated prices. POSIT FX provides continuous crossing of currency pairs using a proprietary consolidated quote feed to calculate the market midpoint.

ITG Derivatives

        ITG Derivatives provides electronic listed futures and options trading, including algorithmic trading and direct market access. ITG Derivatives offers advanced options features for traders employing volatility-neutral or delta-neutral strategies and also provides low-latency application programming interfaces.

Commission Management Services

        ITG offers administration and consolidation of client commission arrangements across a wide range of our clients' preferred brokerage and research providers through ITG Commission Manager, a robust, multi-asset, web-based commission management portal.

Securities Lending Services

        Through stock borrow and stock loan transactions, ITG facilitates shortened or extended settlement periods to help clients meet their internal cash flow needs. ITG can also borrow securities to help reduce failures to deliver stock.

2


Table of Contents

Research, Sales & Trading

ITG Investment Research

        ITG provides differentiated, unbiased, data-driven equity research through its ITG Investment Research subsidiary. This offering has expanded ITG's client relationships beyond the trading desk to chief investment officers, portfolio managers and analysts. Through the use of innovative data harvesting and analysis and exclusive data partnerships, ITG Investment Research identifies key metrics that may influence a company's future performance. ITG Investment Research also provides our syndicated research products to, and performs custom analyses for, corporate clients. On December 22, 2015, ITG completed the sale of the subsidiaries conducting its energy research business to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus for a purchase price of approximately $120.5 million in cash. As part of this transaction, ITG will continue to provide energy research to its institutional clients, serving as the exclusive sales partner for institutional investors for at least two years. See Note 5, Acquisitions and Divestitures , to the consolidated financial statements.

ITG Market Research

        ITG Market Research offers market research capabilities to clients related to the telecom and other consumer industries. The market research practice uses multiple data sources to provide insights into the mobile handset market in North America as well as revenue trends and competitive dynamics of a number of consumer companies.

High-Touch Trading

        ITG provides high-touch sales trading and portfolio trading for institutional clients. ITG's high-touch trading desk is staffed with experienced trading professionals who provide ITG clients with execution expertise and also convey trading ideas based on ITG Investment Research's research and analysis.

Platforms

Execution Management and Order Management

        ITG EMSs are designed to meet the needs of a broad range of trading styles. Triton is ITG's award-winning, multi-asset and broker-neutral EMS, which brings a complete set of integrated execution and analytical tools to the user's desktop for global list-based and single-stock trading, as well as futures and options capabilities and a fully integrated and supported financial services communications network (ITG Net). Triton Derivatives is a broker-neutral, direct-access EMS that provides traders with access to scalable, low-latency, multi-asset trading opportunities.

        ITG OMS combines portfolio management, compliance functionality (ITG Compliance Monitoring System), and a fully integrated and supported financial services communications network (ITG Net) with a consolidated, outsourced service for global trade matching and settlement (ITG Trade Operations Outsourcing) that provides connectivity to the industry's post-trade utilities, as well as support for multiple, flexible settlement communication methods and a real-time process monitor.

        ITG Position Manager ("PM") is a multi-prime, broker-neutral order management system, offering full support and real-time profit-and-loss information for multiple currencies, strategies, asset types and portfolios. ITG PM is fully integrated with Triton as well as ITG Net to deliver a robust product suite engineered specifically for hedge funds.

3


Table of Contents

ITG Net

        ITG Net is a global financial communications network that provides secure, reliable and fully supported connectivity between buy-side and sell-side firms for multi-asset order routing and indication-of-interest messages with ITG and third-party trading platforms. ITG Net supports more than 8,700 billable connections to more than 550 unique brokerage firms and execution venues worldwide. ITG Net also integrates the trading products of third-party brokers and ATSs into our OMS and EMS platforms.

ITG RFQ-hub

        In July 2014, ITG acquired ID'S, a Paris-based company that operated RFQ-hub, a multi-asset platform for global-listed and over-the-counter ("OTC") financial instruments. ITG RFQ-hub, as it is now known, connects buy-side trading desks and portfolio managers with a large network of sell-side market makers in Europe, North America and the Asia Pacific region, allowing these trading desks to place requests-for-quotes in negotiated equities, futures, options, swaps, convertible bonds, structured products and commodities. ITG RFQ-hub is available as a stand-alone platform and is also integrated with Triton.

ITG Single Ticket Clearing

        ITG's commitment to best execution platforms also extends to broker-neutral operational services to help ensure that trades clear and settle efficiently, and to significantly lower the transaction costs associated with trade tickets. ITG Single Ticket Clearing is a broker-neutral service that aggregates executions across multiple destinations for settlement purposes. ITG Single Ticket Clearing helps reduce the number of trade tickets and resulting charges imposed by custodians, reducing the costs of trade processing due to market fragmentation.

Analytics

ITG Trading Analytics

        The ITG Smart Trading Analytics suite enables portfolio managers and traders to improve execution performance before the trade happens (pre-trade) and during trading (real-time) by providing reliable trading analytics and risk models that help them perform predictive analyses, manage risk, change strategy and reduce trading costs. Trading costs are affected by multiple factors, such as execution strategies, time horizon, volatility, spread, volume and order size. ITG Smart Trading Analytics gauges the effects of these factors and aids in the understanding of the trade-off between market impact and opportunity cost.

        ITG Transaction Cost Analysis ("TCA") offers unique measurement and reporting capabilities to analyze costs and performance across the trading continuum. ITG TCA assesses trading performance and implicit costs under various market conditions so users can adjust strategies and potentially reduce costs and boost investment performance. ITG TCA is also available for foreign exchange transactions (ITG TCA for FX).

        ITG Alpha Capture Reporting measures cost at every point of the investment process and provides portfolio managers with quarterly analytical reviews, written interpretations and on-site consultative recommendations to enhance performance.

ITG Portfolio Analytics

        ITG provides market-leading tools to assist asset managers with portfolio decision-making tasks from portfolio construction and optimization to the enterprise challenge of global, real-time portfolio performance monitoring.

4


Table of Contents

        ITG Portfolio Fair Value Service helps mutual fund managers meet their obligations to investors and regulators to fairly price the securities within their funds, and helps minimize the impact of market timing.

        ITG Portfolio Optimization System allows portfolio managers to develop new portfolio construction strategies and solve complex optimization problems. ITG Portfolio Optimization System allows users to accurately model tax liability, transaction costs and long/short objectives, while adhering to diverse portfolio-specific constraints.

Non-U.S. Operations

        ITG has established a strong and growing presence in key financial centers around the world to serve the needs of global institutional investors. In addition to its New York headquarters, ITG has North American offices in Boston, Chicago, Los Angeles, San Francisco and Toronto. In Europe, ITG has offices in London, Dublin and Paris. In the Asia Pacific region, ITG has offices in Hong Kong, Singapore, Sydney and Melbourne. Local representation in regional markets provides an important competitive advantage for ITG. ITG also provides electronic and high-touch trading for Latin American equities from its New York headquarters, including algorithms for Brazil, Mexico and Chile, and POSIT Alert crossing in Brazil and Mexico, as well as high-touch trading access into Colombia and Peru.

Canadian Operations

        ITG Canada was founded in 2000 and ranks in the Top 10 investment dealers in Canada. ITG Canada's customers primarily consist of asset and investment managers, broker-dealers and hedge funds. ITG Canada provides electronic brokerage services, including ITG Algorithms, ITG Smart Router and MATCH Now, as well as high-touch agency execution, portfolio trading services and commission management services. In addition, ITG Canada provides Triton, Triton Derivatives, ITG PM, connectivity services, ITG Single Ticket Clearing, ITG Portfolio Optimization System, ITG Smart Trading Analytics, ITG TCA, ITG Portfolio Fair Value Service and investment research services. ITG Canada also engages in principal trading activities, including inter-listed arbitrage trading and foreign exchange trading to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies as well as on other client foreign exchange trades unrelated to equity trades. The arbitrage trading operation uses separate systems and order routing infrastructure, which includes low-latency microwave networks, and is segregated from ITG's client business.

        In July 2007, ITG Canada launched MATCH Now, an alternative marketplace for Canadian-listed equities, operated by ITG's wholly-owned subsidiary, TriAct Canada Marketplace LP ("TriAct"). MATCH Now is a leading anonymous crossing system in Canada, offering continuous execution opportunities within a fully confidential non-displayed book at the mid-point of the Canadian NBBO.

European Operations

        ITG Europe was established as a broker-dealer in 1998. Today, ITG Europe focuses on trading European, Middle Eastern and African equities as well as providing ITG's technologies to its clients. ITG Europe provides electronic brokerage services including ITG Algorithms, ITG Smart Router, and the POSIT suite, as well as high-touch agency execution services, portfolio trading services and commission management services. In Europe, ITG provides Triton, ITG OMS, ITG PM, connectivity services, ITG Single Ticket Clearing, ITG RFQ-hub, ITG TCA, ITG Alpha Capture Reporting, ITG Smart Trading Analytics and ITG Portfolio Fair Value Service.

5


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Operations

    Australia

        In 1997, ITG launched ITG Australia, an institutional brokerage firm specializing in execution and analytics for Australian-listed equities. ITG provides institutional investors with a range of products and services including trade execution, trade execution management through Triton, ITG PM, connectivity services and pre- and post-trade analysis through ITG TCA and ITG Smart Trading Analytics. Trade execution services include electronic brokerage products such as ITG Algorithms and the POSIT suite, as well as high-touch agency trading.

    Hong Kong

        In 2001, ITG formed ITG Hong Kong, an institutional broker-dealer focused on developing and applying ITG's technologies across the Asian markets. Execution services are provided through electronic brokerage products such as ITG Algorithms and the POSIT suite and through an experienced high-touch agency trading services team. Other trading and analytical tools provided by ITG Hong Kong include Triton, ITG PM, connectivity services, ITG TCA and ITG Smart Trading Analytics.

    Singapore

        In 2010, ITG Singapore Pte Limited ("ITG Singapore") obtained a Capital Markets Services License from the Monetary Authority of Singapore ("MAS"). ITG Singapore provides institutional investors in Singapore with a range of ITG's products and services including trade execution management through Triton and trading analysis through ITG TCA and ITG Smart Trading Analytics.

Competition

        The financial services industry generally, and the institutional securities brokerage business in which we operate, are extremely competitive, and we expect them to remain so for the foreseeable future. Our full suite of products does not directly compete with a particular firm; however, individual products compete with various firms and consortia:

    Our trading and portfolio analytics compete with offerings from several sell-side-affiliated and independent companies.

    POSIT competes with various national and regional securities exchanges, ATSs, Electronic Communication Networks, Multilateral Trading Facilities ("MTFs"), and systematic internalizers for trade execution services. These venues have proliferated in recent years.

    Our EMSs, OMSs and connectivity services compete with offerings from independent vendors, agency-only firms and other sell-side firms.

    Our algorithmic and smart routing products, as well as our high-touch agency execution and portfolio trading services, compete with agency-only and other sell-side firms.

    Our ITG Investment Research offering competes with the research divisions of large and regional investment banks and brokerages as well as a number of independent research firms.

        In many cases we face competitors that are larger than we are and have greater financial resources than we have and may have more flexibility to offer a broader set of products and services than we can. Competition is also intense for the recruitment and retention of qualified professionals. The performance of our business is in large part dependent on the skills, expertise and performance of our employees. Our ability to continue to compete effectively in our businesses will depend upon our continued ability to attract new professionals and retain and motivate our existing professionals.

6


Table of Contents

Regulation

        Certain of our subsidiaries are subject to various securities regulations and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. In the U.S., the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") is the federal agency responsible for the administration of the federal securities laws, with the regulation of broker-dealers primarily delegated to self-regulatory organizations ("SROs"), principally the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("FINRA") as well as other national securities exchanges. In addition to federal and SRO oversight, securities firms are also subject to regulation by state securities administrators in those states in which they conduct business. Furthermore, our non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to regulation by central banks and regulatory bodies in those jurisdictions where each subsidiary is authorized to do business, as further discussed below. The SROs, central banks and regulatory bodies conduct periodic examinations of our broker-dealer subsidiaries in accordance with the rules they have adopted and amended from time to time.

        ITG's principal regulated subsidiaries are listed below. The principal self-regulator of all our U.S. broker-dealers is FINRA.

    ITG Inc. is a U.S. broker-dealer registered with the SEC, FINRA, The NASDAQ Stock Market ("NASDAQ"), New York Stock Exchange, NYSE Arca, Inc. ("ARCA"), NYSE MKT LLC ("NYSE MKT"), BATS Y-Exchange, Inc. ("BYX"), BATS Z-Exchange, Inc. ("BZX"), Chicago Stock Exchange Inc., EDGA Exchange, Inc. ("EDGA"), EDGX Exchange, Inc. ("EDGX"), NASDAQ OMX BX, Inc. ("NASDAQ BX"), NASDAQ OMX PHLX, Inc. ("NASDAQ OMX PHLX"), National Futures Association ("NFA"), Ontario Securities Commission ("OSC"), all 50 states, Puerto Rico and the District of Columbia.

    ITG Derivatives is a U.S. broker-dealer registered with the SEC, FINRA, NYSE MKT, ARCA, BYX, BZX, BOX Options Exchange LLC, Chicago Board Options Exchange LLC, C2 Options Exchange Incorporated, International Securities Exchange, ISE Gemini, LLC, NASDAQ, NASDAQ BX, NASDAQ OMX PHLX, Commodities and Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC"), Miami International Stock Exchange, the NFA and 28 states.

    AlterNet is a U.S. broker-dealer registered with the SEC, FINRA, NASDAQ, EDGA, EDGX and 14 states.

    ITG Canada is a Canadian broker-dealer registered as an investment dealer with the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada ("IIROC"), the OSC, the Autorité Des Marchés Financiers in Quebec, Alberta Securities Commission, British Columbia Securities Commission, Manitoba Securities Commission, New Brunswick Securities Commission, Nova Scotia Securities Commission and Saskatchewan Financial Services Commission. ITG Canada is also registered as a Futures Commission Merchant in Ontario and Manitoba and Derivatives Dealer in Quebec. ITG Canada is a member of the Toronto Stock Exchange ("TSX"), TSX Venture Exchange, the Canadian National Stock Exchange, the Montreal Exchange, TriAct, Chi-X Canada, CX2, Omega ATS, Lynx ATS, Pure Trading, TSX Alpha Exchange, Instinet Canada Cross Limited and Aequitas NEO Exchange (of which ITG Canada is a minority owner). TriAct operates MATCH Now, an ATS under National Instrument 21-101, and is registered as an investment dealer with IIROC, the OSC and the Alberta Securities Commission.

7


Table of Contents

    ITG Europe is authorized and regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland under the European Communities (Markets in Financial Instruments) Regulations 2007. ITG Europe is a member of the main national European exchanges, including the London Stock Exchange, Deutsche Börse and Euronext, as well as most of the European-domiciled MTFs. It also operates the POSIT crossing system in Europe as a MTF under the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive ("MiFID"). ITG Europe's London Branch is registered with the UK Financial Conduct Authority ("FCA") and ITG Europe's Paris branch is registered with the Banque de France. AlterNet (UK) Limited, a U.K. broker, is registered with the FCA.

    ITG Australia is a market participant of the Australian Securities Exchange ("ASX") and Chi-X Australia Limited. It is also a holder of an Australian Financial Services License issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission ("ASIC"). ITG Australia's principal regulators are the ASX and ASIC.

    ITG Hong Kong is a participating organization of the Hong Kong Stock Exchange and a holder of a securities dealer's license issued by the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong ("SFC"), with the SFC acting as its principal regulator.

    ITG Singapore is a holder of a Capital Markets Services License from the MAS, with the MAS acting as its principal regulator.

        Broker-dealers are subject to regulations covering all aspects of the securities trading business, including sales methods, trade practices, investment research distribution, use and safekeeping of clients' funds and securities, capital structure, record keeping and conduct of directors, officers and employees. Additional legislation or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws and rules may directly affect the mode of operation and profitability of broker-dealers. The SEC, SROs, state securities commissions and foreign regulatory authorities may conduct administrative proceedings or commence judicial actions, which can result in censure, fines, the issuance of cease-and-desist orders or the suspension or expulsion of a broker-dealer, its directors, officers or employees.

        ITG Inc., AlterNet, and ITG Derivatives are required by law to belong to the Securities Investor Protection Corporation ("SIPC"). In the event of a U.S. broker-dealer's insolvency, the SIPC fund provides protection for client accounts up to $500,000 per customer, with a limitation of $250,000 on claims for cash balances. ITG Canada and TriAct are required by Canadian law to belong to the Canadian Investors Protection Fund ("CIPF"). In the event of a Canadian broker-dealer's insolvency, CIPF provides protection for client accounts up to CAD $1 million per customer. ITG Europe is required to be a member of the Investor Compensation Protection Schemes which provides compensation to retail investors in the event of certain stated defaults by an investment firm. ITG Hong Kong is regulated by the SFC. The SFC operates the Investor Compensation Fund which provides compensation to retail investors in the event of a default by a regulated financial institution. ITG Australia is obligated to contribute to the ACH Clearing Fund and/or the National Guarantee Fund if and when requested by ASIC. In the past twelve months, no such requests have been made of ITG Australia.

Regulation ATS

        Regulation ATS permits U.S. "alternative trading systems" such as POSIT to match orders submitted by buyers and sellers without having to register as a national securities exchange. Accordingly, POSIT is not registered with the SEC as an exchange. We continue to review and monitor POSIT's systems and procedures to ensure compliance with Regulation ATS. The Form ATS describing the operations of POSIT in the U.S. is publicly available at http://www.itg.com/transparency/.

8


Table of Contents

Net Capital Requirement

        ITG Inc., AlterNet and ITG Derivatives are subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1) under the Exchange Act, which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital.

        ITG Inc. has elected to use the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that ITG Inc. maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions. AlterNet and ITG Derivatives have elected to use the basic method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that they maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of 6 2 / 3 % of aggregate indebtedness or $100,000, and in the case of ITG Derivatives, $1 million, which is due to the fact that ITG Derivatives is a registered Futures Commission Merchant pursuant to CFTC Regulation 1.17.

        For further information on our net capital position, see Note 16, Net Capital Requirement , to the consolidated financial statements.

Research and Product Development

        We devote a significant portion of our resources to the development and improvement of technology-based services. Important aspects of our research and development efforts include enhancements of existing software, the ongoing development of new software and services and investment in technology to enhance our efficiency.

        The amounts expensed for research and development costs, excluding routine maintenance, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are estimated at $29.2 million, $35.8 million and $41.7 million, respectively.

Intellectual Property

        Patents and other proprietary rights are important to our business. We also rely upon trade secrets, know-how, continuing technological innovations, and licensing opportunities to maintain and improve our competitive position.

        We own a portfolio of patents and patent applications, in the U.S. and abroad, that principally relate to financial services, information technology and software. Patents for individual products extend for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term of patents in the various countries where patent protection is obtained. We also own and maintain a portfolio of trademarks. The extent and duration of trademark rights are dependent upon national laws and use of the trademarks.

        While we consider our patents and trademarks to be valued assets, we do not believe that our competitive position is heavily dependent on patent or trademark protection or that our operations are dependent upon any single patent or group of related patents.

        It is our practice to enter into confidentiality and intellectual property ownership agreements with our clients, employees, independent contractors and business partners, and to control access to, and distribution of, our intellectual property.

Clients

        For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, no single client accounted for more than 5% of our consolidated revenue.

9


Table of Contents

Employees

        On December 31, 2015, the Company employed 1,037 staff globally, of whom 699, 90, 143, and 105 staff were employed by the U.S., Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations, respectively.

Website and Availability of Public Reports

        Our website can be found at http://www.itg.com . From time to time, we may use our website as a channel of distribution of material company information. Financial and other material information is routinely posted and accessible on the investor relations section of our corporate website, http:// investor.itg.com . We are not including the information contained on our website as part of, or incorporating it by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

        We are required to file reports and other information with the SEC. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, together with any amendments to those reports are available without charge on our website at http://investor.itg.com . We make this information available on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such information with, or furnish it to, the SEC. A copy of these filings is also available at the SEC's website ( www.sec.gov ). Additionally, you may read and copy any documents filed by us at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the Public Reference Room.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors

Certain Factors That May Affect Our Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        We face risks and uncertainties that may affect our financial condition and results of operations. The following risk factors should be considered in evaluating our business and growth outlook and may be important to understanding any statement in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risk factors should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , and the consolidated financial statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data , of this Form 10-K.

Decreases in equity trading activity by active fund managers and declining securities prices could harm our business and profitability.

        Declines in the trading activity of active fund managers generally result in lower revenues from our trading solutions, which generate the majority of our revenues globally. In addition, securities' price declines adversely affect our trading commissions outside North America, which are based on the value of transactions. The demand for our trading solutions is directly affected by factors such as economic, regulatory and political conditions that may lead to decreased trading activity and prices in the securities markets in the U.S. and in all of the foreign markets we serve. Significant flows of funds out of actively-managed equity funds has curtailed their trading activity, which has weighed heavily on our buy-side trading volumes and the use of our higher value services. Volatility levels also impact the amount of trading activity. Sustained periods of low volatility can result in lower levels of trading activity. In addition, trading activity in periods following extreme levels of volatility tends to decline.

Decreases in our commission rates and other transactional revenues could adversely affect our operating results.

        Commission rates on institutional trading activity have declined historically and we anticipate a continuation of the competitive pricing environment for the foreseeable future. In addition, reduced activity from our active fund manager clients has resulted in a shift in the mix of our business to include an increased portion from higher-turnover lower-rate clients, particularly sell-side firms. A

10


Table of Contents

decline in commission rates or revenue capture from future mix shifts or from rate reductions within client segments could materially reduce our margins and harm our financial condition and operating results.

Our fixed costs may result in reduced profitability or losses.

        We incur significant operating and capital expenditures to support our business that do not vary directly, at least in the short term, with fluctuations in executed transaction volumes or revenues. In addition, changes in market practices have required us, and may require us in the future, to invest in additional infrastructure to increase capacity levels without a corresponding increase in revenues. To ensure that we have the capacity to process projected increases in trade orders and executed transaction volumes, we have historically made substantial infrastructure investments in advance of such projected increases, including during periods of low revenues. We have also made substantial investments in our research products to attract additional trade flows from our buy-side clients. In the event of reductions in trade executions and/or revenues, we may not be able to reduce such expenses quickly and, as a result, we could experience reduced profitability or losses. If the growth in our executed volumes does not occur or we are not able to successfully implement and monetize our investments, including by failing to accurately forecast the demand for new products, effectively deploy new products or decommission legacy products, the expenses related to such investments could cause reduced profitability or losses.

A failure in the design, operation or configuration of our technology could adversely affect our profitability and reputation.

        A technological failure or error of one or more of our products or systems, including but not limited to POSIT, our algorithms, smart routers, and order and execution management systems, could result in lost revenues and/or significant market losses. We operate complex trading systems, algorithms and analytical products that may fail to correctly model interacting or conflicting trading objectives, unusual market conditions, available trading venues and other factors, which may cause unintended results. Similarly, the operation and configuration of our systems can be quite complex and departure from standard procedures can result in adverse trading outcomes. Such problems could cause us to incur trading losses, lose clients or experience other reputational harm resulting in lost revenues and profits. Our quality assurance testing cannot test for all potential scenarios or ensure that the technology will function as designed and intended in all cases.

Failure to keep up with rapid changes in technology while continuing to seek to provide leading products and services to our customers could negatively impact our results of operations.

        The institutional brokerage industry is subject to rapid technological change and evolving industry standards. Our customers' demands become greater and more sophisticated as the dissemination of products and information to customers increases. If we are unable to anticipate and respond to the demand for new services, products and technologies, innovate in a timely and cost-effective manner and adapt to technological advancements and changing standards, we may be unable to compete effectively, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Many of our competitors have significantly greater resources than we do to fund such technological advances. Moreover, the development of technology-based services is a complex and time-consuming process. New products and enhancements to existing products can require long development and testing periods. Budgetary constraints on funding new product initiatives related to our core business or strategic initiatives in the current environment, significant delays in new product releases, failure to meet key deadlines, or significant problems in creating new products could negatively impact our revenues and profits.

11


Table of Contents

Insufficient system capacity, system operating failures, or disasters could materially harm our reputation, financial position and profitability.

        The success of our business is dependent on the computer and communications systems supporting our operations, which must monitor, process and support a large volume of transactions across numerous execution venues in many countries and multiple currencies. As our business continues to expand, we will need to continue to expand our systems to accommodate an increasing volume of transactions across a larger client base and more geographical locations. In addition, certain changes in market practices may require us to invest in infrastructure to increase capacity levels. Unexpectedly high volumes or times of unusual market volatility could cause our systems to operate slowly, decrease output or even fail for periods of time, as could general power or telecommunications failures, hardware failures, software errors, data center outages, human error, computer viruses, acts of vandalism, natural disasters, terrorist activities, cybersecurity breaches or other business disruptions. System failure or degradation could adversely affect our ability to effectuate transactions and lead our customers to file formal complaints with industry regulatory organizations, initiate regulatory inquiries or proceedings, file lawsuits against us, trade less frequently through us or cease doing business with us. In turn, we could incur financial loss, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or reputational damage.

        Our corporate headquarters and largest concentration of employees and technology is in the New York metropolitan area. Our other offices are also located in major cities around the globe. If a business system disruption were to occur, especially in New York, for any reason, including widespread health emergencies, natural disasters or terrorist activities, and we were unable to execute our disaster recovery plan, or our disaster recovery plan proves insufficient, it could have a material effect on our business. Moreover, we have varying levels of disaster recovery plan coverage among our non-U.S. subsidiaries.

        Any system capacity or operational failure or business system disruption could result in regulatory or legal claims. We could incur significant costs in defending such regulatory or legal claims, even those without merit. Moreover, such failures could result in the need to remediate issues and repair or expand our networks and systems. Any obligation to expend significant resources to defend claims or repair and expand infrastructure could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our systems and those of our third-party service providers may be vulnerable to cybersecurity risks.

        Our business relies on the secure collection, storage, processing and transmission of proprietary information, including our clients' confidential data, in our internal systems and through our vendor networks and communications infrastructure. Increased cybersecurity threats pose a risk to this information, in addition to our and our third party service providers' systems and networks. While we have not been the victim of cyber-attacks that have had a material impact on our operations or financial condition, we have experienced cyber security incidents such as denial of service attempts, malware infections, phishing attempts, and other attempts at compromising our information technology that are typical for a company of our size that operates in the global financial marketplace. Despite our efforts to implement industry-standard security measures, we face the risk that our security measures may prove insufficient as attacks have resulted in material breaches against other financial services companies with significant security controls. Successful security breaches of our systems or the systems of certain of our vendors could expose us to a risk of misappropriation of our or our clients' confidential information, the corruption or deletion of data, and the disruption of our services to our clients. These outcomes could result in reputational damage, loss of clients, lower trading volumes, a negative impact on our competitive position, significant expense in implementing future security measures, litigation, and regulatory inquiries or proceedings, all of which could adversely impact our financial results.

12


Table of Contents

We are dependent on certain third party vendors for key services.

        We depend on a number of third parties to supply elements of our trading systems, computers, market and research data, data centers, FIX connectivity, communication network infrastructure, clearance and settlement, other equipment and related support and maintenance. We cannot be certain that any of these providers will be willing or able to continue to provide these services in an efficient and cost-effective manner or to meet our evolving needs. Moreover, we are dependent on our communications network providers for interconnectivity with our clients, markets and clearing agents to service our customers and operate effectively. If our vendors fail to meet their obligations, provide poor, inaccurate or untimely service, or we are unable to make alternative arrangements for the supply of these services, we may fail, in turn, to provide our services or to meet our obligations to our customers, and our business, financial condition and our operating results could be materially harmed.

Our securities business and related clearing operations expose us to material liquidity risk.

        We self-clear equity transactions in the U.S., Hong Kong and Australia. In those markets, we may be required to provide considerable additional funds with clearing and settlement organizations, such as the National Securities Clearing Corporation or Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation in the U.S., especially during periods of high market volatility. In addition, regulatory agencies have recently required these clearing and settlement organizations to increase the level of margin deposit requirements and they may continue to do so in the future. We rely on our excess cash, certain established credit facilities and the use of outsourced clearing arrangements to meet or reduce those demands. While we have historically met requests for additional margin deposits, there is no guarantee that our excess cash and our established credit facilities and clearing arrangements will be sufficient for future needs, particularly if there is an increase in requirements. There is also no guarantee that these established credit facilities will be extended beyond their expiration.

        In addition, each of our broker-dealer subsidiaries worldwide is subject to regulatory capital requirements promulgated by the applicable regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. Growth in our non-North American trading activity has led, and could continue to lead to, higher regulatory capital requirements. The failure by any of these subsidiaries to maintain its required regulatory capital may lead to suspension or revocation of its broker-dealer registration and its suspension or expulsion by its regulatory body. Historically, all regulatory capital needs of our broker-dealers have been provided by existing cash and cash from operations. However, if existing cash together with cash from operations are not sufficient, we may need to reject orders from clients and we may ultimately breach regulatory capital requirements.

As a clearing member firm in certain jurisdictions we are subject to significant default risk.

        We are required to finance our clients' unsettled positions from time to time and we could be held responsible for the defaults of our clients. Default by our clients may also give rise to our incurring penalties imposed by execution venues, regulatory authorities and settlement systems. Although we regularly review our credit exposure, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that may be difficult to detect or foresee. In addition, concerns about, or a default by, one institution could lead to significant liquidity problems, losses or defaults by other institutions that could in turn adversely affect us.

Our equity trading operations in jurisdictions other than the U.S., Hong Kong and Australia are dependent on their clearing agents and any failures by such clearing agents could materially impact our business and operating results.

        Certain of our international operations are dependent on agents for the clearing and settlement of securities transactions. If our agents fail to properly facilitate the clearing and settlement of our

13


Table of Contents

customer trades, we could be subject to financial, legal and regulatory risks and costs that may impact our business and operating results. In addition, it could cause our clients to reduce or cease their trading with us, which would adversely affect our revenues and financial results.

        Moreover, certain of our agreements with clearing agents may be terminated upon short notice. There is no guarantee that we could obtain alternative services in a timely manner and any interruption of the normal course of our trading and clearing operations could have a material impact on our business and results of operations.

Our business exposes us to credit risk that could affect our operating results and profitability.

        We are exposed to credit risk from third parties that owe us money, securities or other obligations, including our customers and trading counterparties. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, operational failure or other reasons, and we could be held responsible for such defaults. In addition, client trading errors which they are unable or unwilling to cover may cause us to incur financial losses. Volatile securities markets, credit markets and regulatory changes may increase our exposure to our customers' credit profiles, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. While our broker-dealer subsidiaries that are not self-clearing have clearing agreements with their clearing agents who review the credit risk of trading counterparties, we have no assurances that those reviews or our own are adequate to provide sufficient protection from this risk.

We may incur material losses on foreign exchange transactions entered into on behalf of clients and be exposed to material liquidity risk due to counterparty defaults or errors.

        We enable clients to settle cross-border equity transactions in their local currency through the use of foreign exchange contracts. These arrangements typically involve the delivery of securities or cash to a counterparty that is not processed through a central clearing facility in exchange for a simultaneous receipt of cash or securities. We may operate as either a principal or agent in these transactions. As a result, a default by one of our counterparties prior to the settlement of their obligation could materially impact our liquidity and have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, we are exposed to operational risk. Employee and technological errors in executing, recording or reporting foreign exchange transactions may result in material losses due to the large size of such transactions and the underlying market risk in correcting such errors.

We incur principal trading risk in our Canadian Operations.

        A limited portion of our revenues is derived from principal trading in our Canadian Operations, including arbitrage trading and the net spread on foreign exchange contracts executed to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies. As a result of this trading, we may incur losses relating to the purchase or sale of securities and currencies for our own account. Although we attempt to close out all of our positions by the end of the day, we bear the risk of market fluctuations and we may incur losses due to changes in the prices of such securities and currencies. Any principal gains or losses resulting from these positions could have a disproportionate effect, positive or negative, on our revenues and profits, and could also result in reputational damage.

        Our Canadian Operations also derive a limited portion of its revenues from the principal trading of spot and short-dated forward foreign exchange contracts with clients, unrelated to equity trades. Although we seek to execute offsetting foreign exchange contracts concurrently with any client trades, earning a net spread, there can be no assurances that the trades are in fact concurrent (and therefore we bear the risk of market fluctuations). In addition, foreign exchange contracts are not centrally cleared and therefore we bear counterparty and settlement risk on such trades.

14


Table of Contents

Our Canadian market making activities expose us to the risk of significant losses.

        ITG Canada is registered as a market maker in a limited number of ETFs and inter-listed stocks. In our role as a market maker, we are required to maintain active bids and offers that may be executed against, resulting in inventory positions that subject us to market risk. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage such risk successfully or that we will not experience significant losses from such activities.

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be effective and may leave us exposed to unidentified or unexpected risks.

        We seek to monitor and control our risk exposure through a risk and control framework encompassing a variety of separate but complementary financial, credit, operational, technological, compliance and legal reporting systems, internal controls, management review processes and other mechanisms that rely on a combination of technical and human controls and supervision. These policies, procedures and practices used to identify, monitor and control a variety of risks may fail to be effective. As a result, we face the risk of losses, including, for example, losses resulting from trading errors, customer defaults, fraud and money laundering.

        Internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations. Therefore, internal control over financial reporting determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Moreover, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As such, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which may have a material adverse effect on our stock price.

The business in which we operate is extremely competitive worldwide.

        Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, which, among other things, enable them to compete with the services we provide on the basis of price, including lowering prices for certain of our key services to gain business in their higher margin areas, and a willingness to commit their firms' capital to service their clients' trading needs on a principal, rather than on an agency basis. In addition, many of our competitors bundle multiple services as part of their equity trading offering. To the extent we seek to unbundle any of our products or services, we may lose clients, which would also result in a loss of revenues and profits. Many of our competitors offer a wider range of services, have broader name recognition, and have larger customer bases than we do. Some of our competitors have long-standing, well-established relationships with their clients, and also hold dominant positions in their trading markets. Moreover, new entrants may enter the market with alternative methods of providing trade execution and related services, and existing competitors often launch new initiatives. Many of our competitors have undertaken measures to link various electronic trading systems and platforms in an effort to attract order flow to off-exchange venues and increase internal executions.

        Although we believe that our products and services have established certain competitive advantages, our ability to maintain these advantages will require continued enhancements to our products, investment in the development of our services, additional marketing activities and enhanced customer support services. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to continue to make investments in development of our services, that our competitors will not devote significantly more resources to competing services or that we will otherwise be successful in maintaining our market position. If competitors offer superior services, our market share would be affected and this would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

15


Table of Contents

We face certain challenges and risks to our international business that may adversely affect our strategy.

        Global client coverage is a key component of our business plan. We have invested significant resources in our foreign operations and the globalization of our products and services. However, there are certain risks inherent in the operation of our business outside of the U.S., including, but not limited to, additional regulatory capital requirements, less developed technology and infrastructure, and higher costs for infrastructure. These risks may limit our ability to provide services to clients in certain markets. There also may be difficult processes for obtaining regulatory approvals. This could result in delays in our global business plans, difficulties in staffing foreign operations and adapting our products to foreign markets, practices and languages, exchange rate risks and the need to meet foreign regulatory requirements. Each of these could force us to alter our operational plans and this may adversely impact our strategy.

We incur risks related to our international business due to currency exchange rate fluctuations that could impact our financial results and financial position.

        We have significant operations outside of the U.S. generating approximately 38% of our revenues in 2015. We currently operate and continue to expand globally, principally through our operations in Canada, Europe and Asia Pacific as well as through the development of specially tailored versions of our services to meet the needs of our clients who trade in international markets. We therefore have significant exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations primarily between the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound Sterling, Euro, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar and Hong Kong Dollar. When the U.S. Dollar strengthens against these currencies, the U.S. Dollar value of non-U.S. Dollar-based revenue and profit decreases. These fluctuations may materially impact the translation of our non-U.S. results of operations and financial condition into U.S. dollars as part of the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

We are dependent on certain major customers and a decline in their use of our services could materially impact our revenues.

        Our customers may discontinue their use of our trading services at any time. The loss of any significant customer could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

        The chart below sets forth our dependence on our three largest clients individually, as well as on our ten largest clients in the aggregate, expressed as a percentage of total revenues:

 
  % of Total Consolidated Revenue  
 
  2015   2014   2013  

Largest customer

    2.2 %   2.7 %   2.4 %

Second largest customer

    2.2 %   2.0 %   2.1 %

Third largest customer

    2.1 %   1.7 %   1.8 %

Ten largest customers

    17.0 %   16.9 %   16.8 %

The securities markets and the brokerage industry in which we operate globally are subject to extensive, evolving regulation that could materially impact our business.

        We currently operate POSIT in the U.S. under Regulation ATS, our European operations are subject to MiFID and we must comply with the requirements of the U.S. PATRIOT Act and its foreign equivalents for monitoring our customers and suspicious transactions. Moreover, most aspects of our broker-dealer operations are highly regulated, such as sales and reporting practices, operational compliance, capital requirements and licensing of employees. Accordingly, we face the risk of significant intervention by regulatory authorities in all jurisdictions in which we conduct business, such

16


Table of Contents

as the SEC and FINRA in the U.S. and their equivalents in other countries. As we expand our business, we may be exposed to increased and different types of regulatory requirements.

        We are subject to, and in the future, we may become subject to new regulations or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing regulations, which may adversely affect our business. Also, regulatory changes that impact how our customers conduct their business may impact our business and results of operations. The current U.S. administration and other members of the U.S. federal government and other governments outside of the United States have implemented new regulatory requirements for the financial services industry and have indicated that there may be more to come. These newly-implemented rules could cause us to expend more significant compliance, business and technology resources, incur additional operational costs and create additional regulatory exposure. In addition, we cannot predict the extent to which any future regulatory changes would affect our business.

        On June 24, 2014, the SEC issued an order mandating the U.S. exchanges to implement the National Market System Plan to Implement a Tick Size Pilot Program (the "Pilot"). The plan for the Pilot was released by 11 national exchanges and FINRA on August 25, 2014 and it was published in the Federal Register on November 7, 2014. The comment period for the Pilot ended on December 22, 2014 and the plan was approved on May 6, 2015 with an implementation date of May 6, 2016. The SEC subsequently extended the implementation date to October 3, 2016. The Pilot will last for two years and it will change the minimum 'tick sizes' (quoting and trading increments) for 1,200 Regulation NMS common stocks with small market capitalizations. The plan also includes a 'trade-at' prohibition for 400 of the Regulation NMS stocks covered by the Pilot that would prevent price matching by a trading center, such as a dark pool, that is not displaying a protected bid or protected offer, subject to certain exceptions. The Pilot is intended to allow the SEC, SROs, and the public to evaluate and assess the impact of increment conventions on the liquidity and trading of stocks of small capitalization companies. If the Pilot (specifically the trade-at prohibition) is expanded to more securities, the program could reduce our U.S. trading volumes. Moreover, the SEC adopted the Consolidated Audit Trail rule ("CAT") in July 2012, which requires SROs to establish an order trail reporting system that would enable regulators to track, within 24 hours of the trade date, information related to trading orders received and executed across the securities markets. The exchanges and FINRA submitted a national market system plan for implementation of the CAT to the SEC for approval on September 30, 2014, and submitted amendments to the plan to the SEC on February 27, 2015 and December 23. After the plan is published by the SEC for public comment and the SEC approves the plan, the implementation schedule is based on the SEC approval date. Within one year of SEC approval, each exchange will start reporting CAT data to the established central repository. As a non-small industry member, we will be required to start reporting CAT data within two years of approval.

        On November 19, 2014, the SEC unanimously adopted Regulation Systems Compliance and Integrity ("Regulation SCI"). The regulation became effective on February 3, 2015 and the compliance date was November 3, 2015. The rule requires SCI entities (i.e., exchanges, SROs, clearing and settlement agencies, and certain ATSs) to establish extensive policies, procedures, and/or controls to ensure the capacity, stability, integrity, and resiliency of their trading and regulatory reporting systems. Regulation SCI, among other things, also requires the reporting of certain systems issues, testing of business continuity and disaster recovery plans with mandatory participation by customers and members, the establishment of geographically diverse backup capabilities, the completion of an objective annual review of systems, and the maintenance and preservation of certain books and records concerning matters covered by the rule. To the extent Regulation SCI is applicable to us (as a result of POSIT or otherwise), we could experience significant implementation costs as well as increased ongoing administrative expenses and burdens.

        In addition, new regulatory obligations have been proposed, adopted or implemented pertaining to markets outside of the United States, which may also have a material impact upon our business model.

17


Table of Contents

    In Europe, these include MiFID II which is currently in the rulemaking process with implementation planned for January 2018. In particular, under MiFID II, MTFs—the European equivalent to an SEC-registered ATS—that trade in dark cash equity orders would be required to cross such orders at the midpoint, open, or closing prices of the primary venue (where displayed orders in those securities are traded) and adhere to volume limits on dark trading. These limits would be set at 4% of all the displayed and dark regulated venue trading volume for any individual dark venue and 8% of such volume for all dark trading venues in the aggregate. The calculations would be performed at an individual stock level over a 12-month rolling period. In the event that the relevant limit is breached, the crossing of that particular stock in the individual dark trading venue or in all such venues (as applicable depending on whether the 4% or 8% threshold is breached) would cease for the following 6 months. MiFID II provides an exception from these requirements for large sized orders, which may be crossed at any price point and without regard to the above-mentioned volume limits.

      In addition, a financial transaction tax (the "European FTT") is being considered which would include at least ten of the twenty-eight members of the European Union. In addition to the impact that such tax would have on the affected securities and signatory countries, certain alternative versions of the proposals could include an extra-territorial scope that may impact the trading activities of entities which are, and trade entirely outside, the European FTT zone. Ministers from the relevant member states have reiterated that they intend to publish a draft legislative text for the European FTT during the first quarter of 2016.

    On December 1, 2015, the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong implemented new regulations under the Code of Conduct for Persons Licensed by or Registered with the Securities and Futures Commission (the "Hong Kong Code") in relation to Alternative Liquidity Pools ("ALPs"). ITG Hong Kong Limited operates an ALP called POSIT in respect of a number of exchanges in Asia Pacific. The new regulations under the Hong Kong Code limit access to ALPs to qualified investors only, require increased monitoring of ALPs, mandatory disclosure of the operation of ALPs and increased client documentation for those accessing ALPs via a Hong Kong broker.

        Compliance with certain of these adopted laws, rules or regulations of the various jurisdictions in which we operate could result in the loss of revenue and has caused us, and could cause us, to incur significant costs. In addition, if any new regulatory obligations are implemented, ITG could incur significant costs to establish the appropriate processes, systems, and/or controls. Last, if we fail to comply adequately with any of these laws, rules or regulations, we may be subject to censure, fines, cease-and-desist orders, suspension of our business, suspensions of personnel, or other sanctions, including revocation of our exchange or self-regulatory organization memberships or our broker-dealer registrations.

Increased regulatory scrutiny has led to, and will continue to lead to, increased costs associated with responding to investigations and inquiries and the potential for penalties and necessary remediation, which we expect to negatively impact our profitability and could harm our reputation.

        In recent years, there has been increased regulatory scrutiny of our industry by regulators and other governmental authorities, including, among other things, in the areas of trading risk management controls, market abuse, undisclosed trading practices and dark pool operations, resulting in an increase in regulatory investigations and reviews. We, like others in the industry, are subject to ongoing investigations and reviews. Such enhanced scrutiny has caused, and we expect it to continue to cause, ITG to incur significant costs in light of the legal and compliance resources needed to respond to such investigations and reviews, in addition to monetary penalties and increased compliance costs, that could arise from such investigations and reviews. Such regulatory or other actions may also be directed at certain executives or employees who may be critical to our businesses. The risks associated with such

18


Table of Contents

matters is often difficult to assess or quantify, and their existence and magnitude often remain unknown or uncertain for substantial periods of time. A settlement of, or judgment related to, any such matters could result in civil or criminal liability, penalties, fines, restrictions or limitations on our operations and activities and other sanctions, could lead to related private litigation and could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our businesses, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. Any such action could also cause us significant reputational harm. In addition, regardless of the outcome of such matters, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal and other costs, including substantial management time, dealing with such matters.

Our business has been and may continue to be adversely affected by our customers' reaction to our SEC Settlement.

        In August 2015, we paid $20.3 million to settle the SEC's investigation into a proprietary trading pilot operated in 2010 and 2011 (the "SEC Settlement"). As further disclosed in Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations , our results reflect the significant negative impact on our business from the SEC Settlement. Our customers' reaction to the SEC Settlement has resulted in, and may continue to result in, reputational and financial harm, which could have a material adverse effect on the Company.

The circumstances relating to the SEC Settlement could subject us to additional actions, including purported class action litigation.

        Two putative class action lawsuits have been filed and have since been consolidated into a single action before the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York against the Company and certain of its current and former executives in connection with the SEC Settlement. In addition, a purported shareholder of the Company filed a shareholder derivative action against eleven current or former officers and directors of the Company in the Supreme Court for the State of New York. The Company is named as a nominal defendant, and the plaintiff purports to seek recovery on its behalf. The complaint generally alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company in connection with the matters that were the subject of the SEC Settlement. Our former Chief Executive Officer has also filed a Demand for Arbitration before the American Arbitration Association against the Company. The statement of claim seeks an award of damages and equity valued at approximately $13.0 million, $5.0 million of which are actual and punitive damages relating to the former Chief Executive Officer's defamation claim. Any further actions based on the circumstances relating to the SEC Settlement, including any governmental investigations or private litigation, and the defense and any related settlement thereof, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial position or on the results of operations for any particular period, and may result in significant ongoing expenses.

If we are unable to obtain sources of data to create our differentiated research product, we could see a reduction in revenues and profitability.

        Our investment research product leverages data derived from, among other sources, industry data providers and web harvesting technology. If there is a limitation on the availability of data from these sources or if new regulations or laws restrict their use in investment research products, the quality of our research product could be negatively impacted along with the amount of revenue and profitability we derive from this offering.

We could be subject to challenges by U.S. and foreign tax authorities that could result in additional taxes and penalties.

        We are subject to income and other taxes in each jurisdiction in which we operate. We are also subject to reviews and audits by U.S. and foreign tax authorities. Our determination of our tax

19


Table of Contents

obligations in each jurisdiction requires us and our advisers to make judgment calls and estimations. Our determination may differ, even materially, from the judgment of the tax authorities and therefore cause us to incur additional taxes and related interest and penalties, which could impact our financial results.

Inability to protect our intellectual property may result in increased competition, loss of business or other negative results on our business and financial condition.

        Our success is dependent, in part, upon our proprietary intellectual property. We generally rely upon patents, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets to establish and protect our rights in our proprietary technology, methods, products and services. We cannot assure that any of the rights granted under any patent, copyright or trademark that we may obtain will protect our competitive advantages. A third party may still try to challenge, invalidate or circumvent the protective mechanisms that we select. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect our proprietary rights to the same extent as the laws of the U.S., so we cannot predict our ability to properly protect our intellectual property in those jurisdictions. Third parties operating in jurisdictions in which we have not filed for protection may obtain rights in intellectual property that we have protected in the U.S. and other jurisdictions or may be able to misappropriate our intellectual property with impunity.

        Additionally, we might not detect the unauthorized use of our intellectual property. If we do detect unauthorized use, enforcing our infringed intellectual property rights may require significant resources. Accordingly, we might choose not to enforce our infringed intellectual property rights, depending on factors like the best use of our limited resources, the value of our infringed intellectual property rights and other outcomes peripherally related to our attempted enforcement.

        There can be no assurance that we will be able to protect our proprietary intellectual property from improper disclosure or use, or that others will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technology without violating our intellectual property. Violations of our intellectual property by third parties could have an adverse effect on our competitiveness and business. In addition, the cost of seeking to enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial results.

If we were to unknowingly infringe third party intellectual property or be accused of doing so without merit, we would bear significant costs of defense and litigation, which could impact our financial results.

        Under current law, U.S. patent applications remain secret for 18 months and may, depending on how they are prosecuted, remain secret until the issuance of a patent. In light of these factors, it is not always possible to determine in advance whether any of our products or services may infringe the present or future patent rights of others. There can be no guarantee that we will be aware of all patents and trademarks that might pose a risk of infringement by our services. From time to time, we may receive notices from others of claims or potential claims of intellectual property infringement or we may be called upon to defend our products, customers, vendees or licensees against such third party claims. Responding to these kinds of claims, regardless of merit, could consume valuable time and result in costly litigation that could have a material adverse effect on us. Such claims could also result in our entering into royalty or licensing agreements with the third parties claiming infringement on terms that could have a material impact on our profitability.

Our strategic transactions, including acquisitions, dispositions, and strategic initiatives, may not result in anticipated benefits and may present risks not originally contemplated, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

        Over the last several years, we have undertaken several strategic transactions, including the acquisitions of RFQ-hub, a multi-asset platform for global-listed and OTC financial instruments,

20


Table of Contents

Majestic Research Corp. and Ross Smith Energy Group, Ltd. (which together became ITG Investment Research), as well as the subsequent disposition of the energy research business. We have also undertaken various organic strategic initiatives. We may elect to pursue strategic transactions and strategic initiatives in the future, including as a result of our new Chief Executive Officer's end-to-end review of our business, clients, people and processes which is expected to be completed by the end of July 2016. Acquisitions entail numerous risks, including but not limited to difficulties in valuing the acquired businesses, combining personnel and firm cultures, integrating acquired products, services and operations, achieving anticipated synergies that were inherent in our valuation assumptions, the assumption of unknown material liabilities of acquired companies and the potential loss of key clients or employees of acquired companies. Any disposition may result in decreased earnings, revenue, or cash flow and potential liabilities may arise under law as a result of the disposition. Strategic initiatives, such as our recently-launched trading platforms for fixed income and foreign exchange, may be important to our business prospects but we may not be able to successfully execute such initiatives. Failure to execute on strategic transactions or initiatives in a satisfactory manner could adversely affect our future results of operations and financial condition.

Our business could be adversely affected by our inability to attract and retain talented employees, including sales, technology and development professionals.

        Our business operations require highly specialized knowledge of the financial industry and of technological innovation as it applies to the financial industry. If we are unable to hire or retain the services of talented employees, including executive officers, other key management and sales, research, technology and development professionals, we would be at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, recruitment and retention of qualified staff could result in substantial additional costs. The loss of the services of one or more of our executive officers or other key professionals or our inability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel, could have a material adverse effect on our ability to operate our business.

Misconduct and errors of our employees could cause us reputational and financial harm.

        Employee errors in recording or executing transactions for customers can cause us to enter into transactions that customers may disavow and refuse to settle. These transactions expose us to risk of loss, which can be material, until we detect the errors in question and unwind or reverse the transactions. As with any unsettled transaction, adverse movements in the prices of the securities involved in these transactions before we unwind or reverse them can increase this risk. We may incur losses as a result of these transactions that could materially impact our financial results.

        In addition to trading errors, other employee errors or misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors or misconduct and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of customers or improper use of confidential information. Misconduct by our employees could result in losses, litigation, regulatory sanctions or other material adverse effects on the Company.

Our business exposes us to litigation risks.

        Many aspects of our business involve substantial risks of liability and we are involved in a number of investigations and inquiries that could result in liability. These risks of liability arise from, and could result in claims regarding, among other things, potential delays or failures of trade executions, trade settlement terms, allegations of the inadequacy or inaccuracy of research products and the conduct of other aspects of our business. The defense of claims, even those without merit, involves significant legal

21


Table of Contents

expenses. An adverse resolution of any lawsuit or claim against us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The market price of our common stock could be volatile.

        The market price of our common stock may be volatile and could be significantly affected by any number of factors like volatility in the broader stock market, changes in analyst earnings estimates, quarterly variations in our results of operations, shifting investor perceptions, a large purchase or sale by a significant stockholder, the announcement of new products or the occurrence of events described in the other risk factors in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends or repurchase our common stock.

        During 2015, we repurchased shares of our common stock under a Board-authorized repurchase program and the Board also authorized payment of quarterly cash dividends on our common stock. Any Board determinations to continue to repurchase our common stock or to continue to pay cash dividends on the common stock, in each case at levels consistent with recent practice or at all, will be based primarily upon our financial condition, results of operations, business and capital requirements, price of our common stock in the case of the repurchase programs, and the Board's continuing determination that the repurchase programs and the declaration of dividends are in the best interests of our stockholders and are in compliance with all laws and agreements applicable to the repurchase and dividend programs. In the event we do not declare a quarterly dividend, or discontinue our share repurchases, our stock price could be adversely affected.

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

        None

Item 2.    Properties

U.S.

        Our principal offices are located at One Liberty Plaza, in New York, New York, where we occupy approximately 132,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in January 2029.

        We maintain a facility in Los Angeles, California where we occupy approximately 79,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in December 2016. This facility is used primarily for technology research and development and support services.

        We have a regional office in Boston, Massachusetts where we occupy approximately 36,000 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease expiring in November 2030.

        We also have additional regional offices in Chicago, Illinois where we occupy approximately 10,300 square feet pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in October 2016, and in San Francisco, California where we occupy approximately 3,900 square feet pursuant to a lease agreement expiring in October 2018.

Canada

        ITG Canada has an office in Toronto where we occupy approximately 19,900 square feet of office space pursuant to a lease expiring in December 2019.

22


Table of Contents

Europe

        In Europe, ITG has offices in Dublin, London and Paris where we occupy approximately 6,200, 12,200 and 3,100 square feet of office space, respectively. The Dublin space is leased pursuant to an agreement that expires in November 2017, the London space is leased pursuant to an agreement that expires in July 2018, and the space in Paris is leased pursuant to an agreement that expires in June 2016.

Asia Pacific

        ITG Australia has offices in Melbourne and Sydney, where we occupy approximately 5,600 and 3,400 square feet of office space, respectively, pursuant to leases expiring in May 2020 and June 2017.

        ITG Hong Kong occupies approximately 7,500 square feet of office space in Hong Kong pursuant to a lease that expires in September 2018. We also lease space for our regional office in Singapore.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

        Information pertaining to legal proceedings can be found in "Item 8. Financial Statements—Note 21. Commitments and Contingencies—Legal Matters " and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

        Not applicable

23


Table of Contents


PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Common Stock Data

        Our common stock trades on the NYSE under the symbol "ITG".

        The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of the intra-day high and low sales prices of our common stock as reported on the NYSE.

 
  High   Low  

2014:

             

First Quarter

    20.79     16.07  

Second Quarter

    20.80     15.83  

Third Quarter

    19.36     15.55  

Fourth Quarter

    21.27     14.65  

2015:

   
 
   
 
 

First Quarter

    30.85     19.24  

Second Quarter

    32.07     24.55  

Third Quarter

    27.13     12.63  

Fourth Quarter

    21.44     12.75  

        On February 12, 2016, the closing price per share for our common stock as reported on the NYSE was $17.42. On February 12, 2016, we believe that our common stock was held by approximately 5,891 stockholders of record or through nominees in street name accounts with brokers.

Dividends

        In April 2015, our Board of Directors initiated a dividend program under which we began to pay quarterly dividends, subject to quarterly declarations by the Board of Directors. During 2015, our Board of Directors declared and we paid quarterly cash dividends as follows:

 
  2015  

Second Quarter

  $ 0.07  

Third Quarter

    0.07  

Fourth Quarter

    0.07  

Total

  $ 0.21  

        In February 2016, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.07 per share on our common stock, payable on March 18, 2016 to shareholders of record as of March 4, 2016.

24


Table of Contents

Stock Repurchases

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Period
  Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased(a)
  Average
Price Paid per
Share (or Unit)(a)
  Total Number of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs(b)
  Maximum Number
of Shares (or Units)
that May Yet
Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs(b)
 

From: January 1, 2015

                         

To: January 31, 2015

    108,037   $ 19.88     108,037     4,667,766  

From: February 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: February 28, 2015

    595,954     22.14     234,800     4,432,966  

From: March 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: March 31, 2015

    353,642     25.88     349,322     4,083,644  

From: April 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: April 30, 2015

    7,830     29.20     7,500     4,076,144  

From: May 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: May 31, 2015

    272,852     29.06     272,500     3,803,644  

From: June 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: June 30, 2015

    436     27.78         3,803,644  

From: July 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: July 31, 2015

    626     23.72         3,803,644  

From: August 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: August 31, 2015

    230,709     16.10     230,000     3,573,644  

From: September 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: September 30, 2015

    234,364     15.03     230,000     3,343,644  

From: October 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: October 31, 2015

    432     13.25         3,343,644  

From: November 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: November 30, 2015

    185,798     19.73     185,798     3,157,846  

From: December 1, 2015

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

To: December 31, 2015

    420,286     17.67     374,874     2,782,972  

Total

    2,410,966   $ 22.14     1,992,831        

(a)
This column includes the acquisition of 418,135 shares of common stock from employees in order to satisfy minimum statutory withholding tax requirements upon settlement of equity awards.

(b)
In May 2013, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 4.0 million shares. In October 2014, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 4.0 million shares. Neither of these authorizations has an expiration date. As of December 31, 2015, there were 2.8 million shares remaining available for repurchase under ITG's stock repurchase program. The specific timing and amount of repurchases will vary based on market conditions and other factors.

        During 2015, we repurchased 2.4 million shares of our common stock at a cost of $51.0 million, which was funded from our available cash. Of these shares, 2.0 million were purchased under our Board of Directors' authorization for a total cost of $42.0 million (average cost of $21.10 per share).

25


Table of Contents

An additional 0.4 million shares repurchased for $9.0 million pertained to the satisfaction of minimum statutory withholding tax upon the net settlement of equity awards and the net settlement of director option exercises. As of December 31, 2015, the total remaining number of shares currently available for repurchase under ITG's stock repurchase program was 2.8 million.

Performance Graph

        The following line graph compares the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock against the cumulative total return of the Russell 2000 Index and the mean of the NASDAQ Other Finance Index and the AMEX Securities Broker/Dealer Index, for the five-year period ended December 31, 2015.

GRAPHIC

26


Table of Contents

Item 6.    Selected Financial Data

        The selected Consolidated Statements of Operations data and the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition data presented below for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2015, are derived from our consolidated financial statements. Such selected financial data should be read in connection with the consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2013   2012   2011  
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:
($ in thousands, except per share amounts)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Total revenues

  $ 634,803   $ 559,814   $ 530,801   $ 504,436   $ 572,037  

Total expenses

    513,577     494,827     487,746     774,891     778,665  

Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)

    121,226     64,987     43,055     (270,455 )   (206,628 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

    29,656     14,095     11,970     (22,596 )   (26,839 )

Net income (loss)

  $ 91,570   $ 50,892   $ 31,085   $ (247,859 ) $ (179,789 )

Basic earnings (loss) per share

  $ 2.70   $ 1.44   $ 0.84   $ (6.45 ) $ (4.42 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 2.63   $ 1.40   $ 0.82   $ (6.45 ) $ (4.42 )

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in millions)

    33.9     35.3     36.8     38.4     40.7  

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding (in millions)

    34.8     36.4     38.1     38.4     40.7  

 

 
   
   
   
   
   
 
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition Data:
($ in thousands)
   
   
   
   
   
 

Total assets

  $ 1,709,022   $ 1,350,849   $ 1,539,472   $ 1,492,976   $ 1,604,332  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 330,653   $ 275,210   $ 261,897   $ 245,875   $ 284,188  

Short-term bank loans

  $ 81,934   $ 78,360   $ 73,539   $ 22,154   $ 1,606  

Term debt

  $ 12,567   $ 17,781   $ 30,332   $ 19,272   $ 23,997  

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 454,821   $ 415,596   $ 417,432   $ 409,770   $ 671,114  

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

        The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, including the notes thereto.

Overview

        ITG is an independent broker and financial technology firm that improves the efficiency and execution quality of institutional trading. ITG helps clients understand market trends, mitigate risk and navigate increasingly complex markets. A leader in electronic trading since launching the POSIT crossing network in 1987, ITG takes a consultative approach in delivering the highest quality execution and liquidity solutions along with analytical tools and research. The firm is headquartered in New York with offices in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region.

        Our business is organized into four reportable operating segments (see Note 22, Segment Reporting , to the consolidated financial statements):

    U.S. Operations

    Canadian Operations

    European Operations

    Asia Pacific Operations

27


Table of Contents

Our four operating segments provide the following types of products and services:

    Electronic Brokerage—includes self-directed trading by clients using algorithms, smart routing and matching through POSIT in cash equities (including single stocks and portfolio lists), futures and options;

    Research, Sales and Trading—includes (a) differentiated, unbiased, data-driven equity research through the use of innovative data harvesting and analysis and (b) portfolio trading and high-touch trading desks providing execution expertise and trading ideas based on investment research;

    Platforms—includes trade order and execution management software applications in addition to network connectivity; and

    Analytics—includes (a) tools enabling portfolio managers and traders to improve pre-trade and real-time execution performance, (b) portfolio construction and optimization decisions and (c) securities valuation.

        Effective in the first quarter of 2015, the Company is presenting its regional segment results excluding the impact of corporate activity. For this purpose, corporate activity includes investment income and other gains as well as costs not associated with operating the businesses within the Company's regional segments. These costs include, among others, (a) the costs of being a public company, such as certain staff costs, a portion of external audit fees, and reporting, filing and listing costs, (b) intangible asset amortization, (c) interest expense, (d) professional fees associated with our global transfer pricing structure, (e) foreign exchange gains or losses and (f) certain non-operating expenses. Prior to this change in segment measure, corporate activity was included in the region where the income/expense was earned/incurred, which primarily was in the U.S. Operations segment. Prior period segment data has been restated to conform to the 2015 presentation.

    Sources of Revenues

        Revenues from our products and services are generated from commissions and fees, recurring (subscriptions) and other sources.

        Commissions and fees are derived primarily from (i) commissions charged for trade execution services, (ii) income generated on net executions, whereby equity orders are filled at different prices within or at the National Best Bid and Offer ("NBBO") and (iii) commission sharing arrangements between ITG Net (our private value-added FIX-based financial electronic communications network) and third-party brokers and alternative trading systems whose trading products are made available to our clients on our order management system ("OMS") and execution management system ("EMS") applications in addition to commission sharing arrangements for our ITG Single Ticket Clearing Service and our ITG RFQ-hub request-for-quote service. Because commissions are earned on a per-transaction basis, such revenues fluctuate from period to period depending on (a) the volume of securities traded through our services in the U.S. and Canada, (b) the contract value of securities traded in Europe and the Asia Pacific region and (c) our commission rates. Certain factors that affect our volumes and contract values traded include: (i) macro trends in the global equities markets that affect overall institutional equity trading activity, (ii) competitive pressure, including pricing, created by a proliferation of electronic execution competitors and (iii) potential changes in market structure in the U.S. and other regions. In addition to share volume, revenues from net executions are also impacted by the width of spreads within the NBBO. Trade orders are delivered to us from our OMS and EMS products and other vendors' products, direct computer-to-computer links to customers through ITG Net and third-party networks and phone orders from our customers.

        Recurring revenues are derived from the following primary sources: (i) connectivity fees generated through ITG Net for the ability of the sell-side to receive orders from, and send indications of interest

28


Table of Contents

to, the buy-side and for the sell-side to receive requests-for-quotes through ITG RFQ-hub, (ii) subscription revenue generated from providing research, (iii) software and analytical products and services and (iv) maintenance and customer technical support for ITG OMS.

        Other revenues include: (1) income from principal trading in the Company's Canadian Operations, including arbitrage trading, (2) the net spread on foreign exchange transactions executed on a principal basis to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies, as well as on other foreign currency transactions unrelated to equity trading, (3) the net interest spread earned on securities borrowed and loaned matched book transactions, (4) transaction advisory services provided to potential purchasers of energy-related investments, (5) non-recurring consulting services, such as one-time implementation and customer-training-related activities, (6) investment and interest income, (7) interest income on securities borrowed in connection with customers' settlement activities, (8) market gains/losses resulting from temporary positions in securities assumed in the normal course of agency trading (including client errors and accommodations) and (9) non-recurring gains and losses such as divestitures.

    Expenses

        Compensation and employee benefits, our largest expense, consist of salaries and wages, incentive compensation, employee benefits and taxes. Incentive compensation fluctuates based on revenues, profitability and other measures, taking into account the landscape for key talent. Incentive compensation includes a combination of cash and deferred share-based awards. Only the cash portion of incentive compensation is a variable expense in the current period. As a result, our ratio of compensation expense to revenues may fluctuate from period-to-period based on revenue levels.

        Transaction processing expense consists of costs to access various third-party execution destinations and to process, clear and settle transactions. These costs tend to fluctuate with share and trade volumes, the mix of trade execution services used by clients and the rates charged by third parties.

        Occupancy and equipment expense consists primarily of rent and utilities related to leased premises, office equipment and depreciation and amortization of fixed assets and leasehold improvements.

        Telecommunications and data processing expenses primarily consist of costs for obtaining market data, data associated with our investment research offerings, telecommunications services and systems maintenance.

        Other general and administrative expenses primarily include software amortization, consulting, business development, professional fees and intangible asset amortization.

        Interest expense consists primarily of costs associated with outstanding debt and credit facilities.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

        To supplement our financial information presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("U.S. GAAP"), management uses certain "non-GAAP financial measures" as such term is defined in SEC Regulation G. Generally, a non-GAAP financial measure is a numerical measure of a company's operating performance, financial position or cash flows that excludes or includes amounts that are included in, or excluded from, the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management believes the presentation of these measures provides investors with greater transparency and supplemental data relating to our financial condition and results of operations, and therefore a more complete understanding of factors affecting our business than U.S. GAAP measures alone. In addition, management believes the presentation of these measures is useful to investors for period-to-period comparison of results as the items described below reflect certain unique and/or non-operating items

29


Table of Contents

such as acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring charges, large write-offs or items outside of management's control.

        Adjusted revenues, adjusted expenses and adjusted net income together with related per share amounts are non-GAAP performance measures that we believe are useful to assist investors in gaining an understanding of the trends and operating results for our core business. These measures should be viewed in addition to, and not in lieu of, results reported under U.S. GAAP.

        Reconciliations of adjusted revenues, adjusted expenses and adjusted net income to revenues, expenses and net income and related per share amounts as determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2013 are provided below, as applicable (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts). There were no such adjustments during the year ended December 31, 2014.

 
   
   
  Non-U.S.    
 
 
  ITG Consolidated    
   
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015:
  U.S.   Canada   Europe   Asia Pacific   Corporate  

Total Revenues

  $ 634,803   $ 285,230   $ 63,028   $ 129,729   $ 48,179   $ 108,637  

Less:

                                     

Gain on the sale of energy research business(1)

    (107,699 )                           (107,699 )

Adjusted revenues

    527,104     285,230     63,028     125,729     48,179     938  

Total expenses

  $ 513,577   $ 269,230   $ 52,385   $ 101,485   $ 46,559   $ 43,918  

Less:

                                     

SEC settlement and related costs(2)

    (25,198 )                   (25,198 )

Adjusted expenses

  $ 488,379   $ 269,230   $ 52,385   $ 101,485   $ 46,559   $ 18,720  

Income tax expense

  $ 29,656                                

Tax effect of adjustments(1)(2)

    (14,201 )                              

Tax incurred to amend capital structure outside North America(3)          

    (6,526 )                              

Adjusted income tax expense

  $ 8,929                                

Net income

  $ 91,570                                

Net effect of adjustments

    (61,774 )                              

Adjusted net income

  $ 29,796                                

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 2.63                                

Net effect of adjustments

    (1.77 )                              

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.86                                

30


Table of Contents


 
   
   
  Non-U.S.    
 
 
  ITG Consolidated    
   
 
Year Ended December 31, 2013:
  U.S.   Canada   Europe   Asia Pacific   Corporate  

Total expenses

  $ 487,746   $ 277,443   $ 63,503   $ 71,600   $ 47,837   $ 27,363  

Less:

                                     

Restructuring charges(4)

    75                     75  

Duplicate rent expense(5)

    (2,568 )                   (2,568 )

Office move(6)

    (3,910 )                   (3,910 )

Adjusted expenses

  $ 481,343   $ 277,443   $ 63,503   $ 71,600   $ 47,837     20,960  

Income tax expense

  $ 11,970                                

Tax effect of adjustments(4)(5)(6)

    405                                

Adjusted income tax expense

  $ 12,375                                

Net income

  $ 31,085                                

Net effect of adjustments

    5,998                                

Adjusted net income

  $ 37,083                                

Diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.82                                

Net effect of adjustments

    0.15                                

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

  $ 0.97                                

(1)
In December 2015, we completed the sale of the subsidiaries conducting our energy research business to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus, a global private equity firm, for $120.5 million. The pre-tax gain of $107.7 million is net of a working capital adjustment on the closing balance sheet, direct costs related to the sale, including share-based compensation costs, and the carrying value of the net assets disposed.

(2)
In August 2015, we reached a final settlement with the SEC to pay an aggregate amount of $20.3 million in connection with the SEC's investigation into a proprietary trading pilot operated in 2010 and 2011. During 2015, we incurred $4.9 million in legal and related costs associated with this matter.

(3)
In December 2015, we amended the capital structure of our principal holding company outside North America to provide continued flexibility for the movement of global capital. This amendment accelerated the U.S. taxation of amounts earned outside of North America resulting in a tax charge of $6.5 million.

(4)
In the second quarter of 2013, we incurred a $1.6 million charge to implement a restructuring plan to close our technology research and development facility in Israel and migrate that function to an outsourced-service-provider model effective January 1, 2014. This plan primarily focused on reducing costs by limiting our geographic footprint while maintaining the necessary technological expertise via a consulting arrangement. This restructuring plan triggered the recognition of a tax charge of $1.6 million in the second quarter of 2013 associated with the anticipated withdrawal of capital from Israel. We also reduced previously-recorded 2012 and 2011 restructuring accruals of $1.6 million to reflect the sub-lease of previously-vacated office space and certain legal and other employee-related charges deemed unnecessary.

(5)
During the fourth quarter of 2012, we began to build out and ready our new lower Manhattan headquarters while continuing to occupy our then-existing headquarters in midtown Manhattan and as a result incurred duplicate rent charges through June 2013.

31


Table of Contents

(6)
In the second quarter of 2013, we moved into our new headquarters and incurred a one-time non-operating charge, which included a reserve for the remaining lease obligation for the previous midtown Manhattan headquarters.

Executive Summary for the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Consolidated Overview

        Our 2015 results reflect the significant negative impact on our business from the SEC Settlement in August 2015. Immediately following the preliminary announcement of the SEC Settlement in late July, we experienced a sharp drop in trading activity as a number of clients either suspended or significantly reduced the amount of trade flow sent to ITG. Management has worked actively to reassure clients of the integrity of our business through face-to-face meetings and due diligence processes that have resulted in substantially all of our clients resuming some level of trading with ITG. Average daily trading commissions in the U.S. during the fourth quarter were 12% better than the lows of August and September with buy-side trading activity showing signs of stabilization. While the momentum in our recovery has been consistent, the full restoration of our business remains a work in progress.

        Our 2015 results also include the December sale of our energy research business to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus, a global private equity firm, for $120.5 million resulting in a pre-tax gain of $107.7 million and an after-tax gain of $91.4 million, or $2.66 per share ("Energy Research Sale"). Having monetized the significant value in the energy research business, we are currently evaluating alternatives for the use of the net proceeds. Based on 2015 results, the Energy Research Sale is expected to reduce annual revenues by approximately $20 million and reduce annual expenses by approximately $6 million, net of a new licensing charge to distribute the energy research product to our trading clients.

        On a U.S. GAAP basis, we earned net income of $91.6 million, or $2.63 per diluted share in 2015. Our U.S. GAAP results include the gain from the Energy Research Sale as well as $25.2 million in costs related to the SEC Settlement and a $6.5 million tax charge to amend the capital structure of our operations outside of North America. This capital structure amendment will provide continued flexibility with the movement of global capital without incremental tax costs. Adjusted net income (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures ) was $29.8 million, or $0.86 per diluted share compared to $50.9 million, or $1.40 per diluted share for 2014, due primarily to a 6% reduction in revenues, excluding the gain on the Energy Research Sale. Expenses of $513.6 million were 4% higher than 2014 while adjusted expenses (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures ) of $488.4 million, which excluded the costs related to the SEC Settlement, decreased 1% from the prior year. The reduction in expenses was largely driven by lower compensation costs from compensation reversals associated with the management changes announced in August, mark-to-market adjustments on stock awards to Canadian employees that will be settled in cash and lower revenues and profitability. Costs were also lowered as compared to 2014 due to the exchange rate impact from the stronger U.S. Dollar.

Segment Discussions

        Regional segment results exclude the impact of corporate activity. In 2015, corporate activity increased pre-tax income by $64.7 million on a U.S. GAAP basis and decreased pre-tax income by $17.8 million on an adjusted basis, excluding the impact of the Energy Research Sale and the costs related to the SEC Settlement. In 2014, corporate activity reduced pre-tax income by $20.5 million.

        U.S. commission revenues were 9% lower in 2015 reflecting the sharp drop in our customer trading activity following the SEC Settlement. Our U.S. average daily volume was 162.2 million shares, virtually flat with 2014, trailing the 8% growth in U.S. consolidated daily market volume. Although our total volumes were relatively unchanged, a larger portion of our volumes were from sell-side accounts

32


Table of Contents

due in part to our efforts to grow this business. Sell-side trading volume increased to 59% of overall volume, compared to 52% in 2014, diluting our overall revenue capture rate per share to $0.0043 compared to $0.0047 in 2014.

        In Canada, commissions and fees were down 18% as sharply lower business levels in the fourth quarter following the SEC Settlement and a 14% reduction in the average Canadian dollar exchange rate offset a strong start to the year. MATCH Now's volume grew by more than 30% during 2015.

        Our European business has held up well in the wake of our SEC Settlement, although growth in our trading activity was offset by a 7% decline in the average British Pound exchange rate. In local currency terms, market-wide trading activity was up nearly 16%, according to BATS Global Markets Inc., driven by increased market volatility during the first half of the year. In comparison, the value traded by ITG Europe grew 30% in local currency terms and 20% in U.S. Dollar terms. While growth in our value traded in Europe exceeded market growth, like the U.S., a greater portion was from sell-side accounts. We continued our strategy of growing the liquidity on our platform by expanding our sell-side client business and our business across continental Europe, which enabled us to capitalize on the improved market activity.

        The last two quarters in 2015 were challenging periods for our Asia Pacific business. After a strong first half of the year, when we achieved record profitability in both the first and second quarters, our Asia Pacific business struggled in the last two quarters following the SEC Settlement. Much of the decline is due to a drop-off in trading activity by U.S. based clients in the wake of the SEC Settlement. While the reduction in commissions in the second half of the year ended our run of four consecutive quarters of profitability, we were still able to generate a pre-tax profit of $1.6 million in 2015 compared to a pre-tax loss of $1.7 million in 2014 due to a 3% growth in revenues and a 4% reduction in costs from cost savings initiatives implemented in late 2014.

Capital Resource Allocation

        During 2015, we repurchased 2.0 million shares under our stock repurchase program for $42.0 million. We intend to continue to use share repurchases to offset dilution from the issuance of stock under employee compensation plans and to opportunistically return capital to stockholders, depending on market conditions and any strategic activity that may necessitate alternative uses of capital. We may elect to conduct future share repurchases through open market purchases, private transactions or automatic share repurchase programs under SEC Rule 10b5-1.

        In April 2015, our Board of Directors initiated a dividend program under which we began to pay quarterly dividends, subject to quarterly declarations by the Board of Directors. During 2015, our Board of Directors declared and we paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.07 per share in each of the second, third and fourth quarters totaling $7.0 million, in the aggregate.

33


Table of Contents

Results of Operations—Year Ended December 31, 2015 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2014

U.S. Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
$ in thousands
  2015   2014   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 200,325   $ 220,567   $ (20,242 )   (9 )

Recurring

    79,296     73,808     5,488     7  

Other

    5,609     12,165     (6,556 )   (54 )

Total revenues

    285,230     306,540     (21,310 )   (7 )

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    128,715     130,117     (1,402 )   (1 )

Transaction processing

    42,524     39,178     3,346     9  

Other expenses

    97,991     101,442     (3,451 )   (3 )

Total expenses

    269,230     270,737     (1,507 )   (1 )

Income before income tax expense

  $ 16,000   $ 35,803   $ (19,803 )   (55 )

        While total annual volumes were essentially unchanged, commissions and fees decreased 9% reflecting the higher proportion of average daily volumes executed by lower-priced sell-side clients, which increased to 59% of our volumes compared to 52% in 2014, adversely impacting our revenue per share. Following the SEC Settlement we saw a decline in trading activity from some buy-side clients that either suspended trading or significantly reduced the amount of trade flow sent to ITG. While substantially all of the accounts that suspended trading with ITG have resumed sending some level of trade flow, much work remains to bring all of our clients back to the level of engagement we experienced prior to the SEC Settlement. This decline in buy-side trade flow also had a negative impact on sell-side activity as there was less liquidity in POSIT, resulting in fewer crossing opportunities.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
U.S. Operations: Key Indicators*
  2015   2014   Change   % Change  

Total trading volume (in billions of shares)

    40.9     40.9     (0.0 )   (0 )

Average trading volume per day (in millions of shares)

    162.2     162.5     (0.3 )   (0 )

Average revenue per share

  $ 0.0043   $ 0.0047   $ (0.0004 )   (9 )

U.S. market trading days

    252     252          

*
Excludes activity from ITG Net commission share arrangements.

        Recurring revenues increased due to higher research subscriptions in addition to higher connectivity fees. Connectivity fees increased primarily from an increase in revenue from global connections previously recorded in our Canadian and Asia Pacific Operations segments, as a result of a change in our attribution method, and an increase in revenue from connections delivered out of the ITG PM solution. These increases in connectivity revenue were partially offset by connections lost due to the impact of client attrition from our OMS product. Research subscriptions increased from higher subscription revenues from new accounts subscribing to our investment research products and a shift in the recognition of certain corporate subscriptions revenue in energy research to the U.S. Operations segment from the Canadian Operations segment, partially offset by the impact of the discontinuation of our healthcare market research business in May 2015. The Energy Research Sale is expected to reduce recurring revenues in the U.S. Operations segment by approximately $18 million in 2016.

34


Table of Contents

        Other revenues decreased primarily due to declines in transaction advisory services revenues from our energy research team and lower net revenue earned from stock loan matched book transactions.

        Compensation and employee benefits costs decreased as a result of lower incentive-based compensation to our management team associated with global profitability levels and with lower headcount at the end of the year. As a percentage of revenues, compensation costs increased to 45.1% as compared to 42.4% in 2014 due to the impact of the fixed components of compensation costs on lower revenues and our need to retain staff during this challenging period.

        Transaction processing costs increased due to an increase in the proportion of trading by clients where liquidity was taken (which typically costs more than transactions in which clients are providing liquidity on an execution venue), more settlement tickets processed and higher costs from outsourcing the clearing of select accounts to a third party. These factors, along with the impact of our lower average revenue per share, increased transaction processing costs as a percentage of commissions and fees to 21.2% from 17.8% in 2014.

        Other expenses decreased $3.5 million due to a higher credit for research and development costs charged to other segments as more of these resources have been centralized in the U.S., along with lower depreciation and software amortization.

Canadian Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
$ in thousands
  2015   2014   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 49,169   $ 59,992   $ (10,823 )   (18 )

Recurring

    5,563     9,575     (4,012 )   (42 )

Other

    8,296     8,066     230     3  

Total revenues

    63,028     77,633     (14,605 )   (19 )

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    20,078     23,901     (3,823 )   (16 )

Transaction processing

    8,783     9,710     (927 )   (10 )

Other expenses

    23,524     26,763     (3,239 )   (12 )

Total expenses

    52,385     60,374     (7,989 )   (13 )

Income before income tax expense

  $ 10,643   $ 17,259   $ (6,616 )   (38 )

        Currency translation from a weaker Canadian Dollar decreased total Canadian revenues and expenses by $9.8 million and $7.2 million, respectively, resulting in a decrease of $2.6 million to pre-tax income.

        Canadian commissions and fees were down 18% as the impact of the SEC Settlement and a weaker Canadian dollar offset strong trading levels in the early part of the year. MATCH Now's volume grew by more than 30% during 2015.

        Recurring revenues decreased primarily from lower revenue from global connections due to a change in our attribution method and from a shift in the recognition of energy research subscription revenue from corporate accounts to the U.S. Operations segment.

        Other revenues increased due to higher principal trading gains on inter-listed arbitrage trading.

        Compensation and employee benefits costs decreased due to currency translation and lower incentive compensation.

35


Table of Contents

        Transaction processing costs decreased due to the favorable impact from currency translation of $1.3 million, partially offset by higher costs associated with increased principal trading activity and higher execution charges on shares traded in the U.S. by Canadian clients.

        Other expenses were down due to the impact of currency translation as well as reductions to facilities costs, consulting fees and research distribution fees paid to the U.S. Operations. These decreases were slightly offset by higher market data costs.

European Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
$ in thousands
  2015   2014   Change   % Change  

Revenues

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 113,633   $ 113,988   $ (355 )    

Recurring

    16,272     13,924     2,348     17  

Other

    (176 )   (502 )   326     (65 )

Total revenues

    129,729     127,410     2,319     2  

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    38,924     35,983     2,941     8  

Transaction processing

    29,887     26,796     3,091     12  

Other expenses

    32,674     30,550     2,124     7  

Total expenses

    101,485     93,329     8,156     9  

Income before income tax expense

  $ 28,244   $ 34,081   $ (5,837 )   (17 )

        Currency translation from a weaker British Pound decreased European revenues and expenses by $10.1 million and $7.9 million, respectively, diminishing pre-tax income by $2.2 million.

        European results in 2015 include the results of ITG RFQ-hub for a full year versus five months in 2014 following the July 30, 2014 acquisition date.

        Our European commissions and fees were flat with 2014 despite an unfavorable currency impact of $8.9 million and a lower average commission rate primarily due to an increase in sell-side clients trading in POSIT and an increase in institutional clients using our trading algorithms. While the growth in our value traded was nearly twice the growth rate of overall European value traded, an increased portion was from sell-side clients. Although we earn a lower commission rate on sell-side trading, this activity produces incremental profitability, uses excess capacity and grows the liquidity in POSIT.

        Recurring revenue increased primarily from a full period of ITG RFQ-hub activity as compared to only five months in 2014 as well as an increase in billed analytics revenue. Other revenues improved due to a lower impact of trade errors and client accommodations.

        Compensation and benefits increased due to higher salaries from a full period of ITG RFQ-hub, investments in our sales team and higher deferred stock-based compensation associated with awards granted for 2014 and 2013.

        Transaction processing costs increased as a result of an increase in the average daily notional value traded. As a percentage of commissions and fees, transaction processing costs increased to 26.3% from 23.5% in 2014 due to the impact of a higher proportion of value traded by lower-rate, sell-side clients.

        Other expenses increased due to higher charges for global research and development costs, increases in business development and customer connectivity costs and a full period of costs from ITG RFQ-hub.

36


Table of Contents

Asia Pacific Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
$ in thousands
  2015   2014   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 42,552   $ 41,625   $ 927     2  

Recurring

    6,053     6,487     (434 )   (7 )

Other

    (426 )   (1,186 )   760     (64 )

Total revenues

    48,179     46,926     1,253     3  

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    18,165     20,378     (2,213 )   (11 )

Transaction processing

    10,298     10,716     (418 )   (4 )

Other expenses

    18,096     17,522     574     3  

Total expenses

    46,559     48,616     (2,057 )   (4 )

Income (loss) before income tax benefit

  $ 1,620   $ (1,690 ) $ 3,310     nm  

    nm—Not meaningful

        Currency translation from a weaker Australian Dollar decreased total Asia Pacific revenues by $5.1 million and expenses by $2.6 million, reducing our pre-tax profit by $2.5 million.

        Asia Pacific commissions and fees increased despite unfavorable currency translation and the impact of the SEC Settlement in the second half of 2015 due to strong order flow earlier in the year by U.S. clients and local Asian clients trading into Australia and Hong Kong and the increased use of our trading algorithms and our POSIT Alert block crossing system.

        Recurring revenues decreased primarily from lower revenue earned from global connections due to a change in our attribution method and currency translation. Other revenues improved due to lower client accommodations and errors.

        Compensation and employee benefits decreased due to lower headcount, reduced severance charges and favorable currency translation.

        Transaction processing costs decreased due to a higher proportion of our trading in markets where our costs are lower. As a percentage of commissions and fees, these costs declined to 24.2% from 25.7% in 2014.

        Other expenses increased primarily because of the higher charges for global research and development costs, higher software amortization and consulting expenses.

Corporate

        Corporate activity includes investment income and other gains as well as costs not associated with operating the businesses within our regional segments. These costs include, among others, (a) the costs of being a public company, such as certain staff costs, a portion of external audit fees, and reporting, filing and listing costs, (b) intangible asset amortization, (c) interest expense, (d) professional fees associated with our global transfer pricing structure, (e) foreign exchange gains or losses and (f) certain non-operating expenses.

        For 2015, we reported pre-tax income from Corporate activity of $64.7 million, reflecting the $107.7 million gain on the Energy Research Sale, $0.9 million of investment income and $43.9 million of costs. For 2014, we incurred a pre-tax loss from Corporate activity of $20.5 million, reflecting

37


Table of Contents

investment income of $1.3 million and costs of $21.8 million. The $22.1 million increase in costs reflected the $20.3 million cost for the SEC Settlement and related legal and other fees of $4.9 million, offset in part by $2.1 million of reductions in compensation and benefits from the executive changes announced in August 2015 and lower intangible amortization costs due to the full amortization of certain assets.

Consolidated income tax expense

        Our effective tax rate was 24.5% for 2015 compared to 21.7% for 2014. The low rate in 2015 primarily reflected the impact of a low tax rate on the Energy Research Sale from the availability of a deductible basis that was mostly written-off for book purposes in 2012, significant income generated in Europe where we are taxed at a lower rate and profitability generated in Asia Pacific where we are not incurring a tax cost due to the availability of net operating losses. These impacts were partially offset by a tax expense of $6.5 million on a deemed dividend associated with an amendment to the capital structure of our operations outside North America. The low rate in 2014 reflects the impact of strong earnings from Europe, where we are taxed at a lower rate, and a $2.7 million tax benefit arising from settling multi-year tax return positions offset by establishing additional reserves for other tax positions. Our consolidated effective tax rate can vary from period to period depending on, among other factors, the geographic and business mix of our earnings.

Results of Operation—Year Ended December 31, 2014 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

        As noted above, effective in the first quarter of 2015, the Company is presenting its regional segment results excluding the impact of corporate activity. Prior period segment data has been restated to conform to the 2015 presentation.

U.S. Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
$ in thousands
  2014   2013   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 220,567   $ 231,140   $ (10,573 )   (5 )

Recurring

    73,808     76,720     (2,912 )   (4 )

Other

    12,165     10,016     2,149     21  

Total revenues

    306,540     317,876     (11,336 )   (4 )

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    130,117     121,606     8,511     7  

Transaction processing

    39,178     41,995     (2,817 )   (7 )

Other expenses

    101,442     113,842     (12,400 )   (11 )

Total expenses

    270,737     277,443     (6,706 )   (2 )

Income before income tax expense

  $ 35,803   $ 40,433   $ (4,630 )   (11 )

        Commissions and fees decreased due to a 3% reduction in our average daily trading volumes. Although our average revenue per share remained unchanged year over year at $0.0047, the proportion of average daily volumes executed by lower-priced sell-side clients increased to 52% of our volumes compared to 50% in 2013, reducing our revenue per share. While we also saw lower revenue per share from sell-side clients, we continued to see improvement in the revenue per share from buy-side clients.

38


Table of Contents

The higher revenue per share from buy-side clients was driven by higher rates for clients' use of our POSIT Alert block crossing system and our high-touch and portfolio trading services.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
U.S. Operations: Key Indicators*
  2014   2013   Change   % Change  

Total trading volume (in billions of shares)

    40.9     42.4     (1.5 )   (4 )

Average trading volume per day (in millions of shares)

    162.5     168.1     (5.6 )   (3 )

Average revenue per share

  $ 0.0047   $ 0.0047   $      

U.S. market trading days

    252     252          

*
Excludes activity from ITG Net commission share arrangements.

        Recurring revenues decreased due to the impact of client attrition from our OMS product, resulting in lower OMS subscription revenues and connectivity fees, partially offset by higher research subscriptions.

        Other revenues increased primarily due to an increase in transaction advisory services revenues generated by our energy research team. This increase more than offset a reduction in revenues generated by our stock loan matched book business, which included a gain of $2.5 million in 2013 related to adjustments to historical dividend withholdings.

        Compensation and employee benefits increased as a result of headcount increases and from higher incentive-based compensation to our management team associated with increased global profitability.

        Transaction processing costs declined more than the decrease in commissions and fees due to lower options volumes, which incur higher costs proportionally than our cash equity trading and lower execution costs from client use of our algorithm technology. As a percentage of commissions and fees, transaction processing costs declined to 17.8% from 18.2% during 2013.

        Other expenses decreased $12.4 million, reflecting lower data center, data and connectivity expenses from our cost reduction initiatives and lower depreciation, software amortization and consulting fees. There was also a higher credit for research and development costs charged to other segments. These reductions were partially offset by an increase in employee recruiting and legal fees.

Canadian Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
$ in thousands
  2014   2013   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 59,992   $ 57,507   $ 2,485     4  

Recurring

    9,575     9,294     281     3  

Other

    8,066     7,355     711     10  

Total revenues

    77,633     74,156     3,477     5  

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    23,901     25,929     (2,028 )   (8 )

Transaction processing

    9,710     10,691     (981 )   (9 )

Other expenses

    26,763     26,883     (120 )    

Total expenses

    60,374     63,503     (3,129 )   (5 )

Income before income tax expense

  $ 17,259   $ 10,653   $ 6,066     62  

39


Table of Contents

        Currency translation from a weaker Canadian Dollar decreased total Canadian revenues and expenses by $5.2 million and $3.8 million, respectively, resulting in a decrease of $1.4 million to pre-tax income.

        Canadian commissions and fees increased $2.5 million despite an unfavorable currency translation of $4.0 million, principally due to the growth in MATCH Now volumes of more than 80%.

        Recurring revenues increased due to a higher number of billable network connections through ITG Net and our billing for market data consumed by clients.

        Other revenues increased slightly due to an increase in income earned on foreign exchange transactions and principal arbitrage trading, partially offset by losses on client accommodations and the impact of currency translation.

        Compensation and employee benefits costs decreased primarily due to the impact of currency translation and a decrease in share-based compensation, which fluctuates for legacy awards to Canadian employees based on the changes in the market price of our stock, partially offset by an increase in incentive-based compensation related to increased profitability.

        Transaction processing costs decreased due to lower rates for clearing and settlement from contract renegotiation with our clearing provider, lower execution costs as a higher percentage of our volume was executed in MATCH Now and the impact of currency translation. As a percentage of commission and fees, transaction processing costs declined to 16.2% from 18.6% in 2013.

        The decrease in other expenses was primarily driven by lower connectivity expenses and the impact of currency translation, partially offset by higher charges for historical market data and legal-related expenses.

European Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
$ in thousands
  2014   2013   Change   % Change  

Revenues

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 113,988   $ 79,639   $ 34,349     43  

Recurring

    13,924     12,508     1,416     11  

Other

    (502 )   (547 )   45     (8 )

Total revenues

    127,410     91,600     35,810     39  

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    35,983     30,216     5,767     19  

Transaction processing

    26,796     19,567     7,229     37  

Other expenses

    30,550     21,817     8,733     40  

Total expenses

    93,329     71,600     21,729     30  

Income before income tax expense

  $ 34,081   $ 20,000   $ 14,081     70  

        Currency translation from a stronger average British Pound increased European revenues and expenses by $6.8 million and $5.2 million, respectively, adding $1.6 million to pre-tax income.

        European results include substantially all the ITG RFQ-hub operations since the July 30, 2014 acquisition date, adding $2.0 million in revenues, mostly recurring, and $2.2 million in expenses.

        Our European commissions and fees grew 43% in 2014 as compared to 2013, far outpacing the 16% growth in market-wide value traded. The investments we made in our infrastructure and our product suite resulted in increased activity from buy-side and sell-side clients using our electronic

40


Table of Contents

brokerage offerings, including our trading algorithms and POSIT, and from clients using our POSIT Alert block crossing system. We also saw increased commissions from the use of our high-touch trading services. Commissions and fees also benefitted from $5.9 million in favorable currency translation.

        Recurring revenues increased primarily from the new connectivity revenue from ITG RFQ-hub.

        Compensation and employee benefits increased due to higher incentive-based compensation related to improved performance, increase in headcount, including employees from the ITG RFQ-hub acquisition, and the impact of the unfavorable currency translation of $1.7 million. This increase was offset, in part, by $3.1 million in lower compensation associated with the outsourcing of our research and development facility in Israel to a third-party service provider.

        Transaction processing costs increased due to the significant increase in value traded. However, transaction processing costs declined as a percentage of commissions and fees to 23.5% from 24.6% in 2013 due to the impact of a higher percentage of our value traded crossed in POSIT, including our POSIT Alert block crossing system, and our initiatives to reduce settlement and clearing costs.

        Other expenses increased due to higher charges for (a) global research and development costs, (b) historical market data, (c) consulting costs, net of capitalization, attributable to the outsourcing of our research and development facility in Israel to a third-party service provider, (d) marketing costs and (e) the additional costs added by ITG RFQ-hub.

Asia Pacific Operations

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
   
 
$ in thousands
  2014   2013   Change   % Change  

Revenues:

                         

Commissions and fees

  $ 41,625   $ 40,333   $ 1,292     3  

Recurring

    6,487     5,650     837     15  

Other

    (1,186 )   (272 )   (914 )   nm  

Total revenues

    46,926     45,711     1,215     3  

Expenses:

                         

Compensation and employee benefits

    20,378     19,437     941     5  

Transaction processing

    10,716     11,539     (823 )   (7 )

Other expenses

    17,522     16,861     661     4  

Total expenses

    48,616     47,837     779     2  

Loss before income tax benefit

  $ (1,690 ) $ (2,126 ) $ 436     (21 )

nm—Not meaningful

        Currency translation from a weaker Australian Dollar decreased total Asia Pacific revenues and expenses both by $1.3 million, resulting in no impact on our pre-tax loss.

        Asia Pacific commissions and fees increased despite a reduction in market-wide trading activity and unfavorable currency translation due to the growth in commissions from clients using our POSIT Alert block crossing system and algorithmic trading capabilities as well as from higher commission-sharing revenues.

        The growth in recurring revenues primarily reflects growth in the number of billable network connections through ITG Net and the decrease in other revenues is due to higher client trade accommodations, which totaled $1.2 million in 2014, compared to $0.3 million in 2013.

41


Table of Contents

        Compensation and employee benefits increased due to increases in headcount and employee termination charges, partially offset by higher capitalized compensation for software development and favorable currency translation.

        Transaction processing costs decreased due to a reduction in value traded and our efforts to reduce execution and settlement costs. As a percentage of commissions and fees, transaction processing costs declined to 25.7% from 28.6% in 2013.

        The increase in other expenses reflects higher charges for historical market data and global research and development, as well as increases in hardware and software maintenance and connectivity, partially offset by reductions in market data costs.

Corporate

        For 2014, we incurred a pre-tax loss from Corporate activity of $20.5 million, reflecting investment income of $1.3 million and costs of $21.8 million. For 2013, we incurred a pre-tax loss from Corporate activity of $25.9 million, reflecting investment income of $1.5 million and costs of $27.4 million. Corporate costs in 2013 included $2.6 million of duplicate rent charges associated with the build out of our new headquarters in lower Manhattan while we still occupied our then-existing headquarters in midtown Manhattan, a $3.9 million charge related to our office move, including a reserve for the remaining lease obligation and a $1.5 million restructuring charge to close our technology research and development facility in Israel. These costs were partially offset by a $1.3 million reversal of previously-recorded 2012 and 2011 restructuring liabilities as a portion of the space vacated in our Los Angeles office was sub-let and certain legal and other employee-related accruals were deemed unnecessary.

Consolidated income tax expense

        Our effective tax rate was 21.7% for 2014 compared to 27.8% for 2013. The low rate in both periods is the result of a significantly higher proportion of our pre-tax income arising from our European Operations, which is taxed at a lower rate. Additionally, in the U.S. we recorded a $2.7 million tax benefit in 2014 for the net impact of settling multi-year tax return positions and establishing additional reserves for other tax positions. In 2013, our effective tax rate was favorably impacted by the resolution of a tax contingency in Europe and the recognition of the full-year 2012 research and experimentation credit in the U.S. during the first quarter of 2013 due to the timing of tax legislation.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity

        Our primary source of liquidity is cash provided by operations. Our liquidity requirements result from our working capital needs, which include clearing and settlement activities, as well as our regulatory capital needs. A substantial portion of our assets is liquid, consisting of cash and cash equivalents or assets readily convertible into cash. Cash is principally invested in U.S. government money market mutual funds and other money market mutual funds. At December 31, 2015, unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaled $330.7 million. Included in this amount is $117.1 million of cash and cash equivalents held by subsidiaries outside the United States. Due to the December 2015 amendment to the capital structure of our operations outside of North America, which included a deemed dividend on all cumulative undistributed earnings, we currently do not foresee a need to repatriate funds from certain foreign subsidiaries to the U.S. by way of additional dividends. Should we need to do so in the future, our effective tax rate may increase. As a self-clearing broker-dealer in the U.S., we are subject to cash deposit requirements with clearing organizations that may be large in relation to total liquid assets and may fluctuate significantly based upon the nature and size of customers' trading activity and market volatility. At December 31, 2015, we had interest-bearing

42


Table of Contents

security deposits totaling $23.3 million with clearing organizations in the U.S. for the settlement of equity trades. In the normal course of our U.S. settlement activities, we may also need to temporarily finance customer securities positions from short settlements or delivery failures. These financings may be funded from existing cash resources, borrowings under stock loan transactions or short-term bank loans under our committed facility. In January 2016, we entered into a new $150 million 364-day revolving credit agreement (the "New Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. The terms and conditions of the New Credit Agreement are similar to the credit agreement that matured in January 2016 (see Note 14, Borrowings, and Note 24, Subsequent Events ), except that the unused commitment fee is 0.75%.

        We self-clear equity trades in Hong Kong and Australia, maintaining restricted cash deposits of $26.0 million primarily to support overdraft facilities and we had deposits with clearing organizations of $5.8 million at December 31, 2015. In Europe, we maintain $1.6 million in restricted cash related to protected client funds and we had deposits with our clearing and settlement agents of $41.9 million at December 31, 2015.

        We expect our cash balance to decline in the first quarter of 2016 as we make tax payments related to the gain from the Energy Research Sale and certain restructurings we have completed, as well as upon payment of incentive compensation for 2015.

Capital Resources

        Capital resource requirements relate to capital purchases, as well as business investments, and are generally funded from operations. When required, as in the case of a major acquisition, our strong cash generating ability has historically allowed us to access U.S. capital markets.

Operating Activities

        The table below summarizes the effect of the major components of operating cash flow.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(in thousands)
  2015   2014   2013  

Net income

  $ 91,570   $ 50,892   $ 31,085  

Gain on sale of energy business

    (107,699 )        

Non-cash items included in net income

    74,226     58,963     70,898  

Effect of changes in receivables/payables from/to customers and brokers

    14,778     (34,627 )   (25,274 )

Effect of changes in other working capital and operating assets and liabilities

    (24,129 )   67,312     (31,517 )

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $ 48,746   $ 142,540   $ 45,192  

        The decrease in cash flow provided by operating activities for 2015 was driven by lower adjusted net income (see Non-GAAP Financial Measures ) and a decrease in accounts payable and accrued expenses. The 2014 increase was driven by strong net income and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

        In the normal course of our clearing and settlement activities worldwide, cash is typically used to fund restricted or segregated cash accounts (under regulations and otherwise), broker and customer fails to deliver/receive, securities borrowed, deposits with clearing organizations and net activity related to receivables/payables from/to customers and brokers. The cash requirements vary from day to day depending on volume transacted and customer trading patterns.

43


Table of Contents

Investing Activities

        Net cash provided by investing activities of $73.3 million includes the net proceeds from the Energy Research Sale, partially offset by investments in software development projects and computer hardware and software.

Financing Activities

        Net cash used in financing activities of $58.6 million primarily reflects repurchases of ITG common stock, our dividend program, shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards and repayments of long-term debt, offset by net proceeds from short-term bank borrowings that are used to support our settlement activities.

        During 2015, we repurchased 2.4 million shares of our common stock at a cost of approximately $51.0 million, which was funded from our available cash resources. Of these shares, 2.0 million were purchased under our Board of Directors' authorization for a total cost of $42.0 million. An additional 0.4 million shares ($9.0 million) pertained solely to the satisfaction of minimum statutory withholding tax upon the net settlement of equity awards. As of December 31, 2015, the total remaining number of shares currently available for repurchase under ITG's stock repurchase program was 2.8 million. The specific timing and amount of repurchases will vary based on market conditions and other factors. We may elect to conduct future share repurchases through open market purchases, private transactions or automatic share repurchase programs under SEC Rule 10b5-1.

        In April 2015, our Board of Directors initiated a dividend program under which we began to pay quarterly dividends, subject to quarterly declarations by the Board of Directors. During 2015, our Board of Directors declared and we paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.07 per share in each of the second, third and fourth quarters totaling $7.0 million, in the aggregate.

Regulatory Capital

        ITG Inc., AlterNet and ITG Derivatives are subject to the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. ITG Inc. has elected to use the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that ITG Inc. maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as defined. AlterNet and ITG Derivatives have elected to use the basic method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that they each maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of 6 2 / 3 % of aggregate indebtedness or $100,000 and $1.0 million, respectively. Dividends or withdrawals of capital cannot be made if capital is needed to comply with regulatory requirements.

        Net capital balances and the amounts in excess of required net capital at December 31, 2015 for the U.S. Operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):

U.S. Operations
  Net Capital   Excess  

ITG Inc. 

  $ 91,360   $ 90,360  

AlterNet

    4,747     4,589  

ITG Derivatives

    1,950     950  

        As of December 31, 2015, ITG Inc. had $7.3 million of cash in a Special Reserve Bank Account for the benefit of customers under the Customer Protection Rule pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-3, Computation for Determination of Reserve Requirements and $2.5 million under agreements for proprietary accounts of broker-dealers.

        In addition, our Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations have subsidiaries with regulatory capital requirements. The regulatory net capital balances and amount of regulatory capital in excess of

44


Table of Contents

the minimum requirements applicable to each business at December 31, 2015, is summarized in the following table (dollars in thousands):

Canadian Operations
  Net Capital   Excess  

Canada

  $ 24,879   $ 24,519  

European Operations
         
 
 

Ireland

    60,375     39,481  

U.K. 

    3,292     2,502  

Asia Pacific Operations
         
 
 

Australia

    11,276     8,470  

Hong Kong

    27,205     21,296  

Singapore

    603     427  

Liquidity and Capital Resource Outlook

        Historically, our working capital, stock repurchase, dividend program and investment activity requirements have been funded from cash from operations and short-term loans, with the exception of strategic acquisitions, which at times have required long-term financing. We believe that our cash flow from operations, existing cash balances and our available credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our ongoing operating cash and regulatory capital needs, while also complying with the terms of the New Credit Agreement. However, our ability to borrow additional funds may be impacted by financial lending institutions' ability or willingness to lend to us on commercially acceptable terms.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations

        We are a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearing houses that trade and clear, respectively, equities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with our membership, we may be required to pay a proportionate share of financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchanges or the clearing house. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships vary, in general, our guarantee obligations would arise only if the exchange had previously exhausted its resources. The maximum potential payout under these memberships cannot be estimated. We have not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believe that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

        As of December 31, 2015, our contractual obligations and other commercial commitments amounted to $184.7 million in the aggregate and consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
  Payments due by period  
Contractual obligations
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   3-5 years   More than
5 years
 

Purchase of goods and services

  $ 40,798   $ 33,909   $ 5,992   $ 897   $  

Long-term debt

    3,606     508     1,410     1,495     193  

Capital lease obligations

    8,961     5,692     3,269          

Operating lease obligations

    125,899     16,916     23,306     17,966     67,711  

Minimum payments under certain employment arrangements(a)

    5,462     5,344     28     28     62  

Total

  $ 184,726   $ 62,369   $ 34,005   $ 20,386   $ 67,966  

(a)
Pursuant to employment arrangements, in the event of termination of employment without cause on December 31, 2015, we would be obligated to pay separation payments totaling $5.5 million.

45


Table of Contents

        The above information excludes $15.6 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits discussed in Note 9, Income Taxes , to the consolidated financial statements, because it is not possible to estimate the time period when, or if, it might be paid to tax authorities.

        As part of the $150 million, 364-day credit agreement we entered into in January 2016, we are required to pay a commitment fee of 0.75% on any unborrowed amounts.

New Accounting Pronouncements

        In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, which changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements. ASU 2015-03 requires an entity to present such costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset. Amortization of the costs will continue to be reported as interest expense. ASU 2015-03 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015. Early adoption is permitted. The new guidance will be applied retrospectively to each prior period presented and will not have a material impact on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers . The standard provides companies with a single five step revenue recognition model for use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 applies to all contracts with customers except those that are within the scope of other topics in the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The standard will also require significant additional qualitative and quantitative disclosures describing the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenues. Entities have the option of using either a full retrospective or modified approach to adopt ASU 2014-09. The original standard was effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, however, in April 2015, the FASB proposed a one-year deferral of this standard, with a new effective date of December 15, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the new guidance and has not yet selected a transition method nor has it determined the impact of adoption on its financial statements.

Critical Accounting Estimates

        Our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. In many instances, the application of such principles requires management to make estimates or to apply subjective principles to particular facts and circumstances. A change in the estimates or a variance in the application, or interpretation of accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. could yield a materially different accounting result. Below is a summary of our critical accounting estimates where we believe that the estimations, judgments or interpretations that we made, if different, would have yielded the most significant differences in our consolidated financial statements. In addition, for a summary of all of our significant accounting policies see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

46


Table of Contents

Goodwill Impairment: Testing Methodology and Valuation Considerations

        We obtained goodwill and intangible assets as a result of the acquisitions of certain of our subsidiaries. Goodwill represents the excess of the cost over the fair market value of net assets acquired. We are required to periodically assess whether any of our goodwill is impaired. In order to do this, we apply judgment in determining our reporting units, which represent our business segments. Our annual goodwill impairment assessment involves assessing qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the results of our qualitative analysis suggests that the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, additional steps are required to calculate a potential impairment loss using a two-step impairment test. The two-step impairment testing process is as follows:

    Step one—the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value in order to identify potential impairment. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of its net assets, goodwill is not considered impaired and no further testing is required. If the carrying value of the net assets exceeds the fair value of a reporting unit, potential impairment is indicated at the reporting unit level and step two of the impairment test is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill and measure the potential impairment loss.

    Step two—when potential impairment is indicated in step one, we compare the implied fair value of goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Determining the implied fair value of goodwill requires a valuation of the reporting unit's tangible and (non-goodwill) intangible assets and liabilities in a manner similar to the allocation of the purchase price in a business combination. Any excess in the value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is referred to as the implied fair value of goodwill. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.

Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

        Intangible assets with definite useful lives are subject to amortization and are evaluated for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that an intangible asset's carrying amount may not be recoverable in accordance with ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment . If such an event or change occurs, we estimate cash flows directly associated with the use of the intangible asset to test its recoverability and assess its remaining useful life. The projected cash flows require assumptions related to revenue growth, operating margins and other relevant market, economic and regulatory factors. If the expected undiscounted future cash flows from the use and eventual disposition of a finite-lived intangible asset or asset group are not sufficient to recover the carrying value of the asset, we then compare the carrying amount to its current fair value. We estimate the fair value using market prices for similar assets, if available, or by using a discounted cash flow model. We then recognize an impairment loss for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value. While we believe our assumptions are reasonable, changes in these assumptions may have a material impact on our financial results.

Share-Based Compensation

        In accordance with ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , share-based payment transactions require the application of a fair value methodology that involves various assumptions. The fair value of options awarded is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the following assumptions: expected life of the option, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility of our common stock price and expected dividend yield. We estimate the expected life of the

47


Table of Contents

options using historical data and the volatility of our common stock is estimated based on a combination of the historical volatility and the implied volatility from traded options. The fair value of restricted stock unit awards with a market condition is estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model. A Monte Carlo simulation is an iterative technique designed to estimate future payouts by taking into account our current stock price, the volatility of our common stock, risk-free rates, and a risk-neutral valuation methodology.

        Although both models meet the requirements of ASC 718, the fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of the underlying awards, as it does not consider other factors important to those share-based compensation awards, such as continued employment, periodic vesting requirements and limited transferability.

Contingencies and Uncertainties

        The use of estimates is important in determining provisions for potential losses that may arise from litigation, mediation, arbitration, regulatory proceedings and various contingencies and uncertainties. Our accounting for contingencies and uncertainties follows the guidance prescribed under ASC 450, Contingencies , which requires that losses be accrued when they are probable of occurring and can be reasonably estimated. We review the status of each significant matter and evaluate its potential financial exposure on a regular basis. If the potential loss from any exposure is considered probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated, we accrue a liability for the estimated loss. Significant judgment is required in both the determination of probability and the determination as to whether an exposure is reasonably estimable. Because of the inherent uncertainties in the evaluation process, accruals are based only on the best information available at the time, so actual losses may be different from the originally estimated provision. As additional information becomes available, our reassessment of the potential liability may lead to a revision in our estimates. These revisions in the estimates of the potential liabilities could have a material impact on the company's results of operations for any particular period.

Income Taxes and Uncertain Tax Positions

        ASC 740, Income Taxes , establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for the effect of income taxes. The objectives of accounting for income taxes are to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred tax liabilities and assets for the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in an entity's financial statements or tax returns. A valuation allowance may be recorded against deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that those assets will not be realized. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Fluctuations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact our financial position or results of operations.

        We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit for each such position that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. We consider many factors when evaluating and estimating our tax positions and tax benefits. Such estimates involve interpretations of regulations, rulings, case law, etc. and are inherently complex. Our estimates may require periodic adjustments and may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes as resolution of income tax treatments in individual jurisdictions typically would not be known for several years after completion of any fiscal year. The impact of our reassessment of uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 did not have a material impact on the results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.

48


Table of Contents

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        Market risk refers to the potential for adverse changes in the value of a company's financial instruments as a result of changes in market conditions. We are exposed to market risk associated with changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and equity prices. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes on a long-term basis. We continually evaluate our exposure to market risk and oversee the establishment of policies, procedures and controls to ensure that market risks are identified and analyzed on an ongoing basis.

        We have performed sensitivity analyses on different tests of market risk as described in the following sections to estimate the impacts of a hypothetical change in market conditions on the U.S. Dollar value of non-U.S. Dollar-based revenues associated with our Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations. Estimated potential losses assume the occurrence of certain adverse market conditions. Such estimates do not consider the potential effect of favorable changes in market factors and also do not represent management's expectations of projected losses in fair value. We do not foresee any significant changes in the strategies we use to manage interest rate risk, foreign currency risk or equity price risk in the near future.

Interest Rate Risk

        Our exposure to interest rate risk relates primarily to interest-sensitive financial instruments in our investment portfolio and our revolving credit facility as well as our variable rate term debt. Given that our $150 million credit facility is specifically earmarked for limited short-term borrowings to support U.S. brokerage clearing operations, the impact of any adverse change in interest rates on this facility should not be material. Similarly, because only a small portion of our term debt is subject to a variable rate, the impact of any adverse change in interest rates should not be material. Interest-sensitive financial instruments in our investment portfolio will decline in value if interest rates increase. Our interest-bearing investment portfolio primarily consists of short-term, high-credit-quality money market mutual funds. The aggregate fair market value of our portfolio including restricted cash was $326.5 million and $321.8 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our interest-bearing investments are not insured and, because of the short-term high quality nature of the investments, are not likely to fluctuate significantly in market value.

Foreign Currency Risk

        We currently operate and continue to expand globally, principally through our operations in Canada, Europe and Asia Pacific as well as through the development of specially tailored versions of our services to meet the needs of our clients who trade in international markets. Our investments and development activities in these countries expose us to currency exchange rate fluctuations primarily between the U.S. Dollar and the British Pound Sterling, Euro, Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar and Hong Kong Dollar. When the U.S. Dollar strengthens against these currencies, the U.S. Dollar value of non-U.S. Dollar-based revenue decreases. To the extent that our international activities recorded in local currencies increase in the future, our exposure to fluctuations in currency exchange rates will correspondingly increase. We have not engaged in derivative financial instruments as a means of hedging this financial statement risk. Non-U.S. Dollar cash balances held overseas are generally kept at levels necessary to meet current operating and capitalization needs. At times, we may hedge small amounts of the Non-U.S. Dollar cash balances to mitigate exposure.

        Approximately 38% and 45% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, were denominated in non-U.S. Dollar currencies. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, we estimate that a hypothetical 10% adverse change in the above mentioned foreign exchange rates would have resulted in a decrease in net income of $8.7 million and $4.5 million, respectively.

49


Table of Contents

Equity Price Risk

        Equity price risk results from exposure to changes in the prices of equity securities on positions held due to trading errors, including client errors and our own errors, and from principal trading activities, primarily on an intra-day basis. Equity price risk can arise from liquidating all such principal positions. Accordingly, we maintain policies and procedures regarding the management of our principal trading accounts, which require review by a supervisory principal. It is our policy to attempt to trade out of all positions by the end of the day. However, at times, we hold positions overnight if we are unable to trade out of positions during the day. In addition, certain positions may be liquidated over a period of time in an effort to minimize market impact, and we may incur losses relating to such positions. We may also have positions in exchange-traded funds ("ETFs") with offsetting positions in the underlying securities as part of an ETF creation and redemption service that we provide to clients.

        We manage equity price risk associated with open positions through the establishment and monitoring of trading policies and through controls and review procedures that ensure communication and timely resolution of trading issues. In addition, our operations and trading departments review all trades that are open at the end of the day.

Cash Management Risk

        Our cash management strategy seeks to optimize excess liquid assets by preserving principal, maintaining liquidity to satisfy capital requirements, minimizing risk and maximizing our after-tax rate of return. Our policy is to invest in high quality credit issuers, limit the amount of credit exposure to any one issuer and invest in tax efficient strategies. Our first priority is to reduce the risk of principal loss. We seek to preserve our invested funds by limiting default risk, market risk, and re-investment risk. We attempt to mitigate default risk by investing principally in U.S. government money market mutual funds, other money market mutual funds and other short-term government debt-based instruments.

        For working capital purposes, we invest only in money market instruments. Cash balances that are not needed for normal operations may be invested in a tax efficient manner in instruments with appropriate maturities and levels of risk to correspond to expected liquidity needs. To the extent that we invest in equity securities, we ensure portfolio liquidity by investing in marketable mutual fund securities with active secondary or resale markets. We do not use derivative financial instruments in our investment portfolio. At December 31, 2015 and 2014, our unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and mutual fund securities owned were $333.7 million and $279.1 million, respectively.

50


Table of Contents

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

51


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investment Technology Group, Inc.:

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Investment Technology Group, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated February 29, 2016, expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.


/s/ KPMG LLP  

 

 

New York, New York
February 29, 2016

52


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
  December 31,
2015
  December 31,
2014
 

Assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 330,653   $ 275,210  

Cash restricted or segregated under regulations and other

    37,852     38,080  

Deposits with clearing organizations

    70,860     72,527  

Securities owned, at fair value

    5,598     12,073  

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    1,036,777     644,614  

Receivables from customers

    49,176     107,935  

Premises and equipment, net

    55,496     60,306  

Capitalized software, net

    39,379     38,333  

Goodwill

    11,933     12,803  

Intangibles, net

    24,611     31,595  

Income taxes receivable

    128     105  

Deferred taxes

    23,590     37,209  

Other assets

    22,969     20,059  

Total assets

  $ 1,709,022   $ 1,350,849  

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Liabilities:

             

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $ 169,530   $ 199,211  

Short-term bank loans

    81,934     78,360  

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    960,559     600,041  

Payables to customers

    9,957     11,132  

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

    2,637     8,253  

Income taxes payable

    17,017     19,772  

Deferred taxes

        703  

Term debt

    12,567     17,781  

Total liabilities

    1,254,201     935,253  

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' Equity:

             

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding

         

Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 52,300,885 and 52,229,962 shares issued at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

    523     522  

Additional paid-in capital

    239,090     240,135  

Retained earnings

    571,626     487,462  

Common stock held in treasury, at cost; 19,207,419 and 18,000,756 shares at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively

    (336,923 )   (306,629 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (net of tax)

    (19,495 )   (5,894 )

Total stockholders' equity

    454,821     415,596  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 1,709,022   $ 1,350,849  

   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2013  

Revenues:

                   

Commissions and fees

  $ 405,679   $ 436,172   $ 408,619  

Recurring

    107,184     103,794     104,172  

Other

    121,940     19,848     18,010  

Total revenues

    634,803     559,814     530,801  

Expenses:

                   

Compensation and employee benefits

    209,323     215,758     201,254  

Transaction processing

    91,492     86,400     83,792  

Occupancy and equipment

    57,495     59,811     69,022  

Telecommunications and data processing services

    51,523     51,187     53,607  

Other general and administrative

    101,915     79,349     77,431  

Restructuring charges

            (75 )

Interest expense

    1,829     2,322     2,715  

Total expenses

    513,577     494,827     487,746  

Income before income tax expense

    121,226     64,987     43,055  

Income tax expense

    29,656     14,095     11,970  

Net income

  $ 91,570   $ 50,892   $ 31,085  

Income per share:

                   

Basic

  $ 2.70   $ 1.44   $ 0.84  

Diluted

  $ 2.63   $ 1.40   $ 0.82  

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    33,907     35,349     36,788  

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    34,815     36,365     38,114  

   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2013  

Net income

  $ 91,570   $ 50,892   $ 31,085  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

                   

Currency translation adjustment

    (13,601 )   (14,430 )   (3,338 )

Other comprehensive loss

    (13,601 )   (14,430 )   (3,338 )

Comprehensive income

  $ 77,969   $ 36,462   $ 27,747  

   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

55


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
For the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013
(In thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Preferred
Stock
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income/(Loss)
  Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $   $ 520   $ 245,002   $ 405,485   $ (253,111 ) $ 11,874   $ 409,770  

Net income

                31,085             31,085  

Other comprehensive loss

                        (3,338 )   (3,338 )

Issuance of common stock for restricted stock unit awards (1,203,142 shares), including tax benefit shortfall and award cancellations of $1.5 million

            (19,774 )       17,559         (2,215 )

Issuance of common stock for the employee stock purchase plan (121,363 shares)

        2     933                 935  

Purchase of common stock for treasury (2,005,200 shares)

                    (28,169 )       (28,169 )

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards (352,051 shares)

                    (4,532 )       (4,532 )

Share-based compensation

            13,896                 13,896  

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $   $ 522   $ 240,057   $ 436,570   $ (268,253 ) $ 8,536   $ 417,432  

Net income

                50,892             50,892  

Other comprehensive loss

                        (14,430 )   (14,430 )

Issuance of common stock in connection with the employee stock option plan (14,228 shares) and for restricted stock unit awards (1,123,720 shares), including net excess tax benefit of $0.6 million

            (16,244 )       16,020         (224 )

Issuance of common stock for the employee stock purchase plan (71,587 shares)

            963                 963  

Purchase of common stock for treasury (2,671,637 shares)

                    (48,165 )       (48,165 )

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards (367,367 shares)

                    (6,231 )       (6,231 )

Share-based compensation

            15,359                 15,359  

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $   $ 522   $ 240,135   $ 487,462   $ (306,629 ) $ (5,894 ) $ 415,596  

Net income

                91,570             91,570  

Other comprehensive loss

                        (13,601 )   (13,601 )

Issuance of common stock in connection with the employee stock option plan (39,002 net settled shares) and for restricted stock unit awards (1,159,047 shares), including net excess tax benefit of $2.1 million

            (20,299 )       20,621         322  

Issuance of common stock for the employee stock purchase plan (70,924 shares)

        1     1,166                 1,167  

Purchase of common stock for treasury (1,992,831 shares)

                    (42,046 )       (42,046 )

Dividends declared on common stock

            2     (7,406 )   109         (7,295 )

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards (418,135 shares)

                    (8,978 )       (8,978 )

Share-based compensation

            18,086                 18,086  

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $   $ 523   $ 239,090   $ 571,626   $ (336,923 ) $ (19,495 ) $ 454,821  

   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

56


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 
  Year ended December 31,  
 
  2015   2014   2013  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

                   

Net income

  $ 91,570   $ 50,892   $ 31,085  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

                   

Gain on sale of energy research business

    (107,699 )        

Depreciation and amortization

    44,151     49,384     53,606  

Deferred income tax expense (benefit)

    12,912     (4,979 )   3,051  

Provision for doubtful accounts

    496     (801 )   (405 )

Share-based compensation

    16,667     15,359     13,539  

Fixed asset disposal

            649  

Non-cash restructuring charges, net

            357  

Goodwill and other asset impairment

            101  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Cash restricted or segregated under regulations and other

    55     (616 )   (9,491 )

Deposits with clearing organizations

    (1,113 )   38,347     (45,622 )

Securities owned, at fair value

    5,973     (5,489 )   2,445  

Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    (404,818 )   211,491     43,612  

Receivables from customers

    53,909     (37,238 )   (63,376 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    (18,978 )   27,389     9,936  

Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations

    366,462     (203,805 )   (48,338 )

Payables to customers

    (775 )   (5,075 )   42,828  

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value

    (5,102 )   6,162     (2,086 )

Income taxes receivable/payable

    1,710     6,194     12,148  

Excess tax benefit

    (2,982 )   (1,278 )   (510 )

Other, net

    (3,692 )   (3,397 )   1,663  

Net cash provided by operating activities

    48,746     142,540     45,192  

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

                   

Proceeds from sale of energy research business, net of deal costs

    111,240          

Investment in unconsolidated affiliates

        (2,669 )   (474 )

Acquisition of subsidiaries and minority interests, net of cash acquired

        (18,293 )    

Capital purchases

    (11,905 )   (13,798 )   (33,549 )

Capitalization of software development costs

    (26,003 )   (26,331 )   (22,579 )

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    73,332     (61,091 )   (56,602 )

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

                   

Repayments of term loans

    (8,820 )   (12,551 )   (9,505 )

Proceeds of short-term bank loans, net

    3,573     4,821     51,385  

Proceeds from sales-lease back transactions

            20,565  

Excess tax benefit

    2,982     1,278     510  

Debt issuance costs

        (1,200 )    

Common stock issued

    1,742     96     177  

Common stock repurchased

    (42,046 )   (48,165 )   (28,169 )

Dividends paid

    (7,030 )        

Shares withheld for net settlements of share-based awards

    (8,978 )   (6,231 )   (4,532 )

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

    (58,577 )   (61,952 )   30,431  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    (8,058 )   (6,184 )   (2,999 )

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    55,443     13,313     16,022  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

    275,210     261,897     245,875  

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

  $ 330,653   $ 275,210   $ 261,897  

Supplemental cash flow information:

                   

Interest paid

  $ 3,607   $ 3,979   $ 3,343  

Income taxes paid (refunded)

  $ 15,098   $ 11,909   $ (4,079 )

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Capital expenditures funded by financing from seller

  $ 3,606   $   $  

   

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

57


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(1)   Organization and Basis of Presentation

        Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the "Company" or "ITG") was formed as a Delaware corporation on July 22, 1983. Its principal subsidiaries include: (1) ITG Inc., AlterNet Securities, Inc. ("AlterNet") and ITG Derivatives LLC ("ITG Derivatives"), institutional broker-dealers in the United States ("U.S."), (2) ITG Canada Corp., an institutional broker-dealer in Canada, (3) Investment Technology Group Limited, an institutional broker-dealer in Europe, (4) ITG Australia Limited, an institutional broker-dealer in Australia, (5) ITG Hong Kong Limited, an institutional broker-dealer in Hong Kong, (6) ITG Software Solutions, Inc., the Company's intangible property, software development and maintenance subsidiary in the U.S., and (7) ITG Solutions Network, Inc., a holding company for ITG Analytics, Inc., a provider of pre- and post-trade analysis, fair value and trade optimization services, ITG Investment Research, LLC, a provider of independent data-driven investment research ("ITG Investment Research"), and ITG Platforms Inc., a provider of trade order and execution management technology and network connectivity services for the financial community.

        ITG is an independent broker and financial technology firm that improves the efficiency and execution quality of institutional trading. ITG helps clients understand market trends, mitigate risk and navigate increasingly complex markets. A leader in electronic trading since launching the POSIT crossing network in 1987, ITG takes a consultative approach in delivering the highest quality execution and liquidity solutions along with analytical tools and research. The firm is headquartered in New York with offices in North America, Europe, and the Asia Pacific region.

        The Company's business is organized into four reportable operating segments (see Note 22, Segment Reporting ):

    U.S. Operations

    Canadian Operations

    European Operations

    Asia Pacific Operations

        The four operating segments offer a wide range of solutions for asset managers and broker-dealers in the areas of electronic brokerage; research, sales and trading; platforms; and analytics. These offerings include trade execution services and solutions for portfolio management, as well as investment research, pre-trade analytics and post-trade analytics and processing.

        Effective in the first quarter of 2015, the Company is presenting its regional segment results excluding the impact of corporate activity. For this purpose, corporate activity includes investment income and other gains as well as costs not associated with operating the businesses within the Company's regional segments. These costs include, among others, (a) the costs of being a public company, such as certain staff costs, a portion of external audit fees, and reporting, filing and listing costs, (b) intangible asset amortization, (c) interest expense, (d) professional fees associated with the Company's global transfer pricing structure, (e) foreign exchange gains or losses and (f) certain non-operating expenses. Prior to this change in segment measure, corporate activity was included in the region where the income/expense was earned/incurred, which primarily was in the U.S. Operations segment. Prior period segment data has been restated to conform to the 2015 presentation.

        The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("U.S. GAAP"). All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated financial statements

58


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

reflect all adjustments which, in the opinion of management, are necessary for the fair presentation of the financial statements.

(2)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements represent the consolidation of the accounts of ITG and its subsidiaries in conformity with U.S. GAAP. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in unconsolidated companies (generally 20 to 50 percent ownership), in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence but neither has a controlling interest nor is the primary beneficiary, are accounted for under the equity method. Investments in entities in which the Company does not have the ability to exercise significant influence are accounted for under the cost method. Under certain criteria indicated in Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 810, Consolidation , a partially-owned affiliate would be consolidated as a variable interest entity when it has less than a 50% ownership if the Company was the primary beneficiary of that entity. At the present time, there are no interests in variable interest entities.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.

Revenue Recognition

        Transactions in securities, commissions and fees and related expenses are recorded on a trade date basis. Commissions and fees are derived primarily from (1) commissions charged for trade execution services, (2) income generated from net executions, whereby equity orders are filled at different prices within or at the National Best Bid and Offer and (3) commission sharing arrangements.

        Recurring revenues are derived from the following primary sources: (1) connectivity fees, (2) investment and market research services, (3) software and analytical products and services and (4) maintenance and customer technical support for the Company's order management system.

        Substantially all of the Company's recurring revenue arrangements do not require significant modification or customization of the underlying software. Accordingly, the vast majority of software revenue is recognized pursuant to the requirements of ASC 985, Software . Specifically, revenue recognition from subscriptions, maintenance, customer technical support and professional services commences when all of the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of a legally binding arrangement with a customer exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) the fee is deemed fixed or determinable and free of contingencies or significant uncertainties and (4) collection is probable. Where software is provided under a hosting arrangement, revenue is accounted for as a service arrangement since the customer does not have the contractual right to take possession of the software at any time during the hosting period without significant penalty (or it is not feasible for the customer to run the software on either its own hardware or third party hardware).

        Subscription agreements for software products generally include provisions that, among other things, allow customers to receive unspecified future software upgrades for no additional fee, as well as the right to use the software products with maintenance for the term of the agreement, typically one to three years. Under these agreements, once all four of the above noted revenue recognition criteria are

59


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

met, revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the subscription agreement. If a subscription agreement includes an acceptance provision, revenue is not recognized until the earlier of the receipt of written acceptance from the customer or, if not notified by the customer to cancel the license agreement, the expiration of the acceptance period.

        Revenues for investment research and analytical products sold on a subscription basis are recognized when services are rendered provided that persuasive evidence of a legally binding arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.

        Other revenues include: (1) income from principal trading in the Company's Canadian Operations, including arbitrage trading, (2) the net spread on foreign exchange transactions executed on a principal basis to facilitate equity trades by clients in different currencies, as well as on other foreign currency transactions unrelated to equity trading, (3) the net interest spread earned on securities borrowed and loaned matched book transactions, (4) transaction advisory services provided to potential purchasers of energy-related investments, (5) non-recurring consulting services, such as one-time implementation and customer-training-related activities, (6) investment and interest income, (7) interest income on securities borrowed in connection with customers' settlement activities, (8) market gains/losses resulting from temporary positions in securities assumed in the normal course of agency trading (including client errors and accommodations) and (9) non-recurring gains and losses such as divestitures.

        Revenues from professional services, which are sold as a multiple-element arrangement with the implementation of software, are deferred until go-live (or acceptance, if applicable) of the software and recognized in the same manner as the subscription over the remaining term of the initial contract. Professional services that are not connected with the implementation of software are recognized on a time and material basis as incurred.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        All of the Company's financial instruments are carried at fair value or amounts approximating fair value. Cash and cash equivalents, securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased and certain payables are carried at market value or estimated fair value.

Securities Transactions

        Receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations include amounts receivable for fails to deliver, cash deposits for securities borrowed, the net amounts receivable on open transactions from clearing organizations and non-U.S. broker-dealers and billed amounts for commissions and fees and balance transfers on client commission arrangements, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations include amounts payable for fails to receive, securities loaned and execution cost payables. Receivables from customers consist of fails to deliver, the net amounts receivable on open transactions from non-U.S. customers, as well as prepaid research and billed amounts for commissions and fees and research services, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. Payables to customers primarily consist of fails to receive. Commissions and fees and related expenses for all securities transactions are recorded on a trade date basis.

60


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        Securities owned, at fair value consist of common stock and mutual funds. Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value consist of common stock. Marketable securities owned are valued using market quotes from third parties. Unrealized gains and losses are included in other revenues in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Securities Borrowed and Loaned

        Securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions are reported as collateralized financings. Securities borrowed transactions require the Company to deposit cash, letters of credit, or other collateral with the lender. With respect to securities loaned, the Company receives collateral in the form of cash or other collateral in amounts generally in excess of the fair value of securities loaned. The Company monitors the fair value of securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded as necessary. Securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received, adjusted for additional collateral advanced or received.

        The Company engages in securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions as part of its U.S. self-clearing process primarily to facilitate customer transactions, including shortened or extended settlement activities and for failed settlements. On these transactions, interest income for securities borrowed is recorded in other revenue while interest expense from securities loaned is recorded in transaction processing expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        The Company also operates a matched book business where securities are borrowed from one party for the express purpose of loaning such securities to another party, generating a net interest spread. The Company records the net interest earned on these transactions in other revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Client Commission Arrangements

        Institutional customers are permitted to allocate a portion of their gross commissions to pay for research products and other services provided by third parties and the Company's subsidiaries. The amounts allocated for those purposes are commonly referred to as client commission arrangements. The cost of independent research and directed brokerage arrangements is accounted for on an accrual basis. Commission revenue is recorded when earned on a trade date basis. Payments relating to client commission arrangements are netted against the commission revenues. Prepaid research, including balance transfer receivables due from other broker-dealers, net of an allowance is included in receivables from customers and receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, while accrued research payable is classified as accounts payable and accrued expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

61


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        Client commissions allocated for research and related prepaid and accrued research balances for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in millions):

 
  2015   2014   2013  

Client commissions allocated for research

  $ 110.9   $ 119.4   $ 123.0  

Prepaid research, gross

  $ 3.5   $ 4.3   $ 4.5  

Allowance for prepaid research

    (0.1 )       (0.2 )

Prepaid research, net of allowance

  $ 3.4   $ 4.3   $ 4.3  

Accrued research payable

  $ 46.3   $ 56.7   $ 52.0  

Capitalized Software

        Software development costs are capitalized when the technological feasibility of a product has been established. Technological feasibility is established when all planning, designing, coding and testing activities have been devised to ensure that the product can be produced to meet its design specifications, including functions, features, and technical performance requirements. All costs incurred to establish technological feasibility are expensed as incurred. Capitalized software costs are amortized using the straight-line method over a three-year period beginning when the product is available for general release to customers.

Research and Development

        All research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development costs, which are primarily included in other general and administrative expenses and compensation and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, were approximately $29.2 million, $35.8 million and $41.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Other Intangibles

        Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their fair values on the date of acquisition. The cost to be allocated in a business combination includes consideration paid to the sellers, including cash and the fair values of assets distributed and the fair values of liabilities assumed. Both direct (e.g., legal and professional fees) and indirect costs of the business combination are expensed as incurred. Certain agreements to acquire entities include potential additional consideration that is payable, contingent on the acquired company maintaining or achieving specified earnings levels in future periods. The fair value of any contingent consideration is recognized on the acquisition date with subsequent changes in that fair value reflected in the results of operations. The consolidated financial statements and results of operations reflect an acquired business from the date of acquisition.

        An intangible asset is recognized as an asset apart from goodwill if it arises from contractual or other legal rights or if it is separable (i.e., capable of being separated or divided from the acquired entity and sold, transferred, licensed, rented, or exchanged). Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of each acquired entity over the amounts assigned to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

        The judgments that are made in determining the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact net income in periods following a business combination. Traditional approaches used to determine fair value include

62


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

the income, cost and market approaches. The income approach presumes that the value of an asset can be estimated by the net economic benefit to be received over the life of the asset, discounted to present value. The cost approach presumes that an investor would pay no more for an asset than its replacement or reproduction cost. The market approach estimates value based on what other participants in the market have paid for reasonably similar assets. Although each valuation approach is considered in valuing the assets acquired, the approach or combination of approaches ultimately selected is based on the characteristics of the asset and the availability of information.

        Any goodwill is assessed no less than annually for impairment. The guidance for goodwill impairment testing allows an entity to assess qualitative factors to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount or to proceed directly to performing the two-step impairment test. The fair values used in the Company's two-step impairment testing are determined by the discounted cash flow method (an income approach) and where appropriate, a combination of the discounted cash flow method and the guideline company method (a market approach). An impairment loss is indicated if the estimated fair value of a reporting unit is less than its net book value. In such a case, the impairment loss is calculated as the amount by which the carrying value of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. In determining the fair value of each of the Company's reporting units, the discounted cash flow analyses employed require significant assumptions and estimates about the future operations of each reporting unit. Significant judgments inherent in these analyses include the determination of appropriate discount rates, the amount and timing of expected future cash flows and growth rates. The cash flows employed in the Company's discounted cash flow analyses are based on financial budgets and forecasts developed internally by management. The Company's discount rate assumptions are based on a determination of its required rate of return on equity capital.

        Other intangibles with definite lives are amortized over their useful lives. All other intangibles are assessed at least annually for impairment. If impairment is indicated, an impairment loss is calculated as the amount by which the carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its estimated fair value.

Premises and Equipment

        Furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three to seven years). Leasehold improvements are carried at cost and are amortized using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful lives of the related assets or the non-cancelable lease term.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

        Long-lived assets to be held and used are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Determination of recoverability is generally based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows resulting from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition, as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. Measurement of an impairment loss for long-lived assets that management expects to hold and use is based on the fair value of the asset as estimated using a cash flow model. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the

63


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such assets will not be realized. Contingent income tax liabilities are recorded when the criteria for loss recognition have been met. An uncertain tax position is recognized based on the determination of whether or not a tax position is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination based upon the technical merits of the position. If this recognition threshold is met, the tax benefit is then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities

        Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are directly imposed on a revenue producing transaction between the Company and its customers, including but not limited to sales, use, value added and some excise taxes are presented in the consolidated financial statements on a net basis (excluded from revenues).

Earnings per Share

        Basic earnings per share is determined by dividing earnings by the average number of shares of common stock outstanding, while diluted earnings per share is determined by dividing earnings by the average number of shares of common stock adjusted for the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents by application of the treasury stock method. Common stock equivalents are excluded from the diluted calculation if their effect is anti-dilutive.

Share-based Compensation

        Share-based compensation expense requires measurement of compensation cost for share-based awards at fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the vesting period, net of estimated forfeitures. For awards with graded vesting schedules that only have service conditions, the Company recognizes compensation cost evenly over the requisite service period for the entire award using the straight-line attribution method. For awards with service conditions as well as performance or market conditions, the Company recognizes compensation cost on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the award as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards.

        The fair value of stock options granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which considers, among other factors, the expected term of the award and the expected volatility of the Company's stock price. Although the Black-Scholes model meets the requirements of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , the fair values generated by the model may not be indicative of the actual fair values of the underlying awards, as it does not consider other factors important to those share-based compensation awards, such as continued employment, periodic vesting requirements and limited transferability.

        The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The expected option life is based on historical experience of employee exercise behavior. Expected volatility is based on historical volatility, implied volatility, price observations taken at regular intervals and other factors deemed appropriate. Expected

64


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

dividend is based upon the current dividend rate. No options were granted during the three years ended December 31, 2015.

        The fair value of restricted stock unit awards is based on the fair value of the Company's common stock on the grant date.

        Certain restricted stock unit awards granted have both service and market conditions. Awards with market conditions are valued based on (a) the grant date fair value of the award for equity-based awards or (b) the period-end fair value for liability-based awards. Fair value for market condition based awards is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation model to simulate a range of possible future stock prices for the Company's common stock. Compensation costs for awards with market conditions are recognized for each separately vesting portion of the award over the estimated service period calculated by the Monte Carlo simulation model.

        Phantom stock awards are settled in cash and are therefore classified as liability awards. The fair value of the liability is remeasured at each reporting date until final settlement using the fair value of the Company's common stock on that date.

        Cash flows related to income tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized on share-based awards exercised during the period presented (excess tax benefit) are classified in financing cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Foreign Currency Translation

        Assets and liabilities denominated in non-U.S. currencies are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, and revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of exchange during the fiscal year. Gains or losses on translation of the financial statements of a foreign operation, where the functional currency is other than the U.S. Dollar, together with the after-tax effect of exchange rate changes on intercompany transactions of a long-term investment nature, are reflected as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. Gains or losses on foreign currency transactions are included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Common Stock Held in Treasury, at Cost

        The purchase of treasury stock is accounted for under the cost method with the shares of stock repurchased reflected as a reduction to stockholders' equity and included in common stock held in treasury, at cost, in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. When treasury shares are reissued, they are recorded at the average cost of the treasury shares acquired. The Company held 19.2 million and 18.0 million shares of common stock in treasury as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

        In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2014-08, Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205) and Property, Plant, and Equipment (Topic 360): Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity ("ASU 2014-08"). The objective of this update is to change the criteria for determining which disposals can be presented as discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. Under this guidance, a disposal of a component of an entity, or a group of components of an entity, is required to be reported in discontinued operations if the disposal represents a strategic shift that has

65


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(or will have) a major impact on an entity's operations and financial results. This update requires expanded disclosures for discontinued operations reporting and is effective for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2014 with early adoption permitted for disposals that have not been reported in financial statements previously issued or available for issuance. The impact of adopting this FASB guidance on the Company's sale of the energy research business is reflected in Note 5, Acquisitions and Divestitures .

        In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, Income Taxes (Topic 740), Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carrryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists . These provisions require unrecognized tax benefits to be presented as a decrease in a net operating loss, similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward if certain criteria are met. The adoption of these provisions did not have a material impact on ITG's consolidated financial statements.

(3)   Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining fair value, various methods are used including market, income and cost approaches. Based on these approaches, certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability are used, including assumptions about risk and/or the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market-corroborated, or generally unobservable firm inputs. Valuation techniques that are used maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, fair value measured financial instruments are categorized according to the fair value hierarchy prescribed by ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:

    Level 1: Fair value measurements using unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

    Level 2: Fair value measurements using correlation with (directly or indirectly) observable market-based inputs, unobservable inputs that are corroborated by market data, or quoted prices in markets that are not active.

    Level 3: Fair value measurements using inputs that are significant and not readily observable in the market.

        Level 1 consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded mutual funds and listed equities.

        Level 2 includes financial instruments that are valued based upon observable market-based inputs.

        Level 3 is comprised of financial instruments whose fair value is estimated based on internally developed models or methodologies utilizing significant inputs that are generally less readily observable.

66


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        Fair value measurements for those items measured on a recurring basis are as follows (dollars in thousands):

December 31, 2015
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents:

                         

Tax free money market mutual funds

  $ 33   $ 33   $   $  

Money market mutual funds

                 

Securities owned, at fair value:

                         

Corporate stocks-trading securities

    2,571     2,571          

Mutual funds

    3,027     3,027          

Total

  $ 5,631   $ 5,631   $   $  

Liabilities

                         

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

                         

Corporate stocks-trading securities

    2,637     2,637          

Total

  $ 2,637   $ 2,637   $   $  

 

December 31, 2014
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets

                         

Cash and cash equivalents:

                         

Tax free money market mutual funds

  $ 33   $ 33   $   $  

Money market mutual funds

    6,965     6,965          

Securities owned, at fair value:

                         

Corporate stocks-trading securities

    8,160     8,160          

Mutual funds

    3,913     3,913          

Total

  $ 19,071   $ 19,071   $   $  

Liabilities

                         

Securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value:

                         

Corporate stocks-trading securities

    8,253     8,253          

Total

  $ 8,253   $ 8,253   $   $  

        Cash and cash equivalents other than bank deposits are measured at fair value and primarily include U.S. government money market mutual funds and other money market mutual funds.

        Securities owned, at fair value and securities sold, not yet purchased, at fair value include corporate stocks, equity index mutual funds and bond mutual funds, all of which are exchange traded.

        Certain of the Company's assets and liabilities are carried at contracted amounts that approximate fair value. Assets and liabilities that are recorded at contracted amounts approximating fair value consist primarily of receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers, clearing organizations and customers. These receivables and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations are short-term in nature, and following December 31, 2015, substantially all have settled at the contracted amounts.

        The Company believes the carrying amounts of its term-debt obligations at December 31, 2015 and 2014 approximate fair value because the interest rates on these instruments change with, or approximate, market interest rates.

67


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(4)   Restructuring Charges

2011 Restructuring

        In the second and fourth quarters of 2011, the Company implemented restructuring plans to improve margins and enhance stockholder returns.

        Activity and liability balances recorded as part of the 2011 restructuring plan through December 31, 2015 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Consolidation
of leased
facilities
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 833  

Utilized—cash

    (561 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 272  

        The payment of the remaining accrued costs related to the vacated leased facilities will continue through December 2016.

2010 Restructuring

        In the fourth quarter of 2010, the Company closed its Westchester, NY office and relocated the staff, primarily sales traders and support, to its New York City office.

        Activity and liability balances recorded as part of the 2010 restructuring plan through December 31, 2015 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Consolidation
of leased
facilities
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 1,391  

Utilized—cash

    (409 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 982  

        The payment of the remaining accrued costs related to the vacated leased facilities will continue through December 2016.

(5)   Acquisitions and Divestitures

        On December 22, 2015, the Company completed the sale of the subsidiaries conducting its energy research business to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus ("Buyer"), pursuant to an agreement dated November 5, 2015. Upon closing of the sale, the Buyer paid the Company $120.5 million in cash consideration. As part of this transaction, the Company will continue to provide energy research to its institutional clients, serving as the exclusive sales partner for institutional investors for at least two years. The transaction does not involve the Company's non-energy investment research offerings.

        The Company determined that the sale of the energy research business did not represent a strategic shift that would have a major effect on its operations and financial results and therefore the energy research business does not meet the requirements to be treated as a discontinued operation. As such, the results of the energy research business through the sale date of December 22, 2015 are

68


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

included in continued operations on the Consolidated Statement of Operations, primarily in the U.S. Operations segment.

        The Company recorded a pre-tax gain upon completion of the sale of $107.7 million and an after-tax gain of $91.4 million. The pre-tax gain is recorded in other revenue on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. The pre-tax gain is net of a working capital adjustment on the closing balance sheet and direct costs to sell the energy research business, including professional fees, cash compensation, the acceleration of previously-issued deferred stock awards and $0.2 million of currency translation losses reclassified to the results of operations.

        The following table summarizes the components of the pre-tax gain (dollars in thousands):

Cash proceeds from sale

  $ 120,500  

Working capital adjustment

    (1,615 )

Carrying value of net assets disposed

    (3,025 )

Direct selling costs

    (8,161 )

Pre-tax gain on sale

  $ 107,699  

ID'S

        On July 30, 2014, the Company acquired 100% of ID'S for $22.5 million, including acquired cash of $4.2 million. ID'S, subsequently renamed ITG Software Solutions (France) SAS ("ITGSSF"), is a Paris-based company that supports ITG RFQ-hub, a multi-asset platform for global-listed and over-the-counter ("OTC") financial instruments. ITG RFQ-hub connects buy-side trading desks and portfolio managers with a large network of sell-side market makers, allowing these trading desks to place requests-for-quotes in OTC-negotiated equities, futures, options, swaps, convertible bonds, structured products and commodities. The platform will remain available on a standalone basis and has been integrated into ITG's Triton execution management system.

        The results of ITGSSF have been included in the Company's consolidated financial statements since its acquisition date. At closing, $22.5 million was paid. Contingent payments of approximately $4.8 million were available to the sellers if certain revenue targets were achieved in 2015. None of the contingent payments were recognized as the revenue targets were not achieved as of December 31, 2015.

        The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition (dollars in thousands):

Cash consideration

  $ 22,499  

Total purchase price

  $ 22,499  

Cash

  $ 4,206  

Accounts receivable, net

    1,035  

Customer related intangibles

    2,674  

Computer software

    2,273  

Trade Name

    160  

Deferred Tax Liability

    (1,650 )

Goodwill

    13,801  

Total purchase price

  $ 22,499  

69


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        The goodwill and intangible assets were assigned to the European Operations segment. The acquired customer relationships and internal developed software are amortized over 15 and 5 years, respectively. The trade name has an indefinite life. The goodwill and intangible assets are not deductible for tax purposes.

        The Company incurred professional fees related to this transaction of $0.8 million, which has been included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(6)   Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill

        The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by reportable segment for the year ended December 31, 2015 (dollars in thousands):

 
  European
Operations
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $  

2014 Activity:

       

Acquisition of ID'S

    13,801  

Currency translation adjustment

    (998 )

Balance at December 31, 2014

    12,803  

2015 Activity:

       

Currency translation adjustment

    (870 )

Balance at December 31, 2015

  $ 11,933  

Other Intangible Assets

        Acquired other intangible assets consisted of the following at December 31, 2015 and 2014 (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014    
 
 
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Useful
Lives
(Years)
 

Trade name

  $ 8,545   $   $ 8,545   $      

Customer-related intangibles

    23,322     10,400     30,272     11,210     14.3  

Proprietary software

    23,558     20,803     23,558     19,959     6.3  

Trading rights

    339         339          

Other

    50         50          

Total

  $ 55,814   $ 31,203   $ 62,764   $ 31,169        

        At December 31, 2015, indefinite-lived intangibles not subject to amortization amounted to $8.9 million, of which $8.4 million related to the POSIT trade name.

        Amortization expense for definite-lived intangibles was $3.2 million, $4.3 million and $4.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These amounts are included in other general and administrative expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

70


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        During the year ended December 31, 2015, no intangibles were deemed impaired, and accordingly, no adjustment was required. As a result of the sale of the energy research business (see Note 5, Acquisitions and Divestitures ), $3.8 million of customer intangibles, net of accumulated amortization, were disposed of at December 22, 2015.

        The Company's estimate of future amortization expense for acquired other intangibles that exist at December 31, 2015 is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year
  Estimated
Amortization
 

2016

  $ 2,557  

2017

    2,406  

2018

    2,197  

2019

    1,959  

2020

    1,767  

Thereafter

    4,791  

Total

  $ 15,677  

(7)   Cash Restricted or Segregated Under Regulations and Other

        Cash restricted or segregated under regulations and other represents (a) funds on deposit for the purpose of securing working capital facilities for clearing and settlement activities in Hong Kong, (b) a special reserve bank account for the exclusive benefit of customers ("Special Reserve Bank Account") maintained by ITG Inc. in accordance with Rule 15c3-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ("Customer Protection Rule"), or agreements for proprietary accounts of broker dealers ("PABs"), (c) funds on deposit for Canadian and European trade clearing and settlement activity, (d) segregated balances under a collateral account control agreement for the benefit of certain customers, and (e) funds relating to the securitization of bank guarantees supporting the Company's Australian lease.

(8)   Securities Owned and Sold, Not Yet Purchased

        The following is a summary of securities owned and securities sold, not yet purchased (dollars in thousands):

 
  Securities Owned   Securities Sold,
Not Yet
Purchased
 
 
  2015   2014   2015   2014  

Corporate stocks—trading securities

  $ 2,571   $ 8,160   $ 2,637   $ 8,253  

Mutual funds

    3,027     3,913          

Total

  $ 5,598   $ 12,073   $ 2,637   $ 8,253  

        Trading securities owned and sold, not yet purchased primarily consists of temporary positions obtained in the normal course of agency trading activities, including positions held in connection with the creation and redemption of exchange-traded funds on behalf of clients.

71


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(9)   Income Taxes

        Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following components (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014   2013  

Current:

                   

Federal

  $ 5,731   $ 4,802   $ 2,628  

State

    (1,645 )   4,823     1,634  

Foreign

    12,647     9,449     4,657  

    16,733     19,074     8,919  

Deferred:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Federal

    13,665     (4,701 )   1,606  

State

    2,570     1,026     992  

Foreign

    (3,312 )   (1,304 )   453  

    12,923     (4,979 )   3,051  

Total

  $ 29,656   $ 14,095   $ 11,970  

        Income before income taxes consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014   2013  

U.S. 

  $ 51,797   $ 15,779   $ 15,687  

Foreign

    69,429     49,208     27,368  

Total

  $ 121,226   $ 64,987   $ 43,055  

72


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences in reporting certain items. The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to the net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Compensation and benefits

  $ 13,742   $ 17,252  

Net operating loss and capital loss carryover

    16,094     16,949  

Share-based compensation

    6,488     7,719  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    396     452  

Tax benefits on uncertain tax positions

    2,862     3,507  

Goodwill and other intangibles

    9,483     16,256  

Other

    7,736     8,568  

Total deferred tax assets

    56,801     70,703  

Less: valuation allowance

    19,444     20,400  

Total deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

    37,357     50,303  

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Depreciation

    (1,281 )   (1,575 )

Capitalized software

    (12,072 )   (11,870 )

Other

    (414 )   (352 )

Total deferred tax liabilities

    (13,767 )   (13,797 )

Net deferred tax assets

  $ 23,590   $ 36,506  

        The deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities detailed above are presented on a net basis by tax jurisdiction on the accompanying Statements of Financial Condition. At December 31, 2015, the Company believes that it is more-likely-than-not that future reversals of its existing taxable temporary differences and the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets, net of the valuation allowance. The Company's valuation allowance is primarily the result of historical operating losses in the Asia Pacific entities, where a full valuation allowance is maintained for all deferred tax assets and net operating losses, as well as on certain tax credits generated in the U.S.

        Net operating loss carry forwards expire as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Amount   Years
remaining

Hong Kong and Australia

  $ 72,644   Indefinite

United States

    3,754   15 years

Ireland

    165   Indefinite

  $ 76,563    

73


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        The effective tax rate varied from the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate due to the following:

 
  2015   2014   2013  

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax effect

    0.4     5.5     3.9  

Foreign tax impact, net

    (7.2 )   (12.8 )   (6.4 )

Deemed dividend on capital structure amendment(1)

    5.4          

Impact of deductible basis on the sale of energy research business

    (14.8 )        

Non-deductible costs(2)

    6.1     0.9     1.0  

Other, net

    (0.4 )   (6.9 )   (5.7 )

Effective income tax rate

    24.5 %   21.7 %   27.8 %

(1)
Reflects the impact of the tax on a deemed dividend from amending the capital structure of the Company's operations outside of North America.

(2)
Includes the impact of the non-deductible fine and related revenue disgorgement paid in August 2015 to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") (see Note 21, Commitments and Contingencies ).

        The excess tax benefits realized on the exercises of stock options and the vesting of employee restricted stock unit awards reduced current taxes payable in 2015 and 2014 by $2.1 million (net of $0.9 million of tax shortfalls) and $1.1 million (net of $0.2 million of tax shortfalls), respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the tax benefits realized on the exercises of stock options and the vesting of employee restricted stock unit awards was less than the deferred benefits that were recorded based on grant date fair values. The resulting net tax shortfall on these awards, along with the impact of cancelled awards, reduced additional paid-in capital by $1.5 million. For further discussion, see Note 19, Employee and Non-Employee Director Stock and Benefit Plans .

        Deferred taxes have not been provided on the cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries since the Company recognized a current tax expense of $6.5 million in 2015 on the deemed dividend on all such cumulative undistributed earnings as part of the amendment to the capital structure of its operations outside of North America.

Tax Uncertainties

        Under ASC 740, Income Taxes , a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution.

        During 2015, the Company (a) resolved uncertain tax positions in the U.S. for fiscal years 2006 through 2012, reducing tax reserves, (b) revised estimates for certain tax positions for other prior years, increasing tax reserves and (c) adjusted accruals for prior year returns. The net effect was a decrease in tax expense of $2.0 million.

        During 2014, the Company (a) amended certain prior-year tax returns in the U.S. for deductions in those years not previously taken, (b) resolved uncertain tax positions in the U.S. for fiscal years 2007 through 2010, reducing tax reserves, (c) revised estimates for certain tax positions for other prior years,

74


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

increasing tax reserves and (d) adjusted accruals for prior year returns. The net effect was a decrease in tax expense of $2.7 million.

        During 2013, uncertain tax positions in the U.S. were resolved for the 2003-2006 and 2008-2010 fiscal years resulting in a decrease in the recorded liability of $0.5 million and the related deferred tax asset of $0.2 million. Also, in 2013, an uncertain tax position in Europe for the 2011 year was resolved, resulting in a decrease in the recorded liability of $0.9 million. As a result of these resolutions, the Company recognized a tax benefit of $1.2 million. Additionally, the Company reduced reserves related to prior years following the resolution of tax contingencies primarily in Europe.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (dollars in thousands):

Uncertain Tax Benefits
  2015   2014   2013  

Balance, January 1

  $ 14,395   $ 13,074   $ 13,726  

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

    2,807     309     404  

Additions based on tax positions of prior years

    349     3,681     434  

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

    (36 )   (84 )   (148 )

Reductions due to settlements with taxing authorities

    (1,773 )   (1,108 )   (124 )

Reductions due to expiration of statute of limitations

    (189 )   (1,477 )   (1,218 )

Balance, December 31

  $ 15,553   $ 14,395   $ 13,074  

        Included in the balance at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, are $14.6 million, $12.7 million, and $11.9 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits (net of offsetting federal benefits, where appropriate) which, if recognized, would affect the Company's effective tax rate.

        With limited exception, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local or foreign income tax audits by taxing authorities for years preceding 2008. The Internal Revenue Service is currently examining the Company's U.S. federal income tax returns for 2008 through 2012. Certain state and local returns are also currently under various stages of audit. The Company does not anticipate a significant change to the total of unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.

        At December 31, 2015, interest expense of $4.7 million, gross of related tax effects of $1.9 million, was accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits. As a continuing policy, interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits is recorded as income tax expense. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recognized $0.1 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million, respectively, of tax-related interest expense. No tax penalties were recorded during 2015, 2014 or 2013.

75


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(10) Receivables and Payables

Receivables from, and Payables to, Brokers, Dealers and Clearing Organizations

        The following is a summary of receivables from, and payables to, brokers, dealers and clearing organizations at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Receivables from   Payables to  
 
  2015   2014   2015   2014  

Broker-dealers

  $ 167,514   $ 147,240   $ 64,763   $ 51,615  

Clearing organizations

    3,480     1,447     7,644     39,433  

Securities borrowed

    866,520     496,596          

Securities loaned

            888,152     508,993  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (737 )   (669 )        

Total

  $ 1,036,777   $ 644,614   $ 960,559   $ 600,041  

Receivables from, and Payables to, Customers

        The following is a summary of receivables from, and payables to, customers at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  Receivables from   Payables to  
 
  2015   2014   2015   2014  

Customers

  $ 49,688   $ 108,518   $ 9,957   $ 11,132  

Allowance for doubtful accounts

    (512 )   (583 )        

Net

  $ 49,176   $ 107,935   $ 9,957   $ 11,132  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an estimate of the amount of potential credit losses in existing accounts receivable, as determined from a review of past due balances, historical collection experience and other specific account data. Account balances are written off against the allowance when it is determined that the receivable is uncollectible. The allowance was increased by $0.5 million in 2015 and decreased by $0.8 million and $0.4 million in 2014 and 2013, respectively. The decrease in 2014 included a $1.0 million reduction from revising the allowance estimation methodology after evaluating historical trends, the number of days invoices were outstanding, client patterns and the Company's write-off history.

Securities Borrowed and Loaned

        As of December 31, 2015, securities borrowed as part of the Company's matched book operations with a fair value of $861 million were delivered for securities loaned. The gross amounts of interest earned on cash provided to counterparties as collateral for securities borrowed, and interest incurred on cash received from counterparties as collateral for securities loaned, and the resulting net amount

76


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

included in other revenue on the Consolidated Statements of Operations for 2015, 2014 and 2013 were as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014   2013  

Interest earned

  $ 5,512   $ 15,072   $ 17,756  

Interest incurred

    (3,720 )   (10,218 )   (10,786 )

Net

  $ 1,792   $ 4,854   $ 6,970  

        Interest earned in 2013 includes a gain of $2.5 million related to adjustments to historical dividend withholdings on securities borrowed.

        Deposits paid for securities borrowed and deposits received for securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. Deposits paid for securities borrowed transactions require the Company to deposit cash with the lender. With respect to deposits received for securities loaned, the Company receives collateral in the form of cash in an amount generally in excess of the market value of the securities loaned. The Company monitors the market value of the securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded, as necessary.

        The Company's securities borrowing and lending is generally done under industry standard agreements ("Master Securities Lending Agreements") that may allow, following an event of default by either party, the prompt close-out of all transactions (including the liquidation of securities held) and the offsetting of obligations to return cash or securities, as the case may be, by the non-defaulting party. Events of default under the Master Securities Lending Agreements generally include, subject to certain conditions: (a) failure to timely deliver cash or securities as required under the transaction, (b) a party's insolvency, bankruptcy, or similar proceeding, (c) breach of representation, and (d) a material breach of the agreement. The counterparty that receives the securities in these transactions generally has unrestricted access in its use of the securities. For financial statement purposes, the Company does not offset securities borrowed and securities loaned.

        The following table summarizes the transactions under certain Master Securities Lending Agreements that may be eligible for offsetting if an event of default occurred and a right of offset was legally enforceable (dollars in thousands):

 
  Gross Amounts of
Recognized Assets/
(Liabilities)
  Gross Amounts
Offset in the
Consolidated
Statement of
Financial Condition
  Net Amounts
Presented in the
Consolidated
Statement of
Financial Condition
  Collateral
Received or
Pledged
(including
Cash)
  Net
Amount
 

As of December 31, 2015:

                               

Deposits paid for securities borrowed

  $ 866,520   $   $ 866,520   $ 866,520   $  

Deposits received for securities loaned

    (888,152 )       (888,152 )   (868,843 )   (19,309 )

As of December 31, 2014:

                               

Deposits paid for securities borrowed

  $ 496,596   $   $ 496,596   $ 496,374   $ 222  

Deposits received for securities loaned

    (508,993 )       (508,993 )   (497,462 )   (11,531 )

77


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

In accordance with ASU Topic 860, " Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures ", the gross obligations of deposits received for securities loaned was $472.2 million for equity securities and $415.9 million for corporate bonds at December 31, 2015 and $386.2 million for equity securities and $122.8 million for corporate bonds at December 31, 2014. The remaining contractual maturities of these agreements were overnight and continuous.

(11) Premises and Equipment

        The following is a summary of premises and equipment at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

  $ 154,202   $ 152,885  

Leasehold improvements

    46,910     49,951  

    201,112     202,836  

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

    145,616     142,530  

Total

  $ 55,496   $ 60,306  

        Depreciation and amortization expense relating to premises and equipment amounted to $16.3 million, $19.2 million and $21.0 million during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in occupancy and equipment expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During 2015, premises and equipment costs and related accumulated depreciation and amortization were reduced by $4.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively, for assets that are no longer in use.

(12) Capitalized Software

        The following is a summary of capitalized software costs at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014  

Capitalized software costs

  $ 80,732   $ 79,966  

Less: accumulated amortization

    41,353     41,633  

Total

  $ 39,379   $ 38,333  

        Software costs totaling $26.0 million and $26.3 million were capitalized in 2015 and 2014, respectively, related to the continued development of new features and functionalities across the entire ITG product line. During 2015, capitalized software costs and related accumulated amortization were each reduced by $24.8 million for fully amortized costs.

        As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, capitalized software costs of $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively were not subject to amortization as the underlying products were not yet available for release. Other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations included $24.6 million, $25.8 million and $28.5 million related to the amortization of capitalized software costs in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

78


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(13) Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

        The following is a summary of accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31 (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014  

Accrued research payables

  $ 46,274   $ 56,736  

Accrued compensation and benefits

    49,441     62,271  

Accrued rent

    16,744     19,169  

Trade payables

    17,817     19,547  

Deferred revenue

    9,760     13,836  

Deferred compensation

    3,027     3,918  

Accrued restructuring

    1,254     2,224  

Accrued transaction processing

    2,390     2,981  

Other

    22,823     18,529  

Total

  $ 169,530   $ 199,211  

(14) Borrowings

Short-term Bank Loans

        The Company's international securities clearing and settlement activities are funded with operating cash or with short-term bank loans in the form of overdraft facilities. At December 31, 2015, there was $81.9 million outstanding under these facilities at a weighted average interest rate of approximately 1.2% associated with international settlement activities.

        In the U.S., securities clearing and settlement activities are funded with operating cash, securities loaned or with short-term bank loans under the Credit Agreement described below.

        ITG Inc., as borrower, and Investment Technology Group, Inc. ("Parent Company"), as guarantor, maintained a $150 million two-year revolving credit agreement (the "Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent that matured in January 2016 (see Note 24, Subsequent Event ). The purpose of this credit line was to provide liquidity for the Company's U.S. brokerage operations to satisfy clearing margin requirements and to finance temporary positions from delivery failures or non-standard settlements. As a result, the Parent Company had additional flexibility with its existing cash and future cash flows from operations to selectively invest in growth initiatives and to return capital to stockholders. Depending on the borrowing base, availability under the Credit Agreement is limited to either (i) a percentage of the clearing deposit required by the National Securities Clearing Corporation, or (ii) a percentage of the market value of temporary positions pledged as collateral. Under the Credit Agreement, interest accrued at a rate equal to (a) a base rate, determined by reference to the federal funds rate plus (b) a margin of 2.50%. Available but unborrowed amounts under the Credit Agreement are subject to an unused commitment fee of 0.50%. Among other restrictions, the terms of the Credit Agreement include (a) negative covenants related to liens, (b) financial covenant requirements for maintaining a consolidated leverage ratio (as defined) and a liquidity ratio (as defined), as well as requirements for maintaining minimum levels of tangible net worth (as defined) and regulatory capital (as defined), and (c) restrictions on investments, dispositions and other restrictions customary for financings of this type.

        The events of default under the Credit Agreement included, among others, payment defaults, cross defaults with certain other indebtedness, breaches of covenants, loss of collateral, judgments, and

79


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

changes in control and bankruptcy events. In the event of non-payment, the Credit Agreement requires ITG Inc. to pay incremental interest at the rate of 2.0%. In the event of a default and depending on the nature thereof, the commitments will either automatically terminate and all unpaid amounts immediately become due and payable, or the lenders may in their discretion terminate their commitments and declare due all unpaid amounts outstanding.

        At December 31, 2015 and 2014, there were no amounts outstanding under the Credit Agreement.

Term Debt

        At December 31, term debt is comprised of the following (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014  

Term Loans

  $ 3,606   $ 2,653  

Obligations under capital lease

    8,961     15,128  

Total

  $ 12,567   $ 17,781  

        On December 30, 2015, the Company entered into a five year, $3.6 million note and security agreement with Hewlett-Packard Financial Services ("H-P Loan"), under which purchases of new server equipment, software license fees, maintenance fees and fees for other services were financed. The loan principal is payable in twenty quarterly installments of $195,000 beginning in April 2016 and accrues interest at 2.95%. The reductions to the principal balance applying the interest method to the required payments are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year
  Aggregate
Amount
 

2016

  $ 508  

2017

    695  

2018

    715  

2019

    737  

2020

    758  

2021

    193  

  $ 3,606  

        On June 1, 2011, Parent Company as borrower, entered into a $25.5 million Master Loan and Security Agreement (the "Equipment Loan Agreement") with Banc of America Leasing & Capital, LLC ("Bank of America"). The four-year term loan established under this agreement (the "Equipment Loan") was secured by a security interest in existing furniture, fixtures and equipment owned by the Parent Company and certain U.S. subsidiaries as of June 1, 2011. The Equipment Loan was payable in monthly principal installments of $530,600 through May 2015 and accrued interest at 3.0% plus the average one month London Interbank Offered Rate for dollar deposits.

        Along with the Equipment Loan Agreement, Parent Company entered into a $5.0 million master lease facility with Bank of America ("Master Lease Agreement"), under which purchases of new equipment were financed. Each equipment lease under the Master Lease Agreement is structured as a capital lease and has a separate 48-month term from its inception date, at the end of which Parent Company may purchase the underlying equipment for $1. At December 31, 2015, there was $0.2 million outstanding under this facility, which will be fully paid by June 2016.

80


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        On August 10, 2012, Parent Company entered into a $25.0 million master lease facility with BMO Harris Equipment Finance Company ("BMO") to finance equipment and construction expenditures related to the build-out of the Company's new headquarters in lower Manhattan. The original amount borrowed of $21.2 million has a 3.39% fixed-rate term financing structured as a capital lease with a 48-month term, at the end of which Parent Company may purchase the underlying assets for $1. At December 31, 2015, there was $8.7 million outstanding under the BMO facility. The reductions to the remaining principal balance applying the interest method to the estimated minimum lease payments are as follows (dollars in thousands):

Year
  Amount  

2016

  $ 5,455  

2017

    3,269  

  $ 8,724  

        The Master Lease Agreement and the BMO facility all require compliance with the financial covenants of the Credit Agreement.

        Interest expense on the Credit Agreement, the Equipment Loan Agreement, the Master Lease Agreement and the BMO facility, including commitment fees and the amortization of debt issuance costs totaled $1.8 million, $2.3 million and $2.7 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

(15) Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

        The components and allocated tax effects of other comprehensive income for the periods ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Before Tax
Effects
  Tax Effects   After Tax
Effects
 

December 31, 2015
                   

Currency translation adjustment

  $ (19,495 ) $   $ (19,495 )

Total

  $ (19,495 ) $   $ (19,495 )

December 31, 2014
         
 
   
 
 

Currency translation adjustment

  $ (5,894 ) $   $ (5,894 )

Total

  $ (5,894 ) $   $ (5,894 )

        Deferred taxes have not been provided on the cumulative undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries or the cumulative translation adjustment related to those investments since the Company recognized a current tax expense in 2015 on the deemed dividend on all such cumulative undistributed earnings and translation adjustments as part of the amendment to the capital structure of its operations outside of North America.

(16) Net Capital Requirement

        ITG Inc., AlterNet and ITG Derivatives are subject to the SEC's Uniform Net Capital Rule (Rule 15c3-1), which requires the maintenance of minimum net capital. ITG Inc. has elected to use the alternative method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that ITG Inc. maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of $1.0 million or 2% of aggregate debit balances arising from customer

81


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

transactions, as defined. AlterNet and ITG Derivatives have elected to use the basic method permitted by Rule 15c3-1, which requires that they each maintain minimum net capital equal to the greater of 6 2 / 3 % of aggregate indebtedness or $100,000 and $1.0 million, respectively. Dividends or withdrawals of capital cannot be made if capital is needed to comply with regulatory requirements.

        Net capital balances and the amounts in excess of required net capital at December 31, 2015 for the U.S. Operations are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  Net Capital   Excess  

U.S. Operations

             

ITG Inc. 

  $ 91,360   $ 90,360  

AlterNet

    4,747     4,589  

ITG Derivatives

    1,950     950  

        As of December 31, 2015, ITG Inc. had $7.3 million of cash in Special Reserve Bank Accounts for the benefit of customers under the Customer Protection Rule pursuant to SEC Rule 15c3-3, Computation for Determination of Reserve Requirements and $2.5 million under PABs.

        In addition, the Company's Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations have subsidiaries with regulatory capital requirements. The regulatory net capital balances and amount of regulatory capital in excess of the minimum requirements applicable to each business at December 31, 2015, is summarized in the following table (dollars in thousands):

 
  Net Capital   Excess (Deficit)  

Canadian Operations

             

Canada

  $ 24,879   $ 24,519  

European Operations

   
 
   
 
 

Ireland

    60,375     39,481  

U.K. 

    3,292     2,502  

Asia Pacific Operations

   
 
   
 
 

Australia

    11,276     8,470  

Hong Kong

    27,205     21,296  

Singapore

    603     427  

(17) Stockholders' Equity

        The Company's current policy, which is reviewed continually, is to retain earnings to finance the operations and expansion of its businesses as well as return capital to stockholders through share repurchases and dividends on common stock.

Stock Repurchase Program

        To facilitate its stock repurchase program, designed to return value to stockholders and minimize dilution from stock issuances, the Company repurchases shares in the open market. The table below

82


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

summarizes the Company's share repurchases beginning January 1, 2013 under its Board of Directors' authorizations:

 
   
  Amount
Authorized
by Board
(Shares in
millions)
   
  Shares
Remaining
Under Board
Authorization
(millions)
  Shares Repurchased
Under Board
Authorization
 
 
   
  Total
Shares
Repurchased
(millions)
 
 
  Expiration
Date
 
Repurchase Program Authorization Date
  2015   2014   2013  

October 2011

  none     4.0     4.0                 1.5  

May 2013

  none     4.0     4.0         0.8     2.7     0.5  

October 2014

  none     4.0     1.2     2.8     1.2          

Total shares repurchased under authorization

    2.0     2.7     2.0  

Cost (millions)

 
$

42.0
 
$

48.2
 
$

28.2
 

Average share price

  $ 21.10   $ 18.03   $ 14.05  

        The Company also repurchased approximately 0.4 million shares of common stock during each of 2015, 2014 and 2013 to satisfy the minimum statutory employee withholding tax upon the net settlement of restricted stock unit awards.

Dividend Program

        In April 2015, the Company's Board of Directors initiated a dividend program under which the Company began to pay quarterly dividends, subject to quarterly declarations by the Board of Directors. During 2015, the Board of Directors declared and the Company paid quarterly cash dividends of $0.07 per share in each of the second, third and fourth quarters totaling $7.0 million in the aggregate.

(18) Off-Balance Sheet Risk and Concentration of Credit Risk

        The Company is a member of various U.S. and non-U.S. exchanges and clearing houses that trade and clear, respectively, equities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with the Company's memberships, the Company may be required to pay a proportionate share of financial obligations of another member who may default on its obligations to the exchanges or the clearing house. While the rules governing different exchange or clearing house memberships vary, in general, the Company's obligations would arise only if the exchanges and clearing houses had previously exhausted other remedies. The maximum potential payout under these memberships cannot be estimated. The Company has not recorded any contingent liability in the consolidated financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote. In the ordinary course of business, the Company guarantees obligations of subsidiaries which may arise from third-party clearing relationships and trading counterparties. The activities of the subsidiaries covered by these guarantees are included in the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        The Company's customer financing and securities settlement activities may require the Company to pledge customer securities as collateral in support of various secured financing transactions such as bank loans. In the event the financing counterparty is unable to meet its contractual obligation to return customer securities pledged as collateral, the Company may be exposed to the risk of acquiring the securities at prevailing market prices in order to satisfy its customer obligations. The Company controls this risk by monitoring the market value of securities pledged on a daily basis and by requiring adjustments of collateral levels in the event of excess market exposure.

83


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk are primarily cash and cash equivalents, securities owned at fair value, receivables from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations and receivables from customers. Cash and cash equivalents and securities owned, at fair value are deposited with high credit quality financial institutions.

        The Company loans securities temporarily to other brokers in connection with its securities lending activities. The Company receives cash as collateral for the securities loaned. Increases in security prices may cause the market value of the securities loaned to exceed the amount of cash received as collateral. In the event the counterparty to these transactions does not return the loaned securities, the Company may be exposed to the risk of acquiring the securities at prevailing market prices in order to satisfy its client obligations. The Company controls this risk by requiring credit approvals for counterparties, by monitoring the market value of securities loaned on a daily basis, and by requiring additional cash as collateral or returning collateral when necessary.

        The Company borrows securities temporarily from other brokers in connection with its securities borrowing activities. The Company deposits cash as collateral for the securities borrowed. Decreases in security prices may cause the market value of the securities borrowed to fall below the amount of cash deposited as collateral. In the event the counterparty to these transactions does not return collateral, the Company may be exposed to the risk of selling the securities at prevailing market prices. The Company controls this risk by requiring credit approvals for counterparties, by monitoring the collateral values on a daily basis, and by depositing additional collateral with counterparties or receiving cash when deemed necessary.

        The Company may at times maintain inventories in equity securities on both a long and short basis. Whereas long inventory positions represent the Company's ownership of securities, short inventory positions represent obligations of the Company to deliver specified securities at a contracted price, which may differ from market prices prevailing at the time of completion of the transaction. Accordingly, both long and short inventory positions may result in losses or gains to the Company as market values of securities fluctuate. To mitigate the risk of losses, long and short positions are marked to market daily and are continuously monitored by the Company.

(19) Employee and Non-Employee Director Stock and Benefit Plans

        The 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the "2007 Plan") was approved by the Company's stockholders and became effective on May 8, 2007 (the "Effective Date") and was last amended and restated effective June 11, 2015. As of the Effective Date, the Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan (the "Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan") and the Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Equity Subplan (the "Directors' Equity Subplan," and collectively with the Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan, the "Subplans") were merged with and into the 2007 Plan. Since the Effective Date, the Subplans have continued to be, and shall continue to be, in effect as subplans of the 2007 Plan and grants and/or deferrals may continue to be made. In October 2008, the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors adopted the Equity Deferral Award Program, another subplan under the 2007 Plan. This subplan, last amended and restated on May 19, 2015, is now known as the Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan, and continues to be a subplan under the 2007 Plan (the "VCSUA Subplan").

        Under the 2007 Plan, 13,068,208 shares of the Company's common stock are authorized. Shares of common stock which are attributable to awards which have expired, terminated, cash settled or been canceled or forfeited during any calendar year are generally available for issuance or use in connection

84


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

with future awards. Shares of common stock surrendered in payment of the exercise price of a stock option and shares withheld or surrendered for payment of taxes are not available for re-issuance under the 2007 Plan. Options outstanding as of December 31, 2015 that have been granted under the 2007 Plan are exercisable on dates ranging through July 2016. The 2007 Plan will remain in effect until June 10, 2025, unless terminated, or extended, by the Board of Directors with the approval of the Company's stockholders. After this date, no further awards shall be granted pursuant to the 2007 Plan, but previously-granted awards will remain outstanding in accordance with their applicable terms and conditions.

        In January 2006, the Board of Directors adopted the Directors' Equity Subplan which became effective January 1, 2006 and merged into the 2007 Plan as referenced above. The Directors' Equity Subplan was amended and restated on February 7, 2008 and more recently on May 19, 2015. The Directors' Equity Subplan provides for the grant of restricted stock unit awards to non-employee directors of the Company. Under the Directors' Equity Subplan, a newly appointed non-employee director will be granted restricted stock unit awards valued at $100,000 at, or shortly after, the time of appointment to the Board of Directors. Such initial restricted stock unit award will vest annually in three equal installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant so long as the director has continued to serve on the Board of Directors from the grant date to the applicable vesting date. In addition, non-employee directors will be granted restricted stock unit awards valued at $72,000 annually on the day of each of the Company's annual meetings of stockholders at which directors are elected or reelected by the Company's stockholders. Such annual restricted stock unit awards will vest in full on the day immediately preceding the Company's next annual meeting of stockholders at which directors are elected or reelected by the Company's stockholders so long as the director has continued to serve on the Board of Directors from the grant date through the vesting date.

        Under the 2007 Plan, the Company is permitted to grant time-based stock options, in addition to performance-based option awards to employees and directors, however the Company did not grant any option awards under the 2007 Plan during the three years ended December 31, 2015. Outstanding time-based option awards vest annually in three equal installments, beginning on the first anniversary of the date of grant, if the employee has remained continuously employed or if the director has continued to serve on the Board of Directors from the grant date to the applicable vesting date. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ) for time-based option awards over the vesting period.

85


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        The tables below summarize the Company's outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and changes during the years then ended:

Options Outstanding
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    510,975     26.77  

Granted

         

Exercised

         

Forfeited

    (167,649 )   46.18  

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    343,326     17.29  

Granted

         

Exercised

    (14,228 )   14.28  

Forfeited

    (22,245 )   20.09  

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    306,853     17.23  

Granted

         

Exercised

    (71,455 )   16.26  

Forfeited

    (192,733 )   18.71  

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    42,665   $ 12.17  

Amount exercisable at December 31,

             

2015

    42,665   $ 12.17  

2014

    306,853     17.23  

2013

    262,017     17.28  

 

 
  Options Outstanding   Options Exercisable  
Exercise Price
  Number
Outstanding
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
  Number
Exercisable
  Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
 

$12.17

    42,665     0.5   $ 12.17     42,665   $ 12.17  

        For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company did not record share-based compensation expense related to the Company's outstanding stock options. For the years ended December 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, related to the Company's outstanding stock options, which was offset by related income tax benefits of less than $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

        The weighted average remaining contractual term of stock options currently exercisable is 0.5 years.

        All of the stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015 were time-based.

86


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        The provision for income taxes excludes excess current tax benefits related to the exercise of stock options. During 2015, the exercise of 71,455 stock options gave rise to an excess current tax benefit of less than $0.1 million, however, this amount was offset by a tax shortfall on exercises and cancellations totaling $0.6 million. During 2014, the exercise of 14,228 stock options did not give rise to an excess current tax benefit, however a tax shortfall that occurred on exercises and cancellations totaling $0.1 million was recognized. During 2013, no stock options were exercised and as a result the provision for income taxes did not include a current tax benefit related to the exercise of stock options. A tax shortfall related to cancellations of $0.3 million was recognized in 2013. These tax shortfalls are reflected as decreases to additional paid-in capital as a result of the tax deduction being less than the cumulative book compensation cost.

        The following table summarizes information about stock options at December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

($ in thousands)
  2015   2014   2013  

Total intrinsic value of stock options exercised

  $ 370   $ 74   $  

Weighted average grant date fair value of stock options granted during period, per share

             

Cash received from stock option exercises

  $ 298     203      

        The total intrinsic value for both outstanding and exercisable stock options at December 31, 2015 was $0.2 million.

        As of December 31, 2015, all costs related to outstanding stock options have been fully recognized.

        Stock option exercises are settled from issuance of shares of the Company's common stock held in treasury to the extent available.

        Under the 2007 Plan, the Company is permitted to grant restricted stock unit awards to employees. Generally, and except for awards granted under the VCSUA Subplan, restricted stock unit awards granted since 2007 vest in one of the following manners: (a) cliff vest on the second or third anniversary of the grant date, depending on the terms of the award, so long as the award recipient is employed on such date, or (b) serial vest on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant so long as the award recipient is employed on the applicable vesting date and the 90-day average of the Company's common stock price preceding each of the vesting dates is greater than the 90-day average of the Company's common stock price preceding the grant date (market-based restricted stock units). Accordingly, not all restricted stock units awarded will vest and be delivered. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ) over this two, three- or four-year period, as applicable.

        Under the VCSUA Subplan, each eligible participant is granted a number of basic stock units on the date the year-end cash bonus would otherwise be paid to the participant equal to (i) the amount by which the participant's variable compensation is reduced as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, divided by (ii) the fair market value of a share of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. In addition, each participant is granted an additional number of matching stock units on the date of grant equal to 10% of the number of basic stock units granted. Basic stock units under the VCSUA Subplan that are time-based typically vest in equal annual installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant, if the participant remains continuously employed by the Company, and is in good standing on, each applicable vesting date. Time-based matching stock units will vest 100% on the third anniversary of the date of grant, if

87


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

the participant remains continuously employed by the Company through, and is in good standing on, such vesting date. Basic units under the VCSUA Subplan that are market-based vest in equal installments on each of the second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant so long as the award recipient is employed on the applicable vesting date and the 90-day average of the Company's common stock price preceding each of the vesting dates is greater than the 90-day average of the Company's common stock price preceding the grant date. Matching stock units on market-based awards will vest 100% on the fourth anniversary of the date of grant so long as the award recipient is employed on the applicable vesting date and the 90-day average of the Company's common stock price preceding the vesting date is greater than the 90-day average of the Company's common stock price preceding the grant date.

        The Company has also issued to members of its executive committee basic stock units under the VCSUA that vest on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the date of grant based upon the level of the Company's adjusted return-on-equity ("ROE") achieved for each of the three fiscal years, respectively, that ends immediately prior to the applicable vesting date (ROE-based restricted stock units). In addition to the ROE performance criteria being achieved, the participant must remain continuously employed by the Company through, and be in good standing on, each applicable vesting date. The number of ROE-based restricted basic stock units awarded will be earned in each of the three fiscal years in the performance period if the target ROE is achieved at 100% and such number may increase or decrease if the actual ROE achieved is above or below the target ROE. In addition, certain senior employees have received matching ROE-based restricted stock units and such awards vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant based upon the average of the ROE achieved during the three-year period that ends immediately prior to the applicable vesting date. The number of matching ROE-based restricted stock units awarded will be earned if the target average ROE is achieved at 100% and such number may increase or decrease if the actual average ROE achieved is above or below the target average ROE. All vested stock units are settled in shares of ITG common stock within 30 days after the date on which such stock units vest.

        During 2010, in conjunction with the acquisition of Majestic Research Corp. ("Majestic"), the Company granted "employment inducement awards" under Section 303A.08 of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual ("Inducement Awards") to certain Majestic employees. Stock units for 319,674 shares vested in equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date of the awards. Stock units for 415,579 shares were performance-based and vested over the first four anniversaries of the award grant dates, based upon achievement of certain metrics as of the first and second anniversaries of the award grant dates.

        During 2011, in conjunction with the acquisition of the Ross Smith Energy Group Ltd. ("RSEG"), the Company granted Inducement Awards to certain RSEG employees. Stock units for 181,623 shares vested in equal installments on December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and stock units for 181,328 shares vested in equal installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date of the awards.

        The Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $16.4 million, $15.0 million and $13.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, related to restricted stock unit awards which were offset by related income tax benefits of approximately $6.6 million, $6.0 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

88


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        A summary of the status of the Company's restricted stock unit awards as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and changes during the years then ended are presented below:

 
  Number of Shares
underlying
Performance-Based
Restricted Stock
Units
  Number of
Shares
underlying
Time-Based
Restricted
Stock Units
  Total
Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    677,831     2,383,504     3,061,335     13.25  

Granted

    91,932     931,879     1,023,811     12.00  

Vested

    (64,865 )   (1,138,277 )   (1,203,142 )   14.47  

Forfeited

    (246,155 )   (197,622 )   (443,777 )   12.20  

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    458,743     1,979,484     2,438,227     12.31  

Granted

    219,644     1,257,745     1,477,389     15.45  

Vested

    (145,786 )   (977,934 )   (1,123,720 )   13.63  

Forfeited

    (94,579 )   (38,089 )   (132,668 )   12.10  

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    438,022     2,221,206     2,659,228     13.51  

Granted

    263,766     1,932,425     2,196,191     18.79  

Vested

    (97,112 )   (1,061,935 )   (1,159,047 )   13.49  

Forfeited

    (227,201 )   (298,135 )   (525,336 )   16.10  

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    377,475     2,793,561     3,171,036   $ 16.75  

        At December 31, 2015, 196,862 of the outstanding performance-based restricted stock unit awards were market-based restricted stock units and 180,613 were ROE-based restricted stock units.

        On December 22, 2015, the Company sold its energy research business (See Note 5, Acquisitions and Divestitures ). Upon the closing of the transaction, the Company accelerated the vesting of 113,718 restricted stock unit awards held by employees that were part of the energy research business and are included in the table above. The cost to modify the vesting schedule of these shares was $1.4 million and is included as a direct cost of the sale that reduced the gain included in other revenues in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.

        As of December 31, 2015, there was $34.2 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding restricted stock unit awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 2.2 years. During 2015, restricted stock unit awards with a fair value of approximately $24.9 million vested.

        The provision for income taxes excludes excess current tax benefits related to the vesting of restricted stock unit awards. For the year ended December 31, 2015, the excess tax benefits totaled $2.9 million while tax shortfalls from cancellations were less than $0.3 million. Such tax benefits are reflected as an increase in additional paid-in capital while tax shortfalls arising from the tax deduction being less than the cumulative book compensation cost is reflected as a decrease in additional paid-in capital. For the year ended December 31, 2014, the excess tax benefits totaled $1.3 million while tax shortfalls from cancellations were $0.4 million. During 2013, there were no such tax benefits, but rather a tax shortfall of $1.2 million related to the vesting and cancellation of restricted stock unit awards.

        Under the 2007 Plan and the VCSUA Subplan, the Company is permitted to grant phantom share awards. Phantom share awards vest like any other award granted under the 2007 Plan and VCSUA Subplan as described above and are settled in cash. The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense (see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies ) over the applicable vesting period. For

89


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded share-based compensation expense of $2.2 million, $3.5 million and $7.3 million, respectively related to phantom share awards offset by related tax benefits of $0.8 million, $0.9 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

        A summary of the status of the Company's phantom share awards as of December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and changes during the years then ended are presented below:

 
  Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    695,710     13.72  

Granted

    249,365     12.01  

Vested

    (245,296 )   14.52  

Forfeited

    (28,017 )   14.92  

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    671,762     12.74  

Granted

         

Vested

    (310,121 )   14.06  

Forfeited

    (3,292 )   11.73  

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    358,349     11.61  

Granted

         

Vested

    (257,279 )   11.58  

Forfeited

    (43,272 )   10.99  

Outstanding at December 31, 2015

    57,798   $ 12.24  

        At December 31, 2015, all of the outstanding phantom share awards were time-based.

        As of December 31, 2015, there was $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to grants of phantom share awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 0.15 years. The Company discontinued granting phantom share awards effective January 1, 2014 and the remaining awards outstanding will vest on February 22, 2016.

ITG Employee and Non-Employee Director Benefit Plans

        All U.S. employees are eligible to participate in the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan ("RSP"). The RSP applies to all eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service annual maximum which was $265,000 during 2015. Since January 1, 2012, the Company matching contribution applies to 50% of voluntary employee contributions, on a maximum of 4% of eligible compensation per year. The Company may still make discretionary contributions based on consolidated profits. Most of the Company's international employees are eligible to participate in similar defined contribution plans. The costs for these benefits were approximately $4.9 million, $4.3 million, and $4.6 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included in compensation and employee benefits in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        Non-employee directors receive an annual retainer fee of $60,000, with the exception of the chairman who receives $160,000 under the Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan, which was adopted in 2002. This retainer fee is payable, at the election of each director, either in (i) cash, (ii) Company common stock with a value equal to the retainer fee on the grant date or (iii) under a deferred compensation plan which provides deferred share units with a value equal to the retainer fee on the

90


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

grant date which convert to freely sellable shares when the director retires from the Board of Directors. Directors who chose common stock or deferred share units, in the aggregate, received 13,846 units or shares, 18,716 units or shares, and 33,010 units or shares in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. At December 31, 2015, there were 199,225 deferred share units outstanding. The cost of the Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan was approximately $1.2 million, $738,000, and $714,000 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in other general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

        In November 1997, the Board of Directors approved the ITG Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP"), an employee stock purchase plan qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The ESPP became effective February 1, 1998 and allows all full-time employees in the U.S. and Canada to purchase shares of ITG common stock at a 15% discount. Effective during the fourth quarter of 2015, the ESPP was amended to allow all full-time employees to enroll in the plan. In accordance with the provisions of ASC 718, the ESPP is compensatory. The Company recorded share-based compensation expense related to the ESPP of $268,000, $272,000 and $242,000 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Shares distributed under the ESPP are newly-issued shares.

(20) Earnings Per Share

        The following is a reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations (dollars in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  2015   2014   2013  

Net income for basic and diluted earnings per share

  $ 91,570   $ 50,892   $ 31,085  

Shares of common stock and common stock equivalents:

                   

Weighted average shares—basic

    33,907     35,349     36,788  

Effect of dilutive securities

    908     1,016     1,326  

Weighted average shares—diluted

    34,815     36,365     38,114  

Earnings per share:

                   

Basic

  $ 2.70   $ 1.44   $ 0.84  

Diluted

  $ 2.63   $ 1.40   $ 0.82  

        At December 31, 2015 and 2014, approximately 0.1 million and 0.4 million share equivalents (based on the treasury stock method), respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effects would have been anti-dilutive.

(21) Commitments and Contingencies

    Legal Matters

        The Company is not a party to any pending legal proceedings other than claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, except (1) putative class action lawsuits and a derivative action have been filed with respect to the Company and certain of its current and former executives in connection with the Company's announcement of the SEC matter described in the following paragraph (and other related actions could be filed) and (2) the Company's former President and Chief Executive

91


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

Officer served a Demand for Arbitration upon the Company in connection with the August 2015 termination of his employment.

        On August 12, 2015, the Company reached a final settlement with the staff of the Division of Enforcement of the SEC in connection with the SEC's investigation into a proprietary trading pilot operated within AlterNet for sixteen months in 2010 through mid-2011. The investigation was focused on customer disclosures, Form ATS regulatory filings and customer information controls relating to the pilot's trading activity, which included (a) crossing against sell-side clients in POSIT and (b) violations of Company policy and procedures by a former employee. These violations principally involved information breaches for a period of several months in 2010 regarding sell-side parent orders flowing into ITG's algorithms and executions by all customers in non-POSIT markets that were not otherwise available to ITG clients. According to the terms of the settlement, the Company paid an aggregate amount of $20.3 million, representing a civil penalty of $18 million, disgorgement of approximately $2.1 million in trading revenues and prejudgment interest of approximately $250,000. The $20.3 million settlement amount was reserved in the second quarter of 2015. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company incurred legal and other costs related to this matter of $4.9 million.

        In connection with the announcement of the SEC investigation, two putative class action lawsuits were filed with respect to the Company and certain of its current and former executives and have since been consolidated into a single action captioned In re Investment Technology Group, Inc. Securities Litigation before the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants made material misrepresentations or omitted to disclose material facts concerning, among other subjects, the matters that were the subject of the SEC settlement regarding AlterNet, and the SEC investigation that led to the SEC settlement. The complaint seeks an unspecified amount of damages under the federal securities laws.

        On November 27, 2015, a purported shareholder of the Company filed a shareholder derivative action captioned Watterson v. Gasser et. al. against eleven current or former officers and directors of the Company in the Supreme Court for the State of New York. The Company is named as a nominal defendant, and the plaintiff purports to seek recovery on its behalf. The complaint generally alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company in connection with the matters that were the subject of the SEC settlement regarding AlterNet.

        In October 2015, the Company's former President and Chief Executive Officer (the "Former CEO") filed a Demand for Arbitration before the American Arbitration Association against the Company. The Former CEO's statement of claim alleges that the Company breached his employment agreement with the Company by terminating his employment for "cause", and further alleges that the Company defamed him. The statement of claim seeks an award of damages and equity valued in the arbitration demand at $8.0 million, plus an additional $5.0 million in actual and punitive damages with respect to the defamation claim.

        In addition to the above proceedings, the Company's broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to or involved in ongoing investigations and other proceedings by government agencies and self-regulatory organizations regarding their businesses. Such investigations and other proceedings may result in judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

        While the Company cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits, investigations or other proceedings, the Company intends to defend them vigorously as appropriate. The Company is unable to provide a reasonable estimate of any potential liability for ongoing investigations, lawsuits or other proceedings given the stage of such proceedings. The Company believes, based on information currently available, that the outcome of ongoing investigations, lawsuits or other proceedings, individually or in

92


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

the aggregate, will not likely have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position. In light of the inherent uncertainties of such proceedings, an adverse outcome of one or more of such proceedings may have a material impact on the results of operations for any particular period.

    Lease Commitments

        The Company has entered into lease and sublease agreements with third parties for certain offices and equipment, which expire at various dates through 2029. Rent expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $12.4 million, $12.4 million and $17.6 million, respectively, and is recorded in occupancy and equipment expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Rent expense for 2013 includes duplicate rent charges of $2.6 million while the Company built-out its new headquarters and a charge of $2.3 million recorded in the second quarter of 2013 for the remaining rent expense at its old headquarters, which was incurred upon completion of the move. The Company recognizes rent expense for escalation clauses, rent holidays, leasehold improvement incentives and other concessions using the straight-line method over the minimum lease term. Minimum future rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases follow (dollars in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
  Aggregate
Amount
 

2016

  $ 16,916  

2017

    12,271  

2018

    11,035  

2019

    9,519  

2020

    8,447  

2021 and thereafter

    67,711  

Total

  $ 125,899  

    Other Commitments

        Pursuant to employment arrangements, in the event of termination of employment without cause on December 31, 2015, the Company would be obligated to pay separation payments totaling $5.5 million.

        Pursuant to contracts expiring through 2019, the Company is obligated to purchase market data, maintenance and other services totaling $40.8 million.

(22) Segment Reporting

        The Company is organized into four geographic operating segments through which the Company's chief operating decision maker manages the Company's business. The U.S., Canadian, European and Asia Pacific Operations segments provide the following categories of products and services:

    Electronic Brokerage—includes self-directed trading by clients using algorithms, smart routing and matching through POSIT in cash equities (including single stocks and portfolio lists), futures and options;

    Research, Sales and Trading—includes (a) differentiated, unbiased, data-driven equity research through the use of innovative data harvesting and analysis and (b) portfolio trading and high-touch trading desks providing execution expertise and trading ideas based on investment research;

93


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    Platforms—includes trade order and execution management software applications in addition to network connectivity; and

    Analytics—includes tools enabling portfolio managers and traders to improve pre-trade and real-time execution performance, portfolio construction and optimization decisions and securities valuation.

        The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies . The Company allocates resources to, and evaluates the performance of, its reportable segments based on income or loss before income tax expense. Consistent with the Company's resource allocation and operating performance evaluation approach, the effects of inter-segment activities are eliminated except in limited circumstances where certain technology related costs are allocated to a segment to support that segment's revenue producing activities. Commissions and fees revenue for trade executions and commission share revenues are principally attributed to each segment based upon the location of execution of the related transaction except that commissions and fees for trade executions by Canadian clients in the U.S. market are attributed to the Canadian Operations instead of the U.S. Operations. Recurring revenues are principally attributed based upon the location of the client using the respective service.

        A summary of the segment financial information is as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  U.S.
Operations
  Canadian
Operations
  European
Operations
  Asia Pacific
Operations
  Corporate   Consolidated  

2015

                                     

Total revenues

  $ 285,230   $ 63,028   $ 129,729   $ 48,179   $ 108,637   $ 634,803  

Income (loss) before income tax expense(1)(2)

    16,000     10,643     28,244     1,620     64,719     121,226  

Identifiable assets

    1,304,995     76,561     262,095     65,371         1,709,022  

Capital purchases

    7,748     2,175     1,334     648         11,905  

Depreciation and amortization

    33,971     2,247     6,560     1,373         44,151  

Non-cash share-based compensation

    10,725     1,466     4,505     866     (895 )   16,667  

2014

                                     

Total revenues

  $ 306,540   $ 77,633   $ 127,410   $ 46,926     1,305   $ 559,814  

Income (loss) before income tax expense

    35,803     17,259     34,081     (1,690 )   (20,466 )   64,987  

Identifiable assets

    929,062     105,898     249,702     66,187         1,350,849  

Capital purchases

    10,645     1,656     1,114     383         13,798  

Depreciation and amortization

    38,659     3,153     6,422     1,150         49,384  

Non-cash share-based compensation

    10,107     695     2,891     979     687     15,359  

2013

                                     

Total revenues

  $ 317,876   $ 74,156   $ 91,600   $ 45,711     1,458   $ 530,801  

(Loss) income before income tax expense(3)(4)(5)

    40,433     10,653     20,000     (2,126 )   (25,905 )   43,055  

Identifiable assets

    1,183,986     88,503     202,015     64,968         1,539,472  

Capital purchases

    28,367     1,188     3,323     671         33,549  

Depreciation and amortization

    43,017     3,437     6,012     1,140         53,606  

Non-cash share-based compensation

    9,463         2,074     854     1,148     13,539  

(1)
In December 2015, the Company completed the sale of the subsidiaries conducting its energy research business to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus, a global private equity firm, for $120.5 million.

94


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

    The pre-tax gain of $107.7 million is net of a working capital adjustment on the closing balance sheet, direct costs related to the sale including share-based compensation costs, and the carrying value of the net assets disposed.

(2)
In August 2015, the Company reached a final settlement with the SEC to pay an aggregate amount of $20.3 million in connection with the SEC's investigation into a proprietary trading pilot operated during 2010 and 2011. During 2015, the Company incurred $4.9 million in legal and other related costs associated with this matter.

(3)
In the second quarter of 2013, the Company incurred $1.6 million to implement a restructuring plan to close its technology research and development facility in Israel and migrate that function to an outsourced service provider model effective January 1, 2014. This plan primarily focused on reducing costs by limiting ITG's geographic footprint while maintaining the necessary technological expertise via a consulting arrangement. The Company also reduced previously-recorded 2012 and 2011 restructuring accruals of $1.6 million to reflect the sub-lease of previously-vacated office space and certain legal and other employee-related charges deemed unnecessary.

(4)
During the fourth quarter of 2012, ITG began its build-out of its new lower Manhattan headquarters while continuing to occupy its then-existing headquarters in midtown Manhattan. As a result, ITG incurred duplicate rent charges of $2.6 million during the first half of 2013.

(5)
In the second quarter of 2013, ITG moved into its new headquarters and incurred a one-time charge of $3.9 million, which includes a reserve for the remaining lease obligation at the previous midtown Manhattan headquarters.

        The table below details the total revenues for the categories of products and services provided by the Company (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014   2013  

Revenues:

                   

Electronic Brokerage

  $ 268,818   $ 294,529   $ 279,829  

Research, Sales and Trading

    117,340     122,042     107,383  

Platforms

    94,117     95,926     96,127  

Analytics

    45,891     46,012     46,004  

Corporate (non-product)

    108,637     1,305     1,458  

Total Revenues

  $ 634,803   $ 559,814   $ 530,801  

        Long-lived assets, classified by the geographic region in which the Company operates, are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 
  2015   2014   2013  

Long-lived Assets at December 31,

                   

United States

  $ 97,226   $ 107,746   $ 116,812  

Canada

    6,357     7,070     5,676  

Europe

    27,226     29,531     11,413  

Asia Pacific

    3,162     2,377     2,046  

Total

  $ 133,971   $ 146,724   $ 135,947  

        The Company's long-lived assets primarily consist of premises and equipment, capitalized software, goodwill, other intangibles and debt issuance costs.

95


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(23) Supplementary Financial Information (unaudited)

        The following tables set forth certain unaudited financial data for the Company's quarterly operations in 2015 and 2014. The following information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual information presented elsewhere in this report and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the quarterly periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 
  (Unaudited) December 31, 2015   (Unaudited) December 31, 2014  
$ in thousands, expect per share
amounts
  Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 

Total revenues

  $ 224,173   $ 120,409   $ 140,494   $ 149,727   $ 148,966   $ 134,773   $ 138,466   $ 137,609  

Expenses:

                                                 

Compensation and employee benefits

    51,711     46,305     53,899     57,408     59,453     52,408     52,720     51,177  

Transaction processing

    20,111     21,621     25,187     24,573     24,234     21,561     20,109     20,496  

Occupancy and equipment

    14,424     14,229     14,470     14,372     14,811     14,937     14,985     15,078  

Telecommunications and data processing services                

    12,961     12,779     13,011     12,772     12,893     12,942     12,655     12,697  

Other general and administrative

    19,894     21,856     42,408     17,757     19,248     20,281     20,715     19,105  

Interest expense

    427     429     468     505     526     566     594     636  

Total expenses

    119,528     117,219     149,443     127,387     131,165     122,695     121,778     119,189  

Income before income tax expense

    104,645     3,190     (8,949 )   22,340     17,801     12,078     16,688     18,420  

Income tax expense

    22,308     480     1,261     5,607     4,820     713     3,762     4,800  

Net income

  $ 82,337   $ 2,710   $ (10,210 ) $ 16,733   $ 12,981   $ 11,365   $ 12,926   $ 13,620  

Basic earnings per share

  $ 2.46   $ 0.08   $ (0.30 ) $ 0.49   $ 0.38   $ 0.32   $ 0.36   $ 0.38  

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

  $ 2.40   $ 0.08   $ (0.30 ) $ 0.47   $ 0.36   $ 0.32   $ 0.35   $ 0.37  

Basic weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    33,433     33,859     34,076     34,268     34,521     35,093     35,720     36,081  

Diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding

    34,359     34,547     34,076     35,451     35,640     36,026     36,641     37,185  

96


Table of Contents


INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

        Earnings per share for quarterly periods are based on the weighted average common shares outstanding in individual quarters; thus, the sum of earnings per share of the quarters may not equal the amounts reported for the full year.

 
  (Unaudited) December 31, 2015   (Unaudited) December 31, 2014  
As a percentage of Total Revenues
  Fourth
Quarter(a)
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter(b)
  First
Quarter
  Fourth
Quarter
  Third
Quarter
  Second
Quarter
  First
Quarter
 

Total revenues

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Expenses:

                                                 

Compensation and employee benefits

    23.1     38.4     38.4     38.3     39.9     38.9     38.1     37.2  

Transaction processing

    9.0     18.0     17.9     16.4     16.3     16.0     14.5     14.9  

Occupancy and equipment

    6.4     11.8     10.3     9.6     9.9     11.1     10.8     11.0  

Telecommunications and data processing services

    5.8     10.6     9.3     8.5     8.7     9.6     9.1     9.2  

Other general and administrative

    8.9     18.2     30.2     11.9     12.9     15.0     15.0     13.9  

Restructuring charges

                                 

Interest expense

    0.2     0.4     0.3     0.3     0.4     0.4     0.4     0.4  

Total expenses

    53.4     97.4     106.4     85.0     88.1     91.0     87.9     86.6  

Income before income tax expense

    46.6     2.6     (6.4 )   15.0     11.9     9.0     12.1     13.4  

Income tax expense

    10.0     0.4     0.9     3.7     3.2     0.5     2.7     3.5  

Net income

    36.6 %   2.2 %   (7.3 )%   11.3 %   8.7 %   8.5 %   9.4 %   9.9 %

(a)
Fourth quarter of 2015 results include the non-recurring gain on the sale of the subsidiaries conducting the Company's energy research business to an affiliate of Warburg Pincus (see Note 5, Acquisitions and Divestitures ) as well as a tax charge resulting from the amendment of the capital structure of our principal holding company outside North America (see Note 9, Income Taxes ).

(b)
Second quarter of 2015 results include the final settlement with the SEC to pay an aggregate amount of $20.3 million in connection with the SEC's investigation into a proprietary trading pilot operated during 2010 and 2011 as well as $2.3 million in legal and other settlement related costs incurred during the quarter.

(24) Subsequent Event

        On January 29, 2016, ITG Inc., as borrower, and Parent Company, as guarantor, entered into a new $150 million 364-day revolving credit agreement (the "New Credit Agreement") with a syndicate of banks and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. The New Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature that allows for potential expansion of the facility up to $225 million. The terms and conditions of the New Credit Agreement are similar to the initial Credit Agreement that matured in January 2016 (see Note 14, Borrowings ), except that the unused commitment fee is 0.75%.

97


Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

        There were no changes in, or disagreements with, accountants reportable herein.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        The management of ITG is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. ITG's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of ITG's chief executive and chief financial officers, and affected by ITG's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of ITG's financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP and includes policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of ITG, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of ITG are being made only in accordance with authorizations of ITG's management and directors and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of ITG's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.

        Management assessed the effectiveness of ITG's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) . Based on its assessment and those criteria, management has concluded that ITG maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.

        The effectiveness of ITG's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015 has been audited by KPMG LLP, ITG's independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report on the following page, which expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of ITG's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015.

98


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investment Technology Group, Inc.:

        We have audited Investment Technology Group, Inc.'s (the Company) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, Investment Technology Group, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial condition of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and our report dated February 29, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York
February 29, 2016

99


Table of Contents

Item 9B.    Other Information

        None.


PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.    Principal Accounting Fees and Services

        Information with respect to this item is contained in the Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

        Included in Part II of this report:

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  52

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition

  53

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  54

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

  55

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

  56

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  57

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  58

(a)(2) Schedules

        Schedules are omitted because the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.

100


Table of Contents

(a)(3) Exhibits

Exhibits
Number
  Description
     3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

   3.2

 

Amended and Restated By-laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2014).

 

   4.1

 

Form of Certificate for Common Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 10.1

 

Credit Agreement, dated January 31, 2014 by and among ITG Inc., Investment Technology Group, Inc., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, Bank of America, N.A. and Bank of Montreal, as syndication agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Amended Annual Report on Form 10-K/A (Amendment No. 2) for the year ended December 31, 2013).

 

 10.2

*

Credit Agreement, dated January 29, 2016 by and among ITG Inc., Investment Technology Group, Inc., the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties thereto as lenders, Bank of America, N.A. and Bank of Montreal, as syndication agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent.

 

 10.3

 

Lease, dated October 4, 1996 between Spartan Madison Corp. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

 

 10.3.1

 

First Supplemental Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1997 between Spartan Madison Corp. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.4 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

 

 10.3.2

 

Second Supplemental Agreement, dated as of November 25, 1997 between Spartan Madison Corp. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.5 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997).

 

 10.3.3

 

Third Supplemental Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1999 between Spartan Madison Corp. and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.9 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 10.3.4

 

Fourth Supplemental Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2006 between TAG 380, LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006).

 

 10.4

 

Lease, dated as of February 24, 2012, between Brookfield Properties OLP Co. LLC and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

 10.5

(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Pay-For-Performance Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

101


Table of Contents

Exhibits
Number
  Description
   10.5.1 (†) Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Pay-For-Performance Incentive Plan (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).

 

 10.6

(†)

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010).

 

 10.6.1

(†)

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).

 

 10.7

(†)

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Employees (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.7.1

(†)

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Employees (2014).

 

 10.8

(†)

Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011).

 

 10.8.1

(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).

 

 10.8.2

(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 9, 2015).

 

 10.8.3

(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015).

 

 10.9

(†)

Form of Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

 10.10

(†)

Form of KEEP Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and Executive Committee Members of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

 

 10.11

(†)

Form of Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014).

102


Table of Contents

Exhibits
Number
  Description
   10.12 (†) Form of Grant Notice under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and Executive Committee Members of the Company (2014) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).

 

 10.13

(†)

Form of Grant Notice (ExCo ROE Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and Executive Committee Members of the Company (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 9, 2015).

 

 10.14

*(†)

Form of Grant Notice (ExCo ROE Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and Executive Committee Members of the Company (2016).

 

 10.15

(†)

Form of Grant Notice (MD ROE Awards) under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan between the Company and certain employees of the Company (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014).

 

 10.16

(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).

 

 10.16.1

*(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (2015).

 

 10.17

(†)

Investment Technology Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated as of January 1, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4.7 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999).

 

 10.18

(†)

Form of Amended and Restated Change in Control Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010).

 

 10.19

(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19.2 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.19.1

(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Retainer Fee Subplan (2015) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015).

 

 10.20

(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5.3 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.20.1

(†)

Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

103


Table of Contents

Exhibits
Number
  Description
   10.20.2 (†) Amended and Restated Investment Technology Group, Inc. Directors' Equity Subplan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2015).

 

 10.21

(†)

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).

 

 10.22

(†)

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Stock Unit Grant Agreement (Annual Stock Units) for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012).

 

 10.23

(†)

Form of Investment Technology Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007).

 

 10.24

(†)

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 20, 2010, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Robert C. Gasser (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).

 

 10.25

(†)

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Grant Agreement between Investment Technology Group, Inc and Robert C. Gasser (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007).

 

 10.26

(†)

Offer letter dated December 21, 2009 between Steven R. Vigliotti and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).

 

 10.27

(†)

Amended and Restated Employee Advisor Agreement, dated May 30, 2008, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Raymond L. Killian, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008).

 

 10.28

(†)

Retirement Agreement and General Release, effective August 1, 2011 between Christopher Heckman and Investment Technology Group, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012).

 

 10.29

(†)

Employment Agreement, dated October 16, 2015, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Francis J. Troise, including forms of Stock Unit Grant Agreements and a form of a Nonqualified Stock Option Grant Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2015).

 

 10.30

(†)

Employment Letter, dated October 15, 2016, between Investment Technology Group, Inc. and R. Jarrett Lilien (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 19, 2015).

 

 10.31

*(†)

Stock Unit Grant Agreement, dated as of October 19, 2015, between Investment Technology Group. Inc. and R. Jarrett Lilien.

 

 10.32

*

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 5, 2015, by and among Investment Technology Group, Inc., ITG Global Trading Incorporated, ITG Solutions Network, Inc., ITG Investment Research, Inc., Kratos U.S., Inc. and Kratos Energy Research Canada Inc.

104


Table of Contents

Exhibits
Number
  Description
   21.1 * Subsidiaries of Company.

 

 23.1

*

Consent of KPMG LLP.

 

 31.1

*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification.

 

 31.2

*

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification.

 

 32.1

**

Section 1350 Certification.

 

 101.INS

*

XBRL Report Instance Document.

 

 101.SCH

*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

 

 101.PRE

*

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 101.CAL

*

XBRL Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

 101.LAB

*

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.

 

 101.DEF

*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

*
Filed herewith.

**
Furnished herewith.

(†)
Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements.

See list of exhibits at Item 15(a)(3) above and exhibits following.

105


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

    INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

Steven R. Vigliotti
Chief Financial Officer and
Duly Authorized Signatory of Registrant

 

 

Dated: February 29, 2016

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MINDER CHENG

Minder Cheng
  Chairman of Board of Directors   February 29, 2016

/s/ FRANCIS J. TROISE

Francis J. Troise

 

Chief Executive Officer, President
and Director

 

February 29, 2016

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

Steven R. Vigliotti

 

Managing Director and Chief
Financial Officer (Principal Financial
Officer)

 

February 29, 2016

/s/ ANGELO BULONE

Angelo Bulone

 

Managing Director and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 29, 2016

/s/ BRIAN G. CARTWRIGHT

Brian G. Cartwright

 

Director

 

February 29, 2016

/s/ TIMOTHY L. JONES

Timothy L. Jones

 

Director

 

February 29, 2016

/s/ R. JARRETT LILIEN

R. Jarrett Lilien

 

Director

 

February 29, 2016

/s/ T. KELLEY MILLET

T. Kelley Millet

 

Director

 

February 29, 2016

/s/ LEE SHAVEL

Lee Shavel

 

Director

 

February 29, 2016

/s/ STEVEN S. WOOD

Steven S. Wood

 

Director

 

February 29, 2016

106




Exhibit 10.2

 

 

$150,000,000

 

CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

among

 

ITG INC.,

 

as Borrower,

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

as Guarantor,

 

The Several Lenders from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

 

and

 

BANK OF MONTREAL,

 

as Syndication Agents,

 

and

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,

 

as Administrative Agent

 

Dated as of January 29, 2016

 

 

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC, BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP. and

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

 

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

SECTION 1.

DEFINITIONS

1

 

 

 

1.1

Defined Terms

1

1.2

Other Definitional Provisions

23

 

 

 

SECTION 2.

AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

24

 

 

 

2.1

Revolving Commitments

24

2.2

Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing

25

2.3

Swingline Loans

25

2.4

Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans

26

2.5

Commitment Fees, etc.

28

2.6

Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments

28

2.7

Optional Prepayments

28

2.8

Daily Calculation of Loan Value; Mandatory Prepayments; Release of Pledged Eligible Assets

28

2.9

Interest Rates and Payment Dates

29

2.10

Computation of Interest and Fees

30

2.11

Pro Rata Treatment and Payments

30

2.12

Requirements of Law

31

2.13

Taxes

31

2.14

Change of Lending Office

34

2.15

Replacement of Lenders

34

2.16

Defaulting Lenders

34

2.17

Incremental Commitments

35

 

 

 

SECTION 3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

36

 

 

 

3.1

Financial Condition

36

3.2

No Change

36

3.3

Existence; Compliance with Law

37

3.4

Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations

37

3.5

No Legal Bar

37

3.6

Litigation

37

3.7

No Default

38

3.8

Ownership of Property; Liens

38

3.9

Intellectual Property

38

3.10

Taxes

38

3.11

Federal Regulations

38

3.12

ERISA

38

3.13

Membership in FINRA; Registration, etc.

39

3.14

Subsidiaries

39

3.15

Use of Proceeds

39

3.16

Environmental Matters

39

 



 

3.17

Accuracy of Information, etc.

40

3.18

Security Documents

40

3.19

Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

41

 

 

 

SECTION 4.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

41

 

 

 

4.1

Conditions to Closing Date

41

4.2

Conditions to Each Extension of Credit

42

 

 

 

SECTION 5.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

43

 

 

 

5.1

Financial Statements

43

5.2

Certificates; Other Information

44

5.3

Payment of Obligations

45

5.4

Maintenance of Existence; Compliance

45

5.5

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

45

5.6

Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions

45

5.7

Notices

45

5.8

Compliance with Regulatory Requirements

46

5.9

Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

46

 

 

 

SECTION 6.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

46

 

 

 

6.1

Financial Condition Covenants

46

6.2

Liens

47

6.3

Fundamental Changes

48

6.4

Disposition of Property

49

6.5

Restricted Payments

50

6.6

Capital Expenditures

50

6.7

Investments

50

6.8

Transactions with Affiliates

51

6.9

Changes in Fiscal Periods

51

6.10

Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions

51

6.11

Lines of Business

51

 

 

 

SECTION 7.

GUARANTEE

52

 

 

 

7.1

Guarantee

52

7.2

No Subrogation

52

7.3

Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations

52

7.4

Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional

53

7.5

Reinstatement

53

7.6

Payments

54

 

 

 

SECTION 8.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

54

 

 

 

SECTION 9.

THE AGENTS

56

 



 

9.1

Appointment

56

9.2

Delegation of Duties

56

9.3

Exculpatory Provisions

57

9.4

Reliance by Administrative Agent

57

9.5

Notice of Default

57

9.6

Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders

57

9.7

Indemnification

58

9.8

Agent in Its Individual Capacity

58

9.9

Successor Administrative Agent

58

9.10

Syndication Agents

59

 

 

 

SECTION 10.

MISCELLANEOUS

59

 

 

 

10.1

Amendments and Waivers

59

10.2

Notices

60

10.3

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

61

10.4

Survival of Representations and Warranties

61

10.5

Payment of Expenses

61

10.6

Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments

62

10.7

Adjustments; Set-off

65

10.8

Counterparts

65

10.9

Severability

66

10.10

Integration

66

10.11

GOVERNING LAW

66

10.12

Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers

66

10.13

Acknowledgements

66

10.14

Releases of Guarantees and Liens

67

10.15

Confidentiality

67

10.16

WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL

68

10.17

USA PATRIOT Act

68

 



 

SCHEDULES :

 

1.1A

Commitments

1.1B

Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships

1.1C

Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries

3.1

Guarantee Obligations

3.4

Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

3.12

ERISA

3.14

Subsidiaries

3.18(a) 

UCC Filing Jurisdictions

6.2(f)

Existing Liens

6.6

Exempt Capital Expenditures

6.7(h)

Existing Investments

 

EXHIBITS :

 

A

Form of Security Agreement

B

Form of Compliance Certificate

C

Form of Closing Certificate

D

Form of Assignment and Assumption

E

Form of Exemption Certificate

F

Form of Borrowing Request

G

Form of Pledged Eligible Assets Notice

H

Form of Borrowing Base B Limit Notice

 



 

CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of January 29, 2016, among ITG INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Guarantor ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Incremental Lender, the “ Lenders ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. and BANK OF MONTREAL, as syndication agents (in such capacities, the “ Syndication Agents ”) and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as administrative agent.

 

The parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         DEFINITIONS

 

1.1          Defined Terms As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

 

Administrative Agent ”:  JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., together with its Affiliates, as the arranger of the Commitments and as the administrative agent for the Lenders under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with any of its successors.

 

Affiliate ”:  as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.  For purposes of Section 6.8, “Affiliate” shall also include a Person with the power, directly or indirectly, to vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person.

 

Agent Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 9.7.

 

Agents ”:  the collective reference to the Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agents.

 

Agreement ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Anti-Corruption Laws ”:  all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower, the Guarantor or their respective Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

 

Applicable Margin ”:  2.50%.

 

Applicable Percentage ”:  as to any Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Commitment then constitutes of the Total Commitments or, at any time after the Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal

 



 

amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans then outstanding.

 

Approved Fund ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(b).

 

Assignee ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(b).

 

Assignment and Assumption ”:  an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit D.

 

Available Commitment ”:  as to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender’s Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided , that in calculating any Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender’s Available Commitment pursuant to Section 2.5(a), the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

 

Bankruptcy Event ”: with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided , further , that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

 

Benefited Lender ”:  as defined in Section 10.7(a).

 

Board ”:  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

 

Borrower ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Borrowing ”:  Revolving Loans made or continued by the Lenders, or Swingline Loans made or continued by the applicable Swingline Lenders, in either case on the same date.

 

Borrowing Base A Loans ”:  any Loans which are secured by Pledged Eligible Assets.

 

Borrowing Base B Limit ”:  at any time, an amount equal to 80% of the excess, if any, of the Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits at such time over the Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits in effect as at the close of business on the day in the prior calendar month (or, if the certificate for such prior calendar month with respect to Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits has not been required to be delivered pursuant to

 

2



 

Section 5.2(c), the preceding calendar month) that was the day having the 10 th  lowest Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits during such calendar month.

 

Borrowing Base B Limit Notice ”:  as defined in Section 2.2(a).

 

Borrowing Base B Loans ”:  any Loans the purpose and use of which is to satisfy NSCC Deposit Requirements.

 

Borrowing Date ”:  any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the Borrower requests the Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

 

Borrowing Request ”:  as defined in Section 2.2(a).

 

Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships ”:  (a) the memberships of each Broker Dealer Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary with NSCC, DTC and FINRA, (b) the other memberships listed on Schedule 1.1B of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary, (c) the licenses with Governmental Authorities listed on Schedule 1.1B of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary.

 

Broker-Dealer Registrations ”:  the registrations of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary with the SEC and all other Governmental Authorities which require registration and have jurisdiction over such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary.

 

Broker-Dealer Subsidiaries ”: the Subsidiaries of the Guarantor listed on Schedule 1.1C and any other Subsidiary of the Guarantor that becomes a registered broker-dealer after the date hereof.

 

Business ”:  as defined in Section 3.16(b).

 

Business Day ”:  a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close, provided , that with respect to determinations of the Eurodollar Rate, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

 

Capital Expenditures ”:  for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of furniture, fixtures and equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

 

Capital Lease Obligations ”:  as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any

 

3



 

lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Capital Stock ”:  any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

 

Cash Equivalents ”:  (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States Government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000; (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-1 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“ S&P ”) or P-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least A by S&P or A by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; (g) money market mutual or similar funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition; or (h) money market funds that (1) comply with the criteria set forth in SEC Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (2) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (3) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000 or (i) instruments equivalent to those referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above denominated in Euros or any other foreign currency comparable in credit quality and tenor to

 

4



 

those referred to above and commonly used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction.

 

Closing Date ”:  the date on which the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.1 shall have been satisfied, which date shall not be later than January 29, 2016.

 

Code ”:  the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

Collateral ”:  all property and assets of the Borrower with respect to which a Lien is purported to be granted in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to a Security Document.

 

Commitment ”:  as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender to make Revolving Loans and participate in Swingline Loans in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth under the heading “Commitment” opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1.1A, in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender became a party hereto, or in the Incremental Assumption Agreement pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Incremental Commitment, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof.  The original amount of the Total Commitments is $150,000,000.

 

Commitment Fee Rate ”:  0.75% per annum.

 

Commitment Period ”:  the period from and including the Closing Date to the Termination Date.

 

Commonly Controlled Entity ”:  an entity, whether or not incorporated, that is under “common control” with any Loan Party within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or is part of a group that includes any Loan Party and that is treated as a single employer with any Loan Party under Section 414 of the Code.

 

Compliance Certificate ”:  a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

Confidential Information Memorandum ”:  the Confidential Information Memorandum dated January 2016 and furnished to certain Lenders.

 

Consolidated EBITDA ”:  for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period plus , without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (a) income tax expense, (b) interest expense, amortization or writeoff of debt discount and debt issuance costs and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness, excluding any items in this clause (b) attributable to Excluded Debt, (c) depreciation and amortization expense, excluding

 

5


 

amortization expense attributable to Excluded Debt, (d) amortization of intangibles (including, but not limited to, goodwill) and organization costs, (e) any extraordinary or nonrecurring or unusual charges, expenses or losses, (f) non-recurring fees, expenses or charges related to any offering of equity interests, Investments permitted hereunder, Permitted Acquisitions or Indebtedness permitted hereunder (in each case, whether or not successful), (g) any net after-tax loss from discontinued operations and any net after-tax losses on disposal of discontinued operations; (h) any net after-tax losses, or any subsequent charges or expenses, attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions having occurred at any time other than in the ordinary course of business, (i) any non-cash impairment charges or asset write-off resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or No. 144 and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141; (j) any non-cash expense realized or resulting from any employee benefit plans, post-employment benefit plans, deferred stock compensation plan or grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights to officers, directors and employees of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries; (k) non-cash losses and expenses resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and fair value accounting pursuant to customary securities industries practices; (l) non-cash charges for deferred tax asset valuation allowances and (m) any amortization or depreciation or any one-time non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with any Permitted Acquisition that is consummated hereafter and minus , the sum of (a) to the extent included in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of (i) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains (including, whether or not otherwise includable as a separate item in the statement of such Consolidated Net Income for such period, gains on the sales of assets outside of the ordinary course of business), (ii) income tax benefits (to the extent not netted from income tax expense), (iii) any other non-cash income, (iv) any net after-tax income from discontinued operations and any net after-tax gains on disposal of discontinued operations, (v) any net after-tax gains attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions having occurred at any time other than in the ordinary course of business, (vi) any non-cash gains resulting from the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 or No. 144 and (vii) non-cash gains or income resulting from fair value accounting required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 and fair value accounting pursuant to customary securities industries practices and (b) any cash payments made during such period in respect of items described in clause (j) above subsequent to the fiscal quarter in which the relevant non-cash expenses or losses were reflected as a charge in the statement of Consolidated Net Income, all as determined on a consolidated basis.  For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”) pursuant to any determination of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the

 

6



 

Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period.  As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business of the Guarantor and/or its Subsidiaries or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of any Subsidiary and (b) yields gross proceeds to the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $1,000,000.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ”:  at any date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the four fiscal quarters of the Guarantor most recently ended on or prior to such date.

 

Consolidated Net Income ”:  for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded (a) the income (or deficit) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of the Guarantor or is merged into or consolidated with the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries, (b) the income (or deficit) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Guarantor) in which the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by the Guarantor or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions and (c) the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary is not at the time permitted by the terms of any Contractual Obligation (other than under any Loan Document) or Requirement of Law applicable to such Subsidiary; provided , further , that clause (c) above shall not exclude the undistributed earnings of any Subsidiary in situations where the only restriction on the ability of such Subsidiary to declare or pay dividends or make similar distributions arises from regulatory restrictions (or Contractual Obligations relating to compliance with law or regulatory restrictions).

 

7



 

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth ”:  at any date, all amounts that would, in conformity with GAAP, be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries under stockholders’ equity at such date minus the amount of all intangible items included therein, including, without limitation, goodwill, franchises, licenses, patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, service marks, brand names and write-ups of assets (but only to the extent that such items would be included on a consolidated balance sheet of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP).

 

Consolidated Total Debt ”:  at any date, the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries at such date, determined on a consolidated basis (to the extent such Indebtedness would be included on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP) but excluding Excluded Debt.

 

Continuing Directors ”:  the directors of the Guarantor on the Closing Date, and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of the Guarantor is recommended by at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors.

 

Contractual Obligation ”:  as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Credit Party ”: the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lenders or any other Lender.

 

Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 8, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

Defaulting Lender ”: any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion of its participations in Swingline Loans or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Borrower or any Credit Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by a Credit Party, acting in good faith, to provide a certification in writing from an authorized officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations (and is financially able to meet such obligations) to fund prospective Loans and participations in then outstanding Swingline Loans under this Agreement, provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon such Credit Party’s receipt of such certification in form and substance satisfactory to it and the Administrative Agent, or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event.

 

8



 

Deficiency ”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

 

Deficiency Notice ”: as defined in Section 2.8(a).

 

Disposition ”:  with respect to any property, any sale, lease, Sale/Leaseback Transaction, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof.  The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Diversified Pool ”: at any time, all Pledged Eligible Assets not included at such time in the Non-Diversified Pool.

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ”:  dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

 

Domestic Subsidiary ”:  any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States.

 

DTC ”: The Depository Trust Company and its successors and assigns.

 

Eligible Assets ”: at any time, common and preferred equity securities, ADRs and exchange-traded funds that are, in each case, then listed on the NYSE, NASDAQ or Amex (regardless of the venue used to execute trades with respect to such securities); provided , in any event, that “ Eligible Assets ” shall not include leveraged exchange-traded funds, synthetic exchanged-traded funds (other than Qualified Synthetic ETFs), warrants, options, limited partnership interests or convertible preferred securities; and provided further that (i) for purposes of determining the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets in the Diversified Pool, securities issued by any single issuer and its Affiliates (other than Eligible ETFs) shall constitute “Eligible Assets” only to the extent that the Market Value of such securities of such single issuer and its Affiliates does not exceed 20% of the aggregate Market Value of all Pledged Eligible Assets in the Diversified Pool at such time and (ii) for purposes of determining the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets in the Non-Diversified Pool, securities issued by any single issuer and its Affiliates (other than Eligible ETFs) shall constitute “Eligible Assets” only to the extent that the Market Value of such securities of such single issuer and its Affiliates does not exceed $30,000,000 at such time.

 

Eligible ETFs ”: any reasonably diversified exchange-traded funds that the Borrower requests be considered an “Eligible ETF” for purposes hereof, subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent to such exchange-traded fund being considered an “Eligible ETF” (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  For the avoidance of doubt, neither leveraged exchange-traded funds nor synthetic exchange-traded funds (other than Qualified Synthetic ETFs) shall constitute “Eligible ETFs”.

 

9



 

Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits ”: NSCC Margin Deposits, other than (x) any such deposits relating to individual transactions that are outstanding for more than five Business Days, (y) any portion of any NSCC Margin Deposit relating to losses incurred by the Borrower for its own account or the account of any of its Affiliates and (z) any portion of any NSCC Margin Deposit that, as reasonably determined by the Borrower, acting in good faith, is subject to any counterclaim deduction, defense, setoff or similar rights by NSCC or DTC other than to the extent constituting or arising out of the underlying obligation for which such deposit was delivered (but only to the extent of any such counterclaim, deduction, defense, setoff or similar rights).  The amount of Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits at any time shall not exceed the NSCC Deposit Requirements applicable to the Borrower at such time.

 

Environmental Laws ”:  any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning protection of human health or the environment, as now or may at any time hereafter be in effect.

 

ERISA ”:  the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”:  for any day, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves) under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

 

Eurodollar Base Rate ”:  for any day, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars for an interest period of one month commencing two Business Days thereafter appearing on Reuters Page LIBOR01 (or any successor or substitute page which displays an average ICE Benchmark Administration Interest Settlement Rate) as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day).  In the event that such rate does not so appear, the “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered Dollar deposits at or about 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day)  in the London interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on such day for an interest period of one month

 

10



 

commencing two Business Days thereafter. Notwithstanding the rate calculated in accordance with the foregoing, at no time shall the Eurodollar Base Rate be less than zero.

 

Eurodollar Rate ”:  for any day, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

 

 

Eurodollar Base Rate

 

 

1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements

 

 

Event of Default ”:  any of the events specified in Section 8, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

 

Exchange Act ”: as defined in Section 8(k)(i).

 

Excluded Debt ”: Indebtedness incurred (a) in the ordinary course of business by or on behalf of any Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that is (i) secured by marketable securities under customary terms (including, without limitation, all Borrowing Base A Loans) or (ii) unsecured but where such Subsidiary holds, or will have the right to hold pursuant to pending securities transactions and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, unencumbered marketable securities sufficient, at the time of the securities transaction which gave rise to any such Indebtedness, to refinance such Indebtedness in the ordinary course of business on a secured basis using such securities as collateral or (b) by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement in connection with Borrowing Base B Loans.

 

Excluded Taxes ”: any of the following Taxes: (a) net income taxes, franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) and branch profits taxes imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or Transferee) as a result of a present or former connection between the Administrative Agent or such Lender (or Transferee) and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from the Administrative Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document), (b) any Taxes to the extent such Taxes are imposed as a result of a Lender not providing the proper forms or other documentation described in Section 2.13(e) and (f), (c) United States withholding Taxes imposed pursuant to a Requirement of Law in effect at the time such Lender (or Assignee) becomes a party to this Agreement, except to the extent that such Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment, to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such Taxes pursuant to Section 2.13 or (d) any United States withholding Taxes that are imposed as a result of any relocation of a Lender’s office to which payment by the Borrower is made and which relocation occurs after the Lender becomes a Lender.

 

11



 

Existing Credit Agreement ”:  the Credit Agreement, dated January 31, 2014, among the Borrower, the Guarantor, the lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., and Bank of Montreal as syndication agents, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.

 

FATCA ”: Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as of the date hereof and any existing or future regulations or official interpretations thereof.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by interbank Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three interbank Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it; provided , however , that in each case,  notwithstanding the rate calculated in accordance with the foregoing, at no time shall the Federal Funds Effective Rate be less than zero.

 

Federal Funds Rate ”: for any day for any Borrowing, a rate per annum equal to the greatest of (a) the rate of interest per annum on the offered side of the Federal funds market quoted by a Federal funds broker selected by the Administrative Agent at the approximate time of such Borrowing (for the first day of such Borrowing and until the next Business Day) and 12:00 Noon (New York City time) (for each subsequent Business Day while such Borrowing is outstanding and until the next Business Day), selected by the Administrative Agent, for Federal Funds, (b) the Eurodollar Rate for a one-month interest period commencing two business days after such day and (c) the overnight bank funding rate in effect on such day, if any; provided , however , that in each case,  notwithstanding the rate calculated in accordance with the foregoing, at no time shall the Federal Funds Rate be less than zero.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Federal Funds Rate shall be determined on each Business Day on which a Borrowing of Loans is requested or outstanding, as provided herein.

 

Fee Payment Date ”:  (a) the third Business Day following the last day of each March, June, September and December and (b) the last day of the Commitment Period.

 

FINRA ”:  the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or any other self-regulatory body which succeeds to the functions of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 

FOCUS Report ”: the Financial and Operational Combined Uniform Single Report on Form X-17A-15. A “Part II FOCUS Report” is a report filed on Form X-17A-5 Part II.

 

Funding Default ”: the failure by a Defaulting Lender to fund any portion of its Loans as of the time required to be funded by it hereunder or to acquire participating interests in Swingline Loans in accordance with Section 2.4.

 

Funding Office ”:  the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 10.2 or such other office as may be specified

 

12



 

from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

GAAP ”:  generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time, except that (i) for purposes of Section 6.1, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 and (ii) right-to-use assets and lease commitment liabilities arising from lease-related Accounting Changes effected at any time after the Closing Date, to the extent such assets and liabilities would not have been classified or recognized as assets or liabilities under GAAP as in effect as of the Closing Date, shall not be given effect for any purpose under this Agreement.  In the event that any “Accounting Change” (as defined below) shall occur and such change results in a change in the method of calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then, at the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to reflect equitably such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made.  Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred.  “Accounting Changes” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.

 

Governmental Authority ”:  any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).

 

Group Members ”:  the collective reference to the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries.

 

Guarantee Obligation ”:  as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation, including a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation, of the guaranteeing Person that guarantees or in effect guarantees, or which is given to induce the creation of a separate obligation by another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) that guarantees or in effect guarantees, any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary

 

13



 

obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business.  The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

 

Guarantor ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Increased Amount Date ”: as defined in Section 2.17(a).

 

Incremental Amount ” shall mean, at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) $75.0 million over (b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Commitments established prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.17.

 

Incremental Assumption Agreement ”: an Incremental Assumption Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and one or more Incremental Lenders.

 

Incremental Commitment ”: any increased or incremental Commitment provided pursuant to Section 2.17.

 

Incremental Lender ”: a Lender with a Commitment or an outstanding Revolving Loan as a result of an Incremental Commitment.

 

Indebtedness ”:  of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and (ii) earn-out

 

14



 

obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such Person in accordance with GAAP), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit, surety bonds or similar arrangements, (g) the liquidation value of all mandatorily redeemable preferred Capital Stock of such Person, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, (j) for the purposes of Section 8(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Swap Agreements and (k) for the purposes of Section 8(e) only, all obligations or liabilities of such Person arising from a Repo Transaction; provided , that the term “Indebtedness” shall not include (A) payments with respect to deferred employee compensation and (B) agreements providing for indemnification, for the adjustment of purchase price or for similar adjustments in connection with a Permitted Acquisition or a Disposition permitted by Section 6.4.  The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

 

Indemnified Liabilities ”: as defined in Section 10.5.

 

Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 10.5.

 

Insolvency ”:  with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

 

Insolvent ”:  pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

 

Intellectual Property ”:  the collective reference to all rights, priorities and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses, technology, know-how and processes, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any

 

15


 

infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

 

Interest Payment Date ”:  the last day of each March, June, September and December.

 

Investments ”:  as defined in Section 6.7.

 

IRS ”: as defined in Section 2.13(f).

 

Lenders ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Lien ”:  any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

Limited Permitted Liens ”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

 

Liquidity Ratio ”:  at any time, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) unencumbered marketable securities (after taking into account prudent and customary financing haircuts) and cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Borrower that would not be reflected as “restricted” or “segregated” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (ii) Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits (solely to the extent of the lesser of (x) the excess, if any, of the Borrowing Base B Limit at such time over the aggregate amount of all Borrowing Base B Loans outstanding on such date and (y) the Available Commitments) to (b) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of its unsecured Indebtedness and accrued compensation liabilities, excluding (i) liabilities for intercompany advances funded by the Guarantor or one of its Subsidiaries with long-term capital and (ii) all Loans under this Agreement.

 

Loan ”:  any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Loan Documents ”:  this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes and any amendment, waiver, supplement or other modification to any of the foregoing.

 

Loan Parties ”:  the Borrower and the Guarantor.

 

Loan Value ”: (a) as to the Pledged Eligible Assets in the Diversified Pool at any time, the product of (i) 75% and (ii) the aggregate Market Value of all Pledged Eligible Assets as most recently determined by the Administrative Agent and (b) as to the Pledged Eligible Assets in the Non-Diversified Pool at any time, the product

 

16



 

of (i) 50% and (ii) the aggregate Market Value of all Pledged Eligible Assets as most recently determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Market Value ”: as to any Pledged Eligible Asset, the market value determined by the Administrative Agent in its usual and customary manner for loans to broker-dealers based on pricing information with respect to such Pledged Eligible Asset reasonably available to the Administrative Agent from one or more pricing services selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

 

Material Adverse Effect ”:  a material adverse effect on (a) the business, property, operations or financial condition of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder.  For the avoidance of doubt, any non-cash writedown of goodwill or other intangible assets shall not in and of itself be a Material Adverse Effect for purposes hereof.

 

Material Group Member ”: the Borrower, the Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary.

 

Material Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of the Guarantor that, as of the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor, had assets or revenues (on a consolidated basis including its Subsidiaries) with a value in excess of 2.0% of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor or 2.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Guarantor; provided , that in the event Subsidiaries that would otherwise not be Material Subsidiaries shall in the aggregate account for a percentage in excess of 5.0% of the consolidated assets of the Guarantor or 5.0% of the consolidated revenues of the Guarantor as of the end of and for the most recently completed fiscal year, then one or more of such Subsidiaries as designated by the Guarantor (or, if the Guarantor shall make no designation, one or more of such Subsidiaries in descending order based on their respective contributions to the consolidated assets of the Guarantor), shall be included as Material Subsidiaries to the extent necessary to eliminate such excess.

 

Materials of Environmental Concern ”:  any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined or regulated as such in or under any Environmental Law, including asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls and urea-formaldehyde insulation.

 

Multiemployer Plan ”:  a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

Net Capital ”: as defined in paragraph (c)(2) of Rule 15c3-1 of the Exchange Act.

 

17



 

Non-Diversified Pool ”: at any time, the Pledged Eligible Assets as noted in a notice by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent as being included in the “Non-Diversified Pool” at such time.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.15(b).

 

Non-Excluded Taxes ”:  as defined in Section 2.13(a).

 

Non-U.S. Lender ”:  as defined in Section 2.13(f).

 

Notes ”:  the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing Loans.

 

NSCC ”:  the National Securities Clearing Corporation.

 

NSCC Deposit Requirements ”:  cash collateral requirements established by NSCC in connection with securities clearing services provided by NSCC, as such requirements may be adjusted from time to time.

 

NSCC Margin Deposits ”:  deposits made by the Borrower with NSCC in connection with securities clearing services provided to it by NSCC.

 

Obligations ”:  the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses (including all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise.

 

Other Taxes ”:  any and all present or future stamp or documentary, recording or similar taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document (but not Excluded Taxes).

 

Participant ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(c).

 

18



 

Participant Register ”: as defined in Section 10.6(c).

 

Patriot Act ”: as defined in Section 10.17.

 

PBGC ”:  the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

 

Permitted Acquisition ”: any acquisition  by any Group Member of all or substantially all the assets of, or shares or other equity interests in, a Person or division or line of business of a Person, provided that (a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (b) the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, with the covenants contained in Section 6.1 recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries as if such acquisition and related financings or other transactions had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance.

 

Permitted Liens ”: as defined in the Security Agreement.

 

Person ”:  an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

 

Plan ”:  at a particular time, any employee benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which a Loan Party or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Pledged Eligible Assets ”: Eligible Assets that have been pledged to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders to secure the obligations of the Borrower in respect of Borrowing Base A Loans pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement.

 

Pledged Eligible Assets Notice ”: as defined in Section 2.2(a).

 

pro forma ”:  all pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any acquisition, investment, sale, disposition, merger or similar event shall reflect on a pro forma basis such event and, to the extent applicable, the historical earnings and cash flows associated with the assets acquired or disposed of and any related incurrence or reduction of Indebtedness, and may also reflect (x) any projected synergies or similar benefits expected to be realized as a result of such event to the extent such synergies or similar benefits would be permitted to be reflected in financial statements prepared in compliance with Article 11 of

 

19



 

Regulation S-X under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (y) any other demonstrable cost-savings and other synergies and adjustments not included in the foregoing clause (x) that are reasonably anticipated by the Borrower to be achieved in connection with any such event for the 12-month period following the consummation of such event, which the Borrower determines are reasonable and as set forth in a certificate of the chief financial officer of the Borrower; provided , that the aggregate additions to Consolidated EBITDA, for any period being tested, pursuant to this clause (y) shall not exceed 15% of the amount which could have been Consolidated EBITDA in the absence of the adjustment pursuant to this clause (y).

 

Properties ”: as defined in Section 3.16(a).

 

Proposed Change ”: as defined in Section 2.15(b).

 

Qualified Synthetic ETF ”:  a synthetic exchange-traded fund that (x) is not a levered exchange-traded fund and (y) has not entered into any derivative transaction with a counterparty other than a financial market utility that has been designated by the Financial Stability Oversight Council as systemically important under Title VIII of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (it being understood that with respect to clauses (x) and (y) above the Administrative Agent may rely on a certification of the Borrower).

 

Quarterly Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements ”: the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and the related statements of income and cash flows and the related notes, disclosures, and other narrative materials provided to FINRA on a quarterly basis.

 

Refunded Swingline Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.4.

 

Register ”:  as defined in Section 10.6(b).

 

Regulation U ”:  Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

 

Repo Transaction ”: any of the following: repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, sell buy backs and buy sell backs agreements, securities lending and borrowing agreements and any other agreement or transaction similar to those referred to above in this definition.

 

Reportable Event ”:  any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived as of the date hereof under PBGC Reg. § 4043.

 

Required Lenders ”:  at any time, Lenders holding more than 50% of the Total Commitments then in effect or, if all of the

 

20



 

Commitments have been terminated, the Total Extensions of Credit then outstanding, subject to Section 2.16.

 

Requirement of Law ”:  as to any Person, the Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws or other organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any reference in this Agreement to the adoption of or a change in a Requirement of Law after the date hereof (or substantially similar reference) shall be deemed to include (x) all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or by United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III and (y) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith, in each case, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

 

Responsible Officer ”:  the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, controller or head of operations), but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer or controller of such Loan Party.

 

Restricted Payments ”:  as defined in Section 6.5.

 

Revolving Extensions of Credit ”:  as to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding and (b) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.

 

Revolving Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.1(a).

 

Sale/Leaseback Transaction ”: an arrangement relating to property now owned or hereafter acquired by any Group Member whereby such Group Member transfers such property to a Person and a Group Member leases it from such Person, other than leases among Group Members.

 

Sanctions ”:  economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State or (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union Member State, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or other relevant sanctions authority.

 

21



 

Sanctioned Country ”:  at any time, a country or territory which is the subject or target of any Sanctions.

 

Sanctioned Person ”:  at any time, (a) any Person  listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or any European Union member state, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or other relevant sanctions authority (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons described in the foregoing clauses (a) or (b).

 

SEC ”:  the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and any analogous Governmental Authority.

 

Security Agreement ”: the Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof among the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, substantially in the form of Exhibit A, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Security Documents ”:  the collective reference to the Security Agreement and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

 

Single Employer Plan ”:  any Plan other than a Multiemployer Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA.

 

Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person.  Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Guarantor.

 

Supermajority Lenders ”:  at any time, Lenders holding more than 75% of the Commitments then in effect, or, if all of the Commitments have been terminated, the Total Extensions of Credit then outstanding, subject to Section 2.16.

 

Swap Agreement ”:  any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or derivative transaction or option or similar agreement involving, or settled by reference to, one or more rates, currencies, commodities, equity or debt instruments or securities, or

 

22



 

economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value or any similar transaction or any combination of these transactions; provided that no phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be a “Swap Agreement”.

 

Swingline Lenders ”:  each Lender designated as such by the Borrower, with the consent of such Lender, in a written or telephonic notice to the Administrative Agent for one or more Borrowings of Swingline Loans in an aggregate amount as so consented to by such Lender.

 

Swingline Loans ”:  as defined in Section 2.3.

 

Swingline Participation Amount ”:  as defined in Section 2.4.

 

Syndication Agents ”:  as defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Taxes ”:  as defined in Section 2.13(a).

 

Termination Date ”:  January 27, 2017.

 

Total Commitments ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Commitments then in effect.

 

Total Extensions of Credit ”:  at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit of the Lenders outstanding at such time.

 

Transferee ”:  any Assignee or Participant.

 

United States ”:  the United States of America.

 

U.S. Lender ”: as defined in Section 2.13(f).

 

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”:  as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

 

1.2          Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

(b)  As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP ( provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, all accounting or financial terms used herein shall be construed, and all

 

23



 

financial computations pursuant hereto shall be made, without giving effect to (x) any election under Accounting Standards Codification 825-10-25 (previously referred to as Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 159) (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of any Group Member at “fair value”, as defined therein or (y) any treatment of Indebtedness in respect of convertible debt instruments under Accounting Standards Codification 470-20 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any such Indebtedness in a reduced or bifurcated manner as described therein, and such Indebtedness shall at all times be valued at the full stated principal amount thereof), (ii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, Capital Stock, securities, revenues, accounts, leasehold interests and contract rights, and (v) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

(c)  The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

(d)  The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

 

SECTION 2.         AMOUNT AND TERMS OF COMMITMENTS

 

2.1          Revolving Commitments .  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Commitment Period, at such times as the Borrower may request in accordance with Section 2.2, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided , however , that (i) no Revolving Loan shall be made to the extent the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans would exceed the Total Commitments, (ii) no Borrowing Base A Loans shall be made to the extent that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Borrowing Base A Loans would exceed  the aggregate Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets (including the Pledged Eligible Assets referred to in Section 2.2(a)(ii) with respect to such Revolving Loan) and (iii) no Borrowing Base B Loans shall be made to the extent that the aggregate amount of all Borrowing Base B Loans would exceed the Borrowing Base B Limit; provided further that Borrowing Base B Loans may not be borrowed on any date in any rolling period of 90 consecutive days if Borrowing Base B Loans have already been outstanding for 30 days during such period.  During the Commitment Period, the Borrower may borrow, prepay the Revolving Loans in whole or in part, and reborrow, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

 

(b)  The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Termination Date.

 

(c)  The failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Revolving Loans as required.

 

24



 

2.2          Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing. (a)  The Borrower may borrow Revolving Loans during the Commitment Period on any Business Day, provided that the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, no later than 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on the requested Borrowing Date, (i) irrevocable notice in substantially the form of Exhibit F hereto (a “ Borrowing Request ”), specifying (A) the amount of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (B) whether such Loans are to be Borrowing Base A Loans or Borrowing Base B Loans or a combination thereof and (C) the requested Borrowing Date and (ii) (A) in the case of Borrowing Base A Loans, a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit G (a “ Pledged Eligible Assets Notice ”) detailing the Pledged Eligible Assets that will secure the requested Loans and (B) in the case of Borrowing Base B Loans, a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit H (a “ Borrowing Base B Limit Notice ”) detailing the Borrowing Base B Limit, after giving effect to the borrowing of the Borrowing Base B Loans requested thereby and application of the proceeds thereof as Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits (which shall not be less than the aggregate principal amount of the Borrowing Base B Loans to be outstanding after giving effect to the Borrowing Base B Loans requested in the related Borrowing Request).  The Borrowing Request and Pledged Eligible Assets notice, if applicable, shall be delivered by facsimile transmission (with any such transmission deemed delivered upon receipt by Borrower of a facsimile transmission confirmation) to the Loan & Agency and IB Loan Operations Departments of the Administrative Agent at the addresses set forth in Section 10.2.  The Borrower shall give notification, by telephone, to the Administrative Agent that the Borrowing Request and Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, if applicable, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent.  Upon its receipt of a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, the Administrative Agent shall calculate the Loan Value of the Eligible Assets identified therein, including those referred to in clause (ii), and promptly notify the Borrower if the requirements of Section 2.1(a)(ii) are not satisfied.

 

(b)   Each borrowing under the Commitments shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof (or, if the then aggregate Available Commitments are less than $5,000,000, such lesser amount); provided , that each Swingline Lender may request, on behalf of the Borrower, borrowings under the Commitments in other amounts pursuant to Section 2.4.  Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof.  Each Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Funding Office promptly, but in any event prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower, in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  Such borrowing (or, in the case of a borrowing of Borrowing Base A Loans, the portion thereof which is covered by the Loan Value of the Eligible Assets identified in the applicable Pledged Eligible Assets Notice as calculated by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.2(a)) will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent by its transferring the aggregate amount made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders (or the relevant portion thereof) and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent to a settlement bank for the Borrower or to DTC or NSCC or otherwise as directed by the Borrower, in either case on behalf of the Borrower and as directed by it.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall transfer the proceeds of any Borrowing Base A Loans as set forth above prior to the related pledge of Eligible Assets being confirmed, so long as such Eligible Assets have been identified by the Borrower in a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice as being due to be delivered to it or otherwise become available through DTC on the same day as such Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement.

 

2.3          Swingline Loans. (a)  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lenders may, in their sole discretion, agree to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the Borrower under the Commitments from time to time during the Commitment Period by making swing line loans (“ Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower; provided that (i) the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swingline Loan to refinance or repay any outstanding Swingline Loan and (ii) the Borrower shall not request, and the Swingline Lenders shall not make, any Swingline Loans if, after giving effect to the

 

25


 

making of such Swingline Loans, the aggregate amount of the Available Commitments would be less than zero; provided , however , that (i) no Swingline Loan shall be made to the extent the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Loans would exceed the Total Commitments (ii) no Swingline Loan that is a Borrowing Base A Loan shall be made to the extent that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Borrowing Base A Loans would exceed the aggregate Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets (including the Pledged Eligible Assets referred to in Section 2.4(a)(ii) with respect to such Swingline Loan) and (iii) no Swingline Loan that is a Borrowing Base B Loan shall be made to the extent that the aggregate principal amount of all Borrowing Base B Loans would exceed the Borrowing Base B Limit; provided further that Borrowing Base B Loans may not be borrowed on any date in any rolling period of 90 consecutive days if Borrowing Base B Loans have already been outstanding on 30 days during such period.  During the Commitment Period, the Borrower may borrow, repay the Swingline Loans in whole or in part and reborrow, all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

 

(b)  The Borrower shall repay to the Swingline Lenders the then unpaid principal amount of any Swingline Loans on the earlier of the Termination Date and the fourth Business Day after such Swingline Loans are made.

 

(c)  For the avoidance of doubt, the provision of Swingline Loans by any Swingline Lender shall be in addition to, and shall not relieve such Lender from, its obligation to make Revolving Loans ratably in proportion to the amount of, its Commitment.

 

2.4          Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans. (a)  The Borrower may borrow Swingline Loans during the Commitment Period on any Business Day, subject to the consent of the applicable Swingline Lender or Swingline Lenders, provided that the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, no later than 4:00 P.M. (or such later time as agreed by such Swingline Lender), New York City time, on the requested Borrowing Date, (i) a Borrowing Request specifying (A) the amount of Swingline Loans to be borrowed and the Swingline Lender or Lenders that agreed to make such Swingline Loans (and the respective amounts thereof to be made by them), (B) whether such Loans are to be Borrowing Base A Loans or Borrowing Base B Loans or a combination thereof and (C) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Commitment Period) and (ii) in the case of Borrowing Base A Loans, a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice and in the case of Borrowing Base B Loans, a Borrowing Base B Limit Notice; provided further that Borrowing Base B Loans may not be borrowed on any date in any rolling period of 90 consecutive days if Borrowing Base B Loans have already been outstanding on 30 days during such period.  The Borrowing Request and Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, if applicable, shall be delivered by facsimile transmission (with any such transmission deemed delivered upon receipt by the Borrower of a facsimile transmission confirmation) to the Loan & Agency and IB Loan Operations Departments of the Administrative Agent at the addresses set forth in Section 10.2, with a copy to each applicable Swingline Lender.  The Borrower shall give notification, by telephone, to the Administrative Agent that the Borrowing Request has been delivered to the Administrative Agent.  Each Swingline Lender that has agreed to make Swingline Loans covered by such request shall promptly confirm such agreement to the Administrative Agent.  Upon its receipt of a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, the Administrative Agent shall calculate the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets, including those referred to in clause (ii), and promptly notify the Borrower and each applicable Swingline Lender if the requirements of Section 2.1(a)(ii) are not satisfied.

 

(b)  Each borrowing of Swingline Loans shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and shall be made by the applicable Swingline Lender or Lenders.  Not later than 5:00 P.M. (or, if earlier, within one hour following the Borrowing Request with respect thereto) on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, each Swingline Lender participating in such Swingline Loans shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of such Swingline

 

26



 

Loans to be made by such Swingline Lender.  The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swingline Loan (or, in the case of a Borrowing of Borrowing Base A Loans, the portion thereof which is covered by the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets as calculated by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.4(a)) available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by its transferring the aggregate amount made available to the Administrative Agent by such Swingline Lenders and in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent to a settlement bank for the Borrower or to DTC or NSCC or otherwise as directed by the Borrower, in either case on behalf of the Borrower and as directed by it.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall transfer the proceeds of any Swingline Loans that are Borrowing Base A Loans as set forth above prior to the related pledge of Eligible Assets being confirmed, so long as such Eligible Assets have been identified by the Borrower in a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice as being due to be delivered to it or otherwise become available through DTC on the same day as such Pledged Eligible Assets Notice, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Security Agreement.

 

(c)  Each Swingline Lender, at any time and from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion may, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs each Swingline Lender to act on its behalf), on notice given by such Swingline Lender on any Business Day no later than 4:00 P.M., New York City time to the Administrative Agent, which will in turn promptly notify each Lender, request each Lender to make, and each Lender hereby agrees to make, a Revolving Loan, in an amount equal to such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate amount of the Swingline Loans (the “ Refunded Swingline Loans ”) outstanding on the date of such notice, to repay the Swingline Lenders.  Each Lender shall make the amount of such Revolving Loan available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office in immediately available funds promptly, but in any event prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date of such notice.  The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall be immediately made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lenders on a ratable basis for application by the Swingline Lenders to the repayment of the Refunded Swingline Loans.  The Borrower irrevocably authorizes each Swingline Lender to charge the Borrower’s accounts with the Administrative Agent (up to the amount available in each such account) in order to immediately pay the amount of such Refunded Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from the Lenders are not sufficient to repay in full such Refunded Swingline Loans (with the proceeds of any such charge to be shared on a ratable basis with the other Swingline Lender in a manner consistent with the procedures described in Section 10.7(a)).

 

(d)  If prior to the time a Revolving Loan would have otherwise been made pursuant to Section 2.4(c), one of the events described in Section 8(f) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Borrower or if for any other reason, as determined by any Swingline Lender in its sole discretion, Revolving Loans may not be made as contemplated by Section 2.4(c), each Lender shall, on the date such Revolving Loan was to have been made pursuant to the notice referred to in Section 2.4(c), purchase for cash an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans by paying to the Administrative Agent for distribution to the applicable Swingline Lenders on a ratable basis an amount (the “ Swingline Participation Amount ”) equal to (i) such Lender’s Applicable Percentage times (ii) the sum of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding that were to have been repaid with such Revolving Loans.

 

(e)  Whenever, at any time after a Swingline Lender has received from any Lender such Lender’s Swingline Participation Amount in respect of the Swingline Loans made by such Swingline Lender, a Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, such Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender through the Administrative Agent its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans by such Swingline Lender then due);

 

27



 

provided , however , that in the event that such payment received by such Swingline Lender is required to be returned, such Lender will return to such Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by such Swingline Lender.

 

(f)  Each Lender’s obligation to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 2.4(d) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Lender or the Borrower may have against a Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (ii) the occurrence or continuance of a Default or an Event of Default or the failure to satisfy any of the other conditions specified in Section 4, (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower, (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Lender or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

2.5          Commitment Fees, etc.   (a)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender (subject to Section 2.16) a commitment fee for the period from and including the date hereof to the last day of the Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on each Fee Payment Date, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof.

 

(b)  The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees in the amounts and on the dates as set forth in any agreements with the Administrative Agent and to perform any other obligations contained therein.

 

2.6          Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments. The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Commitments.  Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $5,000,000, or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof, and shall reduce permanently the Commitments then in effect.

 

2.7          Optional Prepayments. The Borrower may at any time prior to 4:00 P.M., New York City Time, on any Business Day, prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent  no later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the date of such prepayment, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Borrowing Base A Loans or Borrowing Base B Loans.  Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.  If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.  Partial prepayments of Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.  Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

 

2.8          Daily Calculation of Loan Value; Mandatory Prepayments; Release of Pledged Eligible Assets.  (a)  At or prior to 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Business Day on which any Borrowing Base A Loans shall remain outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall calculate the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets (which calculation shall be made as of the close of business on the previous Business Day) and shall promptly provide such calculation to the Borrower.  In the event that the Administrative Agent determines that the aggregate principal amount of Borrowing Base A Loans

 

28



 

outstanding on such Business Day exceeds the Loan Value of such Pledged Eligible Assets (a “ Deficiency ”), the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of such Deficiency in writing (any such notice, a “ Deficiency Notice ”).  In the event of a Deficiency, the Borrower shall, within one Business Day of receipt of a Deficiency Notice, either prepay Borrowing Base A Loans in an amount at least equal to such Deficiency or pledge additional Eligible Assets with a Loan Value at least equal to such Deficiency.

 

(b)  At or prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on each Business Day on which any Borrowing Base B Loans shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Base B Limit Notice as of such Business Day.  In the event that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Borrowing Base B Loans exceeds the Borrowing Base B Limit, the Borrower shall, on such Business Day, prepay Borrowing Base B Loans in an amount sufficient to cure such deficiency.  The Borrower shall also prepay the Borrowing Base B Loans in full on the first Business Day on which Borrowing Base B Loans have been outstanding for more than 30 days in any rolling period of 90 consecutive days.

 

(c)  Any Pledged Eligible Asset shall be released from the pledge thereof in favor of the Lenders promptly upon the request of the Borrower; provided that (i) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at such time and (ii) a Deficiency would not be in existence after giving effect to such release and the anticipated receipt anytime on the date of such release of any cash proceeds to be used for the prepayment of Borrowing Base A Loans or additional Eligible Assets identified by the Borrower to be used as substitute Pledged Eligible Assets.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the requirements in clauses (i) and (ii) above are satisfied, the Administrative Agent shall release Pledged Eligible Assets prior to its receipt of the cash proceeds relating to the settlement of a sale of such Pledged Eligible Assets or the confirmation of a pledge to it of substitute Eligible Assets, so long as such cash proceeds or substitute Eligible Assets (including the source thereof) have been identified by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent as being due to be received by it on the same day.

 

(d)  Any prepayment made pursuant to this Section 2.8 shall be accompanied by a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent specifying the date and amount of such prepayment and whether such prepayment is of Borrowing Base A Loans or Borrowing Base B Loans.

 

2.9          Interest Rates and Payment Dates. (a)   Each Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(b)  (i) If any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder shall not be paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to the Loans plus 2% from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment) and (ii) if any Eligible Assets referred to in the last sentence of Section 2.2(b) are not pledged prior to the close of the DTC free pledge process on the same day as the Pledged Eligible Assets Notice relating to such Eligible Assets, if an Event of Default specified in Section 8 (c)(ii) shall occur and be continuing, the portion of the Borrowing Base A Loans then outstanding not covered by the Loan Value of the Pledged Eligible Assets shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to the Loans plus 2%.

 

(c)  Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that (i) interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand and (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan, accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment.

 

29



 

2.10        Computation of Interest and Fees. (a)   Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Federal Funds Rate.  Any change in the interest rate on a Loan shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective.  The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate.

 

(b)  Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error.  The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 2.11(a).

 

2.11        Pro Rata Treatment and Payments. (a)   Each borrowing of Revolving Loans by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders at the time thereof.

 

(b)  Subject to Section 2.16, each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Lenders.

 

(c)  All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be made prior to 4:00 P.M., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds.  Subject to Section 2.16, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received.  If any payment hereunder becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding sentence, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

 

(d)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to its receipt of a Borrowing Request with respect to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount.  If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon, at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent.  A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days after such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Loans, on demand, from the Borrower.

 

30



 

(e)  Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount.  If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate.  Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

 

2.12        Requirements of Law. (a)   If any Lender shall have determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law, including regarding capital adequacy, taxation, liquidity requirements or required or targeted reserves or special deposits, or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive, including regarding capital adequacy, taxation, liquidity requirements or required or targeted reserves or special deposits (whether or not having the force of law), from any Governmental Authority, made subsequent to the date hereof shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital or assets as a consequence of its obligations or Loans hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.  This Section 2.12 shall not apply with respect to any (i) Excluded Taxes, (ii) Non-Excluded Taxes imposed (x) on or with respect to any payments pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (y) on gross or net income, profits, or revenue (including franchise taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes or value-added or similar taxes), or (iii) Other Taxes, in each case, whether or not Borrower is responsible for such taxes pursuant to Section 2.13 (for the absence of doubt, the Borrower’s responsibility for any taxes pursuant to this Section 2.12 shall be without duplication of any additional amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.13).

 

(b)  A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any amounts incurred more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such nine-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect.  The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

2.13        Taxes. (a)  Except as otherwise provided by law, all payments made by or on account of any Loan Party under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions, withholdings or other charges now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto (such amounts, “ Taxes ”).  If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable withholding agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a withholding agent, then the applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or

 

31



 

withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is not an Excluded Tax (“ Non-Excluded Taxes ”), then the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.13) the applicable recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

(b)  In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

 

(c)  Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof or, if such receipt is not available from the Governmental Authority, other documentary evidence reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.  Without duplication of any additional amounts paid pursuant to Section 2.13(a), if (i) the applicable Loan Party fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority (and after having had the ability to contest in good faith the payment of such Taxes), (ii) the Borrower fails to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence or (iii) any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are directly imposed on the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Loan Parties shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any such Taxes that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure or direct imposition, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or assessed by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent or Lender provides proper documentation of the amount owing to such Governmental Authority.

 

(d)  Each Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent for the full amount of any Taxes that are attributable to such Lender (including any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.6 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register) and that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent, together with all interest, penalties, reasonable costs and expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, as determined by the Administrative Agent in good faith. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(e)  Each Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of any applicable withholding tax with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate; provided that such Lender is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and, with respect to any non-U.S. withholding taxes, in such Lender’s judgment the completion, execution or submission of any such documentation prescribed by the applicable law of such jurisdiction (other than any documentation prescribed by the applicable law of the jurisdiction in which such Lender is organized or its lending office is located) would not materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender or subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost.

 

(f)  Without limiting the generality of Section 2.13(e) above, each Lender that is not a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ” and any other lender, a “ U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been acquired) two copies of

 

32



 

either U.S. Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, as applicable, or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit E and an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, in each case, properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by or on behalf of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;.  Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any Participant, on or before the date such Participant acquires the related participation).  In the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not the beneficial owner of any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Lender under this Agreement, including a Non-U.S. Lender that is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent two properly completed and duly executed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY, together with the appropriate IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-8IMY, W-9 and/or portfolio interest certificate with respect to each beneficial owner, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code or the regulations thereunder, to establish that any such amounts may be received without deduction for, or at a reduced rate of, United States federal withholding tax,  In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall update such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender.  Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate or form to the Borrower.  Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related Participation shall have been purchased) two copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying such U.S. Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal withholding tax.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Lender is not legally able to deliver.  If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.

 

(g)  If the Administrative Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.13, it shall pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.13 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided , that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest (to the extent accrued from the date such refund is paid over to the Borrower) or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make

 

33



 

available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

(h)  The agreements in this Section 2.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

2.14        Change of Lending Office. Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 2.12 or 2.13(a) with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts to designate another lending office for any Loans affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided , that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.13(a).

 

2.15        Replacement of Lenders. (a)  The Borrower shall be permitted to replace, or terminate the Commitment of, any Lender that (A) requests or becomes entitled to (and does not waive) reimbursement for amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.13(a) or (B) becomes a Defaulting Lender; provided that (x) in the case of a replacement (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) prior to any such replacement, such Lender shall have taken no action under Section 2.14 that has eliminated the continued need for payment of amounts owing pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.13, (iv) the replacement financial institution shall purchase, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to such replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement, (v) the replacement financial institution shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and each Swingline Lender, if any, that holds Swingline Loans outstanding at the time of such replacement (such approvals not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (vi) the replaced Lender shall be obligated to make such replacement in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6 (provided that the Borrower shall be obligated to pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), and (vii) until such time as such replacement shall be consummated, the Borrower shall pay all additional amounts (if any) required pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.13, as the case may be, and (y) any such replacement or termination shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any rights that the Borrower, the Administrative Agent or any other Lender shall have against the replaced Lender.

 

(b)  If, in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination pursuant to Section 10.1 (a “ Proposed Change ”) requiring the consent of all affected Lenders, the consent of the Required Lenders is obtained, but the consent of other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained as described in this clause (b) being referred to as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), then, a Person or Persons designated by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each Swingline Lender, if any, that holds Swingline Loans at such time, shall have the right (but shall have no obligation) to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon the Borrower’s request, sell and assign to such Person or Persons, all of the Loans and Commitments of such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and fees with respect thereto through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated at par pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption; provided that such Person shall not be the Borrower or any of its Affiliates.

 

2.16        Defaulting Lenders . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

34



 

(a)  fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.5;

 

(b)   the Commitment and Loans of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders, the Supermajority Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment or waiver pursuant to Section 10.1), provided that any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender which affects such Defaulting Lender disproportionately when compared to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender; provided further that the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender cannot be increased or extended without such Defaulting Lender’s consent;

 

(c)  unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, any amount payable to such Defaulting Lender hereunder (whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise) shall, in lieu of being distributed to such Defaulting Lender, be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated account and, subject to any applicable requirements of law, be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent (i)  first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder, (ii)  second , to the funding of any Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent, and (iii)  third , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.16 are in addition to all other rights and remedies which the Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default and which the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default.

 

2.17        Incremental Commitments .

 

(a)  The Borrower may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent from time to time, request Incremental Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount from one or more Incremental Lenders (which may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Commitments, as the case may be, in their own discretion; provided , that (i) each Incremental Lender shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Swingline Lender (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) unless such Incremental Lender is a Lender, and (ii) each Incremental Commitment shall be on the same terms as the existing Commitments and in all respects shall become a part of the Commitments hereunder on such terms; provided, that, the Applicable Margin and Commitment Fee Rate applicable to the then-existing Commitments shall automatically be increased (but in no event decreased) to the extent necessary to cause any Incremental Commitment to comply with this clause (ii).  Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $10,000,000 (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may agree) or equal to the remaining Incremental Amount), (ii) the aggregate amount of Incremental Commitments, which shall not exceed the Incremental Amount, and (iii) the date on which such Incremental Commitments are requested to become effective (the “ Increased Amount Date ”).

 

(b)  The Borrower and each Incremental Lender shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Assumption Agreement.  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Assumption Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to increase the Commitments by the amount of the Incremental Commitments evidenced thereby.  Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in

 

35


 

writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrowers’ consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

 

(c)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Incremental Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.17 unless (i) on the date of such effectiveness, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (c) and (d) of Section 4.2 shall be satisfied and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such date and executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, and (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received legal opinions, board resolutions and other closing certificates and documentation to the extent reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, in each case consistent with those delivered on the Closing Date under Section 4.1 and such additional documents and filings as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to assure that the Revolving Loans in respect of Incremental Commitments are secured by the Collateral ratably with all other Revolving Loans.

 

(d)  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the Administrative Agent may take any and all action as may be reasonably necessary to ensure all Revolving Loans in respect of Incremental Commitments, when originally made, are included in each Borrowing of outstanding Revolving Loans on a pro rata basis.

 

SECTION 3.                             REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

 

3.1                                Financial Condition.   The audited consolidated balance sheets of each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries as at December 31, 2012, December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for the fiscal years ended on such dates, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from KPMG LLP, present fairly the consolidated financial condition of each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of their operations and consolidated cash flows for the respective fiscal years then ended.  The unaudited consolidated balance sheets of each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2015, June 30, 2015 and September 30, 2015, the unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2015 and the Quarterly Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for its fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2015, present fairly the consolidated financial condition of each Loan Party and its respective Subsidiaries as at such date, and the consolidated results of their operations and consolidated cash flows for the nine- or three-month, as the case may be, period then ended (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments).  All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firm of accountants and disclosed therein).  As of the Closing Date, the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, have no material Guarantee Obligations, material contingent liabilities or material liabilities for Taxes, or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this paragraph, referred in the notes thereto or described under the heading “Legal Proceedings” of the Guarantor’s Form 10-Q, filed November 9, 2015 (for the period ended September 30, 2015) or listed on Schedule 3.1 hereto.

 

3.2                                No Change. Except for matters that are specifically described in clauses (1) and (2) in the first paragraph and the second paragraph under the heading “Contingencies — Legal Matters” of

 

36



 

the Guarantor’s Form 10-Q, filed November 9, 2015 (for the period ended September 30, 2015), and any shareholder derivative proceedings related to such matters, since December 31, 2014, there has been no development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.3                                Existence; Compliance with Law. Each Material Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the power and authority, and the legal right, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) in the case of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary, has obtained the Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships and Broker-Dealer Registrations, which, in each case, are the licenses, memberships and registrations necessary in the normal conduct of its business, (d) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification and (e) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law, except, in the case of clauses (c), (d) and (e) above, to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.4                                Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. Each Loan Party has the power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit hereunder.  Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit on the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority, FINRA or any other Person is required in connection with the extensions of credit hereunder or with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 3.4, which consents, authorizations, filings and notices have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (ii) the filings referred to in Section 3.18 or (iii) such other consents, authorizations, filings and notices the failure to receive or make would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto.  This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

 

3.5                                No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, the borrowings hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof will not violate any Requirement of Law or any material Contractual Obligation of any Group Member and will not result in, or require, the creation or imposition of any material Lien on any of their respective properties or revenues pursuant to any Requirement of Law or any such material Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents).

 

3.6                                Litigation. Except for matters that are specifically described in clauses (1) and (2) in the first paragraph and the second paragraph under the heading “Contingencies — Legal Matters” of the Guarantor’s Form 10-Q, filed November 9, 2015 (for the period ended September 30, 2015), and any shareholder derivative proceedings related to such matters, no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority or FINRA is pending or, to the knowledge any Loan Party, threatened by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

37



 

3.7                                No Default. No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.  No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

3.8                                Ownership of Property; Liens. Each Group Member has title in fee simple to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its real property, and good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other property, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and none of such property of the Guarantor is subject to any Lien except as permitted by Section 6.2.

 

3.9                                Intellectual Property. Each Material Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted, except as may have been disclosed in a Loan Party’s filings with the SEC prior to the date hereof, no claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, nor does any Loan Party know of any valid basis for any such claim, and the use of Intellectual Property by each Material Group Member does not infringe on the rights of any Person in any respect, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.10                         Taxes. Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all Taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other Taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority other than (a) any Taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member or (b) except in the case of filing consolidated Federal income tax returns, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of any Loan Party, no material tax lien (other than any lien described in Section 6.2(a)) has been filed with respect to any such tax, fee or other charge.

 

3.11                         Federal Regulations. (a)  The Borrower is an “exempted borrower” within the meaning of such quoted term under Regulation U, and no part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board.

 

(b)  Each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary is a broker and dealer subject to the provisions of Regulation T of the Board.  Each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary maintains procedures and internal controls reasonably designed to ensure that such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary does not extend or maintain credit to or for its customers other than in accordance with the provisions of Regulation T, and members of each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that is a Domestic Subsidiary regularly supervise its activities and the activities of members and employees of such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary to insure that such Broker-Dealer Subsidiary does not extend or maintain credit to or for its customers other than in accordance with the provisions of Regulation T, except for occasional inadvertent failures to comply with Regulation T in connection with transactions which are not material either in number or amount.

 

3.12                         ERISA. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.12, neither a Reportable Event nor a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standards (within the meaning of Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code.  No termination of a Single Employer Plan has

 

38



 

occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single Employer Plan has arisen, during such five-year period.  The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by a material amount and there has been no determination that any Single Employer Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA).  No Loan Party or Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a material liability under ERISA, and no Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any material liability under ERISA if any such Loan Party or any such Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made.  No such Multiemployer Plan is Insolvent, and no Loan Party or Commonly Controlled Entity has received a notice of a determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA).

 

3.13                         Membership in FINRA; Registration, etc Each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary that (a) is a Domestic Subsidiary is a member in good standing of FINRA and is duly registered as a broker-dealer with the SEC and in each state where the conduct of a material portion of its business requires such registration and (b) is not a Domestic Subsidiary is duly registered as a broker-dealer with the applicable governing body where the conduct of its business requires such registration.  Each Loan Party is not an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.  No Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law (other than Regulation X of the Board) that limits its ability to borrow Loans under the provisions hereof.

 

3.14                         Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower in writing from time to time after the Closing Date, (a) Schedule 3.14 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of incorporation of each Subsidiary of a Loan Party and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of issued Capital Stock owned by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party and (b) all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or other ownership interests of such Subsidiaries have been (to the extent such concepts are relevant with respect to such ownership interests) duly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.

 

3.15                         Use of Proceeds. (a) The proceeds of the Borrowing Base A Loans shall be used to meet the liquidity needs of the Borrower arising as a result of or in connection with (i) financing security positions arising from non-standard settlements, (ii) financing security positions arising from disruptions caused by a default of a depositary or the rejection of securities deliveries in connection with executed trades or due to problems with the Fed Wire or other money transfer system, (iii) financing failed settlements, (iv) clearing fund deposit requirements, (v) on the Closing Date, refinancing any amounts outstanding under the Existing Credit Agreement or (vi) other working capital purposes.

 

(b) The proceeds of the Borrowing Base B Loans shall only be used to satisfy NSCC Deposit Requirements.

 

3.16                         Environmental Matters. Except as, in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)  the facilities and properties owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “ Properties ”) do not contain, and have not previously contained, any Materials of Environmental Concern in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute or constituted a violation of, or could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

 

39



 

(b)  no Group Member has received or is aware of any notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance, liability or potential liability regarding environmental matters or compliance with Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “ Business ”), nor does any Loan Party have knowledge or reason to believe that any such notice will be received or is being threatened;

 

(c)  Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that could give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor have any Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of at, on or under any of the Properties in violation of, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law;

 

(d)  no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or will be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees or other decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business;

 

(e)  there has been no release or threat of release of Materials of Environmental Concern at or from the Properties, or arising from or related to the operations of any Group Member in connection with the Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business, in violation of or in amounts or in a manner that could give rise to liability under Environmental Laws;

 

(f)  the Properties and all operations at the Properties are in compliance, and have in the last five years been in compliance, with all applicable Environmental Laws, and there is no contamination at, under or about the Properties or violation of any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business; and

 

(g)  no Group Member has assumed any liability of any other Person under Environmental Laws.

 

3.17                         Accuracy of Information, etc No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Confidential Information Memorandum or any other document, certificate or statement furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, taken as a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished (or, in the case of the Confidential Information Memorandum, as of the date of this Agreement), any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading; provided , that the projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount.

 

3.18                         Security Documents. The Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds thereof.  In the case of the Collateral described in the Security Agreement, when financing statements and other filings specified on Schedule 3.18(a) in appropriate

 

40



 

form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 3.18(a), the Security Agreement shall create a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Borrower in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the Security Agreement), in each case to the extent perfection can be obtained by filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or such other filings specified on Schedule 3.18(a)), in each case prior and superior in right to any other person (other than Permitted Liens).  In the case of the Collateral described in the Security Agreement a Lien on which can be perfected by control, when the Administrative Agent has control of such Collateral, the Security Agreement shall create a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person (except for Limited Permitted Liens), except to the extent otherwise provided in the Uniform Commercial Code.

 

3.19                         Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions .  The Borrower and the Guarantor have implemented and maintain in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, the Guarantor, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, and the Guarantor, the Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors, and to the knowledge of the Borrower and the Guarantor, their respective employees and agents, are in compliance with Anti-Corruption Laws and are in compliance with applicable Sanctions in all material respects and are not knowingly engaged in any activity that would reasonably be expected to result in the Borrower or the Guarantor being designated as a Sanctioned Person.  None of (a) the Guarantor, the Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective directors, officers or employees, or (b)  to the knowledge of the Guarantor or the Borrower, any agent of the Guarantor, the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries that will act in any capacity in connection with or benefit from the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person.  No Borrowing, use of proceeds or other transaction contemplated by the Credit Agreement will violate Anti-Corruption Laws or applicable Sanctions.

 

SECTION 4.                             CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

4.1                                Conditions to Closing Date.   The effectiveness of this Agreement and the obligation of each Lender to make Loans hereunder is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent (if not otherwise waived in accordance with Section 10.1) on the Closing Date:

 

(a)          Credit Agreement; Security Agreement.   The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement, executed and delivered by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower, the Guarantor and each Person listed on Schedule 1.1A and (ii) the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by the Borrower.

 

(b)          Financial Statements .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the financial statements referred to in Section 3.1 (it being understood that any public filing of such financials with the SEC shall constitute delivery of such financials).

 

(c)           Approvals .  All governmental and third party approvals (including shareholder approvals, if any) necessary in connection with the continuing operations of the Group Members and the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

 

(d)          Lien Searches .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search in each of the jurisdictions and offices in the United States where liens on material assets of the Borrower are required to be filed or recorded.

 

41



 

(e)           Fees .  The Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall have received all fees required to be paid, and all expenses for which invoices have been presented (including the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), on or before the Closing Date.

 

(f)            Closing Certificate; Certified Certificate of Incorporation; Good Standing Certificates .  The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments, including the certificate of incorporation of each Loan Party that is a corporation certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, and (ii) a long form good standing certificate for each Loan Party from its jurisdiction of organization.

 

(g)           Legal Opinions .  The Administrative Agent shall have received the following executed legal opinions:

 

(i)              the legal opinion of K&L Gates, counsel to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent; and

 

(ii)           the legal opinion of Angélique F.M. DeSanto, general counsel of the Guarantor, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

(h)          Filings, Registrations and Recordings .  Each document (including any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 6.2), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

 

(i)              Patriot Act and Anti-Money Laundering Legislation .  The Administrative Agent and the Lenders  shall have received all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” rules and the Patriot Act reasonably requested by such Person at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date in writing.

 

(j)             Existing Credit Agreement .  The Administrative Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Existing Credit Agreement shall have been terminated and all amounts thereunder (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full and (ii) satisfactory arrangements shall have been made for the termination of all Liens granted in connection therewith.

 

4.2                                Conditions to Each Extension of Credit.   The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on any date is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)               Borrowing Notices .  The Administrative Agent and, in the case of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender or Swingline Lenders, shall have received a Borrowing Request and a Pledged Eligible Assets Notice or a Borrowing Base B Limit Notice, as

 

42



 

applicable and each required telephonic notice provided in Sections 2.2(a) and 2.4(a), as applicable.

 

(b)               DTC Pledge .  With respect to Borrowing Base A Loans, the Borrower shall have instructed DTC to credit the Eligible Assets contemplated to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.1 or 2.3, as applicable, as identified in the applicable Pledged Eligible Assets Notice to the pledgee account of the Administrative Agent with DTC upon, if necessary, delivery of such Eligible Assets to the Borrower or payment by it therefor.

 

(c)                Representations and Warranties .  Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date or, if such representation and warranty relates to a specific date, then as of such date; and, in the case of a Borrowing Base A Loan to be secured with Pledged Eligible Assets from a Non-Diversified Pool, such Pledged Eligible Assets are designated to be delivered by the Borrower pursuant to a purchase or sale transaction at an agreed price.

 

(d)               No Default .  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

 

Each borrowing by the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 4.2 have been satisfied.

 

SECTION 5.                             AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect or any Loan or other amount (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder, such Loan Party shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

5.1                                Financial Statements.   Furnish to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly furnish such information to the Lenders):

 

(a)          not later than the earlier of (x) 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Guarantor and (y) the date on which the same is required to be filed with the SEC, (i) a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and (ii) a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such fiscal year, in each case reported on without a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by KPMG LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing; and

 

43



 

(b)          (i) not later than the earlier of (x) 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Guarantor and (y) the date on which the same is required to be filed with the SEC, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year, certified by a Responsible Officer of the Guarantor as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments), and (ii) not later than 45 days after the end of each quarterly period of each fiscal year of the Borrower, the Part II FOCUS Report of the Borrower for such quarter.

 

All such financial statements (other than Part II FOCUS Reports) shall fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of each Loan Party to which such financial statements relate and such Loan Party’s respective consolidated Subsidiaries and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed in reasonable detail therein) consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods, where applicable.  All such Part II FOCUS Reports shall fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and shall be prepared in reasonable detail.  Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.1 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered by posting such documents electronically with notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender thereof and if so posted, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which such Loan Party posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Internet at the Guarantor’s website address at www.itg.com; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on such Loan Party’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent).

 

5.2                                Certificates; Other Information.   Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (or, in the case of clause (d), to the relevant Lender):

 

(a)          concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 5.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Guarantor stating that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except as specified in such certificate and (ii) in the case of quarterly or annual financial statements, (x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be, and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party;

 

44



 

(b)          within five Business Days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports that the Guarantor sends to the public holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities, to the extent not otherwise provided on the Internet at the Guarantor’s website address at www.itg.com;

 

(c)           within five Business Days after the end of each calendar month, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower indicating the Eligible NSCC Margin Deposits in effect for each Business Day in the most recently ended calendar month; and

 

(d)          promptly, such additional financial and other information as any Lender may from time to time reasonably request through the Administrative Agent.

 

5.3                                Payment of Obligations.   Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its obligations of whatever nature (including Taxes), except where (a) the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member or (b) such failure would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.4                                Maintenance of Existence; Compliance.   (a)(i)  Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, Broker-Dealer Licenses and Memberships, Broker-Dealer Registrations and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 6.3 or Section 6.4(e) and except to the extent (other than with respect to the preservation of the existence of the Loan Parties) that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.5                                Maintenance of Property; Insurance.   (a)  Keep all property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (b) maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against at least such risks (but including in any event public liability, product liability and business interruption) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.

 

5.6                                Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions. (a)  Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) upon reasonable prior notice to the Loan Parties, permit representatives of any Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers and employees of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants, all at any reasonable time during normal business hours and so often as may reasonably be desired.

 

5.7                                Notices.   Promptly give notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of (to the extent not promptly delivered on the Internet at the Guarantor’s website address at www.itg.com):

 

(a)          the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

 

45


 

(b)          any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) in which the amount involved is $5,000,000 or more and not covered by insurance or (ii) which relates to any Loan Document;

 

(c)           the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after any Loan Party knows or has reason to know thereof:  (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, the determination that any Single Employer Plan is in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single-Employer Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), or (ii) the institution of proceedings by the PBGC, any Loan Party, any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from Insolvency of any Multiemployer Plan, the termination of any Single-Employer Plan, or determination that any Multiemployer Plan is in “endangered” or “critical” status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA);  and

 

(d)          any development or event that, in the reasonable judgment of any Loan Party, has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Guarantor setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

5.8                                Compliance with Regulatory Requirements .  The Borrower will, and the Guarantor will cause each Broker-Dealer Subsidiary to comply with all material rules and regulations of the SEC and FINRA applicable to it (including such rules and regulations dealing with net capital requirements); except where the failure to so comply is immaterial non-compliance with such rules and regulations.

 

5.9                                Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions .  The Guarantor and the Borrower will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance by the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions.

 

SECTION 6.                             NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Each Loan Party hereby agrees that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect or any Loan or other amount (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) is owing to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder, such Loan Party shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

6.1                                Financial Condition Covenants.   Maximum Consolidated Leverage Ratio .  Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at any time of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries to exceed 1.50 to 1.00.

 

(b)  Minimum Consolidated Tangible Net Worth .  Permit Consolidated Tangible Net Worth at any time to be less than (i) with respect to the Borrower, $140,000,000 or (ii) with respect to the Guarantor, $200,000,000.

 

46



 

(c)  Minimum Regulatory Capital .  Permit the Net Capital of the Borrower at any time to be less than $50,000,000 in excess of the minimum amount of Net Capital required by the Exchange Act.

 

(d)  Minimum Liquidity Ratio . Permit the Liquidity Ratio of the Borrower at any time to be less than 1.0 to 1.0.

 

6.2                                Liens.  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property of the Guarantor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:

 

(a)          Liens for Taxes not yet due or that are being contested in good faith; provided that, to the extent required, adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Guarantor in conformity with GAAP;

 

(b)   carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(c)   pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation;

 

(d)   deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(e)   easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount and that do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Guarantor;

 

(f)   Liens in existence on the date hereof listed on Schedule 6.2(f) and Liens incurred to secure any Indebtedness to refinance Indebtedness secured by such Liens; provided that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date (other than (A) after-acquired property that is related to the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products of such property) and that the principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby is not increased;

 

(g)   Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Guarantor; provided that (i) such security interests are incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed 100% of the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets and (iii) such security interests shall not apply to any other property of the Guarantor (other than (A) after-acquired property that is related to the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products of such property);

 

(h)   Liens created pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

(i)   any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by the Guarantor in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased;

 

47



 

(j)   any Lien existing on any property or asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Guarantor; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, (ii) such Lien shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Guarantor and (iii) such Lien shall secure only those obligations which it secures on the date of such acquisition, and extensions, renewals and replacements thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof as of such date;

 

(k)   Liens incidental to the conduct of its business or the ownership of its property and assets which were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money or the obtaining of advances or credit, and which do not in the aggregate detract from the value of its property or assets or impair the use thereof in the operation of its business;

 

(l)   Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8(h) or securing appeal or other surety bonds relating to such judgments;

 

(m)   Liens securing Indebtedness of the Guarantor; provided that such Indebtedness is stated to mature after (and includes no fixed repayment or repurchase obligations other than customary amortization and customary mandatory prepayments or redemptions for similar Indebtedness prior to) the date that is 180 days after the Termination Date;

 

(n)   Liens securing Indebtedness of the Guarantor if the obligations of the Guarantor under Section 7 are secured equally and ratably with or senior to the Liens securing such Indebtedness; provided that if requested by the Borrower with respect to such Liens, the Administrative Agent shall (and is hereby authorized to), on behalf of itself and the Lenders, enter into an intercreditor agreement reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent providing that such new Liens will be secured equally and ratably with, or junior to (as directed by the Borrower) the Liens granted in respect of the such obligations under Section 7, on customary terms;

 

(o)   Liens on fixed assets owned by and leaseholds of the Guarantor; provided that the aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding of obligations secured by such Liens incurred pursuant to this clause (o) shall not exceed $35,000,000; and

 

(p)   any extension, renewal or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements) in whole or in part of any Lien referred to in clauses (f), (g) and (j); provided that (i) the obligations secured thereby shall be limited to the obligations secured by the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (and, to the extent provided in the foregoing clauses, extensions, renewals and replacements thereof) and (ii) such Lien shall be limited to all or a part of the assets that secured the Lien so extended, renewed or replaced (and any (A) after-acquired property that is related to the property covered by such Lien and (B) proceeds and products of such property).

 

6.3                                Fundamental Changes.  Merge, consolidate or amalgamate, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of all or substantially all of its property or business, except that:

 

(a)          the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with any Person; provided that (A) in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation involving the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation and (B) in the case of any merger or consolidation

 

48



 

involving the Guarantor, the Guarantor shall be the surviving Person;

 

(b)          any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Borrower) may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (i) to the Guarantor or any Subsidiary or (ii) pursuant to a Disposition permitted by Section 6.4;

 

(c)           any Investment expressly permitted by Section 6.7 may be structured as a merger, consolidation or amalgamation; and

 

(d)          any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Borrower) may liquidate, wind up or dissolve if the Guarantor determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Loan Parties and the Borrower and is not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders.

 

6.4                                Disposition of Property.  Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

 

(a)          the Disposition of obsolete or worn out property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)          the sale of inventory and other assets (including securities and derivatives) in the ordinary course of business;

 

(c)           Dispositions permitted by clause (i) of Section 6.3(b);

 

(d)          the sale or issuance of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Borrower) to any Group Member;

 

(e)           (i) the sale by any Loan Party of its property or assets to another Loan Party, (ii) the sale by any Subsidiary of the Guarantor (other than the Borrower) of its property or assets to another Group Member;

 

(f)            any Restricted Payment or Investment that is permitted to be made, and is made, under Section 6.5 or 6.7, respectively;

 

(g)           the lease, assignment or sublease of any real or personal property in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)          sales or grants of licenses or sublicenses to use the Guarantor’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ trademarks, patents, trade secrets, know-how or other intellectual property and technology to the extent that such sale, license or sublicense does not prohibit the licensor from using such trademark, patent, trade secret, know-how, technology or other intellectual property and is in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)              the sale by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries of computer and other similar equipment not to exceed $30,000,000 in the aggregate;

 

(j)             any Disposition of property or issuance or sale of any shares of the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Guarantor

 

49



 

(other than the Borrower) so long as (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto, (ii) such Disposition to a Person that is not a Group Member is for consideration at least equivalent to the fair market value of such property or Capital Stock and (iii) the Guarantor shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Disposition, with the covenants contained in Section 6.1 recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries as if such Disposition had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance; and

 

(k)          the Disposition of any property in a Sale/Leaseback Transaction within six months of the acquisition of such property.

 

6.5                                Restricted Payments.  Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in common stock of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of the Guarantor, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of the Guarantor (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that the Guarantor may make Restricted Payments so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto.

 

6.6                                Capital Expenditures.  Make or commit to make any Capital Expenditure, except (a) Capital Expenditures described on Schedule 6.6 hereto and (b) Capital Expenditures of the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not exceeding $40,000,000 per fiscal year; provided , that such amount referred to above, if not so expended in the fiscal year for which it is permitted, may be carried over for expenditure in any succeeding fiscal year.

 

6.7                                Investments.  Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any other Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except:

 

(a)          extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)          investments in Cash Equivalents (and other Investments in the ordinary course of a broker-dealer business);

 

(c)           Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries of obligations of the Guarantor or any Subsidiary;

 

(d)          loans and advances to employees of any Group Member in the ordinary course of business (including for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) in an aggregate amount for all Group Members not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

 

(e)           other Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions;

 

50



 

(f)            intercompany Investments by any Group Member in another Group Member;

 

(g)           Investments consisting of extensions of credit entered into or made or that are received in the ordinary course of business in accordance with normal practice and Investments in Swap Agreements;

 

(h)          Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.7(h) and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment as in effect on the date hereof or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.7; and

 

(i)              in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, any Investment by the Guarantor or any of its Subsidiaries so long as (i) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would exist after giving effect thereto and (ii) the Guarantor shall be in compliance, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Investment, with the covenants contained in Section 6.1 recomputed as at the last day of the most recently ended fiscal quarter of the Guarantor and the Subsidiaries as if such Investment had occurred on the first day of each relevant period for testing such compliance.

 

6.8                                Transactions with Affiliates.  Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than any other Group Member) unless such transaction is (a) (i) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (ii) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Group Member, or (iii) upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to the relevant Group Member than it would obtain in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate or (b) a Restricted Payment permitted by Section 6.5.

 

6.9                                Changes in Fiscal Periods.  Permit the fiscal year of a Loan Party to end on a day other than December 31 or change a Loan Party’s method of determining fiscal quarters.

 

6.10                         Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.

 

The Borrower will not request any Borrowing, and the Borrower shall not use, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers, employees and agents shall not use, the proceeds of any Borrowing directly or, to their knowledge, indirectly (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (b) for the purpose of funding, financing or facilitating any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country, or (c) in any manner that would result in the violation of  any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

 

6.11                         Lines of Business.  Enter into any business (including, for the avoidance of doubt, through any Investment permitted by Section 6.7), either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which the Guarantor and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Closing Date and businesses similar, ancillary, complementary or otherwise reasonably related thereto or that are a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

 

51



 

SECTION 7.                             GUARANTEE

 

7.1                                Guarantee .

 

(a)  The Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable benefit of the Lenders, and their respective successors, indorsees, transferees and assigns, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations.(b)  Anything herein or in any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum liability of the Guarantor hereunder and under the other Loan Documents shall in no event exceed the amount which can be guaranteed by the Guarantor under applicable federal and state laws relating to the insolvency of debtors.

 

(c)  The Guarantor agrees that the Obligations may at any time and from time to time exceed the amount of the liability of the Guarantor hereunder without impairing the guarantee contained in this Section 7 or affecting the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder.

 

(d)  The guarantee contained in this Section 7 shall remain in full force and effect until all the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) and the obligations of the Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 7 shall have been satisfied by payment in full and the Commitments shall be terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of this Agreement the Borrower may be free from any Obligations.

 

(e)  No payment made by the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by the Administrative Agent or any Lender from the Borrower, the Guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of the Guarantor hereunder which shall, notwithstanding any such payment (other than any payment made by the Guarantor in respect of the Obligations or any payment received or collected from the Guarantor in respect of the Obligations), remain liable for the Obligations up to the maximum liability of the Guarantor hereunder until the Obligations are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated.

 

7.2                                No Subrogation . Notwithstanding any payment made by the Guarantor hereunder or any set-off or application of funds of the Guarantor by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, the Guarantor shall not be entitled to be subrogated to any of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower or any collateral security or guarantee or right of offset held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Obligations, nor shall the Guarantor seek or be entitled to seek any contribution or reimbursement from the Borrower in respect of payments made by the Guarantor hereunder, until all amounts owing to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by the Borrower on account of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated.  If any amount shall be paid to the Guarantor on account of such subrogation rights at any time when all of the Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be held by the Guarantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, segregated from other funds of the Guarantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by the Guarantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by the Guarantor (duly indorsed by the Guarantor to the Administrative Agent, if required), to be applied against the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in such order as the Administrative Agent may determine.

 

7.3                                Amendments, etc. with respect to the Obligations . The Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against the Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by the Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Obligations made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender may be rescinded by the Administrative Agent or such Lender and any of the Obligations continued, and the Obligations, or the liability of any other Person

 

52



 

upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, increased, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, and this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the Required Lenders, the Supermajority Lenders or all Lenders, as the case may be) may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender for the payment of the Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released.  Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 7 or any property subject thereto.

 

7.4                                Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional . The Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the guarantee contained in this Section 7 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 7; the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended, increased or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 7; and all dealings between the Borrower and the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 7.  The Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower or the Guarantor with respect to the Obligations.  The Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section 7 shall be construed as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower or any other Person against the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or the Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Obligations, or of the Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 7, in bankruptcy or in any other instance.  When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against the Guarantor, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve the Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Guarantor.  For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

 

7.5                                Reinstatement . The guarantee contained in this Section 7 shall continue to be effective, or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of any of the Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or the Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee

 

53



 

or similar officer for, the Borrower or the Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made.

 

7.6                                Payments . The Guarantor hereby guarantees that payments hereunder will be paid to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars at the Funding Office.

 

SECTION 8.                             EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

 

(a)          the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within five days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

 

(b)          any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document or that is contained in any certificate (including any certification of any financial statement) furnished by it at any time under or in connection with this Agreement or any such other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

 

(c)           (i) any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any agreement contained in Section 6 hereof or (ii) the Borrower shall fail to cure the Deficiency, if any, arising as a result of its failure to effect a DTC pledge of any Eligible Assets referred to in the last sentence of Section 2.2(b) prior to the close of the DTC free pledge process on the same day as the Pledged Eligible Assets Notice relating to such Eligible Assets has been furnished to the Administrative Agent (it being understood that any such Deficiency shall be deemed cured upon repayment by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent of an amount equal to such Deficiency by 4:00 P.M. New York City time on such date); or

 

(d)          any Loan Party shall default in the observance or performance of any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section), and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders; or

 

(e)           any Material Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans and the Guarantee Obligations with respect thereto described in Section 7 hereof) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause (with all applicable grace periods having expired), with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity (or, in the case

 

54



 

of any Swap Agreement, other than in accordance with its terms); provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $25,000,000; or

 

(f)            (i) any Material Group Member shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Material Group Member shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Material Group Member any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed or undischarged for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Material Group Member any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Material Group Member shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Material Group Member shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

 

(g)                (i) any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any failure to satisfy the minimum funding standards (as defined in Sections 412 or 430 of the Code or 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, any Single Employer Plan shall be determined to be in “at risk” status (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code or Section 303 of ERISA), or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Single-Employer Plan shall arise on the assets of any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, likely to result in the termination of such Single Employer Plan under Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate under Title IV of ERISA, (v) any Loan Party or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency of, a Multiemployer Plan or a determination that such Multiemployer Plan is, or the determination that a Multiemployer Plan is expected to be, in “endangered” or “critical status” (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA), or (vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

(h)          one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Material Group Member involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or to the extent not covered by insurance)

 

55


 

of $25,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been waived, vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

 

(i)             except as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder, any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall so assert in writing, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable and of the same effect and priority purported to be created thereby; or

 

(j)            except as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder, the guarantee contained in Section 7 of this Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party shall so assert; or

 

(k)         (i) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)), shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means or warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the outstanding common stock of the Guarantor; or (ii) the board of directors of the Guarantor shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors;

 

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken:  (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable.  Except as expressly provided above in this Section, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

 

SECTION 9.                            THE AGENTS

 

9.1                               Appointment.  Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Administrative Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Administrative Agent.

 

9.2                               Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.  The Administrative

 

56



 

Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

 

9.3                               Exculpatory Provisions.  Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder.  The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

 

9.4                               Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, email, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Loan Parties), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent.  The Administrative Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.  The Administrative Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

 

9.5                               Notice of Default. The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default unless the Administrative Agent has received notice from a Lender or a Loan Party referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”.  In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders.  The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders); provided that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

 

9.6                               Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders.  Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any

 

57



 

Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender.  Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement.  Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their Affiliates.  Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any Affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

9.7                               Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent and its officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, advisors and controlling persons (each, an “ Agent Indemnitee ”) (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Applicable Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Applicable Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent Indemnitee under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.  The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

9.8                               Agent in Its Individual Capacity.   Each Agent and its Affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent.  With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

 

9.9                               Successor Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent upon 10 days’ notice to the Lenders and the Borrower.  If the Administrative Agent shall resign as Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 8(a) or Section 8(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval

 

58



 

shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans.  If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is 10 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective, and the Lenders shall assume and perform all of the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor agent as provided for above.  After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 and Section 10.5 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

9.10                        Syndication Agents. The Syndication Agents shall not have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in their capacities as such.

 

SECTION 10.                     MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1                        Amendments and Waivers.   Neither this Agreement, any other Loan Document, nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.1.  The Required Lenders and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that, subject to Section 2.15(b), no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except (x) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates (which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Required Lenders) and (y) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (ii) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 10.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (iii) reduce any percentage specified in the definitions of Required Lenders or Supermajority Lenders or consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, release any Collateral (except as provided for in the Loan Documents) or release the Guarantor from its obligations under the guarantee contained in Section 7 of this Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (iv) amend, modify or waive any provisions in Section 2.11(a), (b) and (c) without the written consent of each Lender adversely affected thereby; (v) amend or modify the definitions of “Eligible Assets” or “Loan Value”, to the extent such amendment or modification would result in a less restrictive standard than set forth in such definitions, in each case without the written consent of the Supermajority Lenders (provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing clause (v), exchange-traded funds (other than leveraged exchange-traded funds and synthetic exchange-traded funds (other than Qualified Synthetic ETFs)) shall be considered “Eligible ETFs” upon the request of the Borrower and with the

 

59



 

consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed));  (vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 9 without the written consent of the Administrative Agent; (vii) amend, modify or waive any of the rights or duties of the Swingline Lenders without the written consent of each Swingline Lender, if any, that holds a Swingline Loan that is outstanding at the time that such amendment, modification or waiver becomes effective; (viii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.16 or the definition of the term “Defaulting Lender” without the written consent of the Administrative Agent or, if any Swingline Loans are outstanding at such time, the applicable Swingline Lender or Swingline Lenders (for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (viii) shall be the only clause in this proviso applicable to any such amendment, modification or waiver of Section 2.16 or the definition of the term “Defaulting Lender”) or (ix) amend, modify or waive the provisions of Section 9 of the Security Agreement related to the order of payment of the Obligations thereunder, without the written consent of all Lenders.  Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and all future holders of the Loans.  In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall be authorized and directed to enter into an intercreditor agreement on the terms described in Section 6.2(n) without the consent of any of the Lenders.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, technical and conforming modifications to the Loan Documents may be made with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent to the extent necessary to integrate any Incremental Commitments on substantially the same basis as the Loans (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the amendments contemplated by the proviso of Section 2.17(a)(ii)).

 

10.2                        Notices.   All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

 

Borrower:

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.
One Liberty Plaza
165 Broadway
New York, New York 10006

 

 

Attention: General Counsel

 

 

Telecopy: (212) 588-4659

 

 

Telephone: (212) 588-4000

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.
One Liberty Plaza
165 Broadway
New York, New York 10006

 

 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Telecopy: (212) 588-4151

 

 

Telephone: (212) 588-4000

 

60



 

 

 

with a copy to:
legalnotices@itg.com

 

Administrative Agent:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
500 Stanton Christiana Road
3/Ops2
Newark, DE 19713

 

 

Attention: Sue Coplin

 

 

Telecopy: (302) 634-8459

 

 

Telephone: (302) 634-5545

with a copy to:
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (MC: DE3-5000)
500 Stanton Christiana Road
Newark, Delaware 19713
Attention: David Brace
Telecopy: (917) 464-9985
Telephone: (302) 552-6020

 

provided that any notice, request or demand to or upon the Administrative Agent or the Lenders shall not be effective until received.

 

Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Section 2 unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender.  The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

10.3                        No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies.   No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.  The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

 

10.4                        Survival of Representations and Warranties.   All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

 

10.5                        Payment of Expenses. The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates (without duplication) for all of their reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and filing and

 

61



 

recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and the Administrative Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated reasonable fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to each Lender and of counsel to the Administrative Agent, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Administrative Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, stamp, excise and other similar Taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective officers, directors, employees, Affiliates, agents, advisors and controlling persons (each, an “ Indemnitee ”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of any Group Member or any of the Properties and the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel (limited to not more than one counsel, plus, if necessary, one local counsel per jurisdiction (unless a conflict exists, in which case the reasonable fees and expenses of one additional legal counsel (plus one local counsel per jurisdiction, if necessary) for each group of affected Lenders that is, as among themselves, not conflicted, shall be covered) and except for allocated costs of in-house counsel) in connection with such claims, actions or proceedings (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, provided , that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee.  Without limiting the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Guarantor agrees not to assert and to cause its Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries to waive, all rights for contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature, under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise against any Indemnitee.  All amounts due under this Section 10.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor.  Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 10.5 shall be submitted to the attention of the General Counsel of the Borrower (Telephone No. 212-588-4000) (Telecopy No. 212-444-6494) with a copy to the attention of the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower (Telephone No. 212-588-4000) (Telecopy No. 212-444-4151), both at the address of the Borrower set forth in Section 10.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent.  The agreements in this Section 10.5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

 

10.6                        Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments.  (a)  The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and

 

62



 

void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section.

 

(b)(i)  Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(iii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) other than (x) the Borrower or the Guarantor or any of their respective Affiliates, (y) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in clause (x) or (y) or (z) a natural Person, all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent of:

 

(A) the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), provided that (x) no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund (as defined below) or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person and (y) the Borrower’s consent shall be deemed to have been given if the Borrower shall not have responded within five Business Days of an assignment request;

 

(B) the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld); and

 

(C) each Swingline Lender that holds any Swingline Loan outstanding at the time such assignment is consummated (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

 

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; and

 

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire.

 

For the purposes of this Section 10.6, “ Approved Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning

 

63



 

Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.12 or 2.13).  Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 10.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

 

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”).  The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.  The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time, and from time to time, upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(v)  Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register.  No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

(c)(i)  Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.  Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 10.1 and (2) directly affects such Participant.  Subject to paragraph (c)(iii) of this Section, the parties hereto agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12 and 2.13, and in the case of Section 2.13(e) and (f) subject to the same obligations, to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section.  To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 10.7(a) as though it were a Lender.

 

(ii) Each Lender that sells a participation, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitments, Loans or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish

 

64



 

that such Commitment, Loan or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, and such Lender and the Administrative Agent shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary.

 

(iii)  A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.12 or 2.13 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent.

 

(d)  Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(e)  The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d) above.

 

10.7                        Adjustments; Set-off.   (a)  Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender, if any Lender (a “ Benefited Lender ”) shall receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 8(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

(b)  In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right, without prior notice to the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower, as the case may be.  Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

10.8                        Counterparts..   This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed signature page of this

 

65


 

Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.  A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

 

10.9                        Severability.   Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

10.10                 Integration. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by the Administrative Agent or any Lender relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

 

10.11                 GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

10.12                 Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers.   Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(a)         submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York in Manhattan, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York in Manhattan, and appellate courts from any thereof;

 

(b)         consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

(c)          agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to the Borrower, as the case may be at its address set forth in Section 10.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

 

(d)         agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

 

(e)          waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

 

10.13                 Acknowledgements.   Each Loan Party hereby acknowledges that:

 

66



 

(a)              it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)              neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between Administrative Agent and Lenders, on one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

(c)               no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among the Loan Parties and the Lenders.

 

10.14                 Releases of Guarantees and Liens.   (a)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 10.1) to take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document (including, for the avoidance of doubt, in the circumstances described in Section 2.8(c) hereof) or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 10.1 or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.

 

(b)  At such time as the Loans and the other Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than obligations under or in respect of contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been made) shall have been paid in full and the Commitments have been terminated, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Loan Documents (including the Obligations) shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person.

 

10.15                 Confidentiality.   Each of the Administrative Agent and each Lender agrees to keep, and to cause its Affiliates to keep, confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement that is designated by the provider thereof as confidential; provided that nothing herein shall prevent the Administrative Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (b) subject to an agreement to comply with the provisions of this Section, to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Swap Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), (c) to its Affiliates, its and its Affiliates employees, directors, officers and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors or to any other Lender or Participant (it being understood that such disclosure will be made only to such Persons who have the need to know such information and only if the Persons to whom such disclosure is made are informed of the confidential nature of such information, instructed to keep such information confidential and receive such information in connection with (i) their evaluation of the ability of the Borrower to repay the Loans and perform their other obligations under the Loan Documents, (ii) administering the Obligations under this Agreement, (iii) servicing the Borrowings hereunder, (iv) protecting their interests under this Agreement or (v) performing any similar function in connection with any other extension of credit by the Lenders to the Guarantor or a Subsidiary (excluding any transaction in any public security of the Guarantor or a Subsidiary), (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, (f) if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar

 

67



 

proceeding, (g) that has been publicly disclosed other than as a result of a known breach of any requirement to keep such information confidential, (h) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, (i) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (j) to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry, to the extent that such information is routinely provided by arrangers to such data service providers.

 

10.16                 WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL. THE LOAN PARTIES, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

 

10.17                 USA PATRIOT Act .  Each Lender subject to the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Patriot Act ”) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is hereby required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act. The Borrower shall provide all documentation and information that each Lender reasonably requests (a) in order to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under the Patriot Act or (b) that is required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” rules and regulations.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

68



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

ITG INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Francis J. Troise

 

 

Name:

Francis J. Troise

 

 

Title:

CEO and President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Name:

Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Francis J. Troise

 

 

Name:

Francis J. Troise

 

 

Title:

CEO and President

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Name:

Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement

 



 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative
Agent and as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kortney Knight

 

 

Name:

Kortney Knight

 

 

Title:

Vice President, J.P. Morgan

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Syndication Agent and
as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Russell K. Guter

 

 

Name:

Russell K. Guter

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement



 

 

BANK OF MONTREAL, as Syndication Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Tarr

 

 

Name:

Adam Tarr

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement



 

 

BMO HARRIS BANK N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adam Tarr

 

 

Name:

Adam Tarr

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Signature Page to the ITG Inc. Credit Agreement




Exhibit 10.14

 

United States

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

2007 OMNIBUS EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN
VARIABLE COMPENSATION STOCK UNIT AWARD PROGRAM SUBPLAN

 

20XX GRANT NOTICE (ExCo ROE Awards)

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its Variable Compensation Stock Unit Award Program Subplan (the “ Program ”), hereby grants to you as a Participant under the Program, Stock Units representing a generally nontransferable right to receive one share of Company Stock with respect to each underlying Stock Unit at a specified future date (the “ Grant ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth herein, the Program and the Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”).(1)  Notwithstanding any provision of the Program, no Dividend Equivalents shall be credited on the Stock Units. All capitalized terms herein that are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Program or Plan, as applicable.

 

Participant:

 

Date of Grant:

 

Number of Basic Units subject to Grant:

 

Target ROE:

X%

 

Vesting Schedule : The Basic Units subject to this Grant are designated as Performance-Based Units under the Program.

 

The Basic Units subject to this Grant shall be divided into two equal installments, and each installment shall vest, if at all, on each of the second and third anniversaries of the Date of Grant based on the level of ROE (as defined below) achieved for each of the 20XX and 20XX fiscal years, respectively, that ends immediately prior to the applicable vesting date, if the Participant remains continuously employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries through, and is in Good Standing (as defined below) on, each applicable vesting date. The number of Basic Units set forth above is the number of Basic Units that may vest based on 100% achievement of Target ROE in each of the 20XX and 20XX fiscal years (the “ Target Award ”).(2)

 

The actual number of Basic Units that vest pursuant to this Grant may be greater or less than the Target Award, or even zero, and will be based on the level of ROE achieved in each of the 20XX and 20XX fiscal years in accordance with the following performance schedule.

 

ROE PERFORMANCE SCHEDULE

 

ROE Performance Level

 

Payout Level

Below Threshold

 

less than X%

 

0%

Threshold

 

X%

 

66% of units available to vest on applicable date

Target

 

X%

 

100% of units available to vest on applicable date

Maximum

 

X% or more

 

150% of units available to vest on applicable date

 


(1)    The Plan, Plan prospectus, and Program are available on ITG Exchange. In addition, paper copies of the Plan, Plan prospectus and Program are available upon request by contacting the Legal Department of the Company at ITG_Legal.

(2)  For illustrative purposes only , if the Target ROE is X% and the ROE in each of the 20XX and 20XX fiscal years is X%, the number of Basic Units set forth above will vest, subject to the continued employment and Good Standing requirements noted above.

 



 

If actual ROE performance for any fiscal year is between performance levels, the number of Basic Units that may vest on the applicable vesting date will be interpolated on a straight line basis for pro-rata achievement. Failure to achieve the threshold performance level will result in no Basic Units vesting as of the applicable vesting date and in no event will the number of Basic Units vesting as of the applicable vesting date exceed 150% of the Basic Units subject to the applicable installment.(3)

 

For purposes of this Grant, (i) “ Good Standing ” means the Participant is actively employed by the Company or its Subsidiaries on the applicable date and has not given a notice of resignation to, or received a notice of termination from, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to such date and (ii) “ ROE ” means the percentage determined by dividing the Company’s net income (adjusted to exclude non-operating or one-time items such as restructuring charges and asset impairments in accordance with the Company’s historical practices and as determined by the Compensation Committee (the “ Compensation Committee ” of the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”))) for a fiscal year by the Company’s average stockholders’ equity during the year.

 

Settlement : The Participant shall receive shares of Company Stock in settlement of the Basic Units in accordance with the terms of the Program, subject to the collection of applicable taxes in connection with the issuance of Company Stock.

 

Violation of Code of Conduct; Financial Restatement; Forfeiture of Unvested Basic Units :  If, prior to the date the Basic Units otherwise become vested in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth above (i) the Participant materially breaches the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as such material breach is determined by the Compensation Committee, or any other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Program in its sole discretion, or (ii) the Company is required to prepare a restated financial statement that is filed with an external regulator because of material noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement, whether or not such restatement involves misconduct of the Participant, then the Compensation Committee may determine, in its sole discretion, that the Basic Units shall cease to vest effective as of the date of the material breach or the date on which the Company is notified of such requirement, as applicable, in each case, subject to compliance with applicable law.

 

Recoupment Policy :  You agree that you will be subject to any compensation clawback and recoupment policies that may be applicable to you as an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or the Compensation Committee, whether or not approved before or after the Date of Grant.

 

Acknowledgements : You acknowledge receipt of this Grant Notice, the Program, the Plan and the Plan prospectus.(1)  You further acknowledge that this Grant is made under, and governed by the terms and conditions of, the Plan and the Program except as otherwise set forth herein, and you agree to be bound by such terms. The Compensation Committee, or any other committee appointed by the Board to administer the Program, has the authority to interpret and construe this Grant pursuant to the terms of the Program and the Plan, and its decisions shall be conclusive as to any questions arising hereunder.

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

PARTICIPANT

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

Name:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 


(3)  For illustrative purposes only , assume you were granted 30 Basic Units and the Target ROE was X%. If (a) the ROE for each of the 20XX and 20XX fiscal years was X%, 45 Basic Units would vest in total over the course of the term of the award, (b) the ROE for each of the 20XX and 20XX fiscal years was X%, 19.8 Basic Units would vest in total over the course of the term of the award and (c) the ROE for each of the 20XX and 20XX fiscal years was X%, no Basic Units would vest.  For the avoidance of doubt, vesting in (a) and (b) is subject to the continued employment and Good Standing requirements noted above.

 




Exhibit 10.16.1

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

1.                                       Purpose .  The purpose of this Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Plan”) of Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the “Company”) is to encourage stock ownership by Employees (as defined below) of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined below) and thereby provide Employees with an incentive to contribute to the profitability and success of the Company, and to provide a benefit that will assist the Company in competing to attract and retain Employees of high quality.  The Plan, which is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” meeting the requirements of Section 423 of the Code for one or more Offerings, is for the exclusive benefit of eligible Employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of the Plan, in addition to the terms defined in Section 1, terms are defined as set forth below:

 

(a)                                  “Account” means the account maintained on behalf of the Participant by the Custodian for the purpose of investing in Stock and engaging in other transactions permitted under the Plan.

 

(b)                                  “Administrator” means a committee of two (2) or more Board members appointed by the Board to administer the Plan. Unless otherwise designated by the Board, the Administrator shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board as constituted by the Board from time to time.

 

(c)                                   “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(d)                                  “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.  References to any provision of the Code will be deemed to include successor provisions thereto and regulations thereunder.

 

(e)                                   “Custodian” means Computershare, or such successor thereto as may be appointed by the Administrator.

 

(f)                                    “Earnings” means that portion of a Participant’s compensation which constitutes gross salary under the payroll system of the Company and its Subsidiaries and payable to a Participant during a given pay period.

 

(g)                                   “Employee” means a person classified as an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary (including an officer or director who is also an employee) for payroll purposes, as determined in the sole discretion of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a person is engaged in a non-employee status (including, but not limited to, as an independent contractor, an individual being paid through an employee leasing company or other third party agency) and is

 

1



 

subsequently reclassified by the Company, the Internal Revenue Service, or a court as an employee for payroll purposes, such person, for purposes of this Plan, shall be deemed an Employee from the actual (and not the effective) date of such reclassification, unless expressly provided otherwise by the Company.

 

(h)                                  “Enrollment Date” means the first day of each Offering Period.

 

(i)                                      “Fair Market Value,” unless otherwise required by an applicable provision of the Code, as of any date, means the closing sales price of the Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on that date.

 

(j)                                     “Offering” means an offering of Stock pursuant to Purchase Rights under the Plan.

 

(k)                                  “Offering Period” means the period designated by the Administrator with respect to which Participants will be granted Purchase Rights.  Until such time as the Administrator specifies otherwise, Offering Period will mean the approximately six-month period beginning on the first trading day in November and ending on the last trading day of April or beginning on the first trading day in May and ending on the last trading day of October.

 

(l)                                      “Participant” means an Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary who satisfies the eligibility criteria set forth in Section 5 and is participating in the Plan.

 

(m)                              “Purchase Date” means the last day of each Offering Period.

 

(n)                                  “Purchase Right” means a Participant’s option to purchase shares, which is deemed to be outstanding and exercisable during an Offering Period in accordance with the Plan.  A Purchase Right represents an “option” as such term is used under Section 423 of the Code.

 

(o)                                  “Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company, and such other securities as may be substituted or resubstituted for Stock under Section 4.

 

(p)                                  “Subsidiary” or “Subsidiaries” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations (other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain) owns stock possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in the chain, including a corporation that becomes a Subsidiary during the term of the Plan.

 

3.                                       Administration .

 

(a)                                  Administrator .  The Plan will be administered by the Administrator.  The Administrator will have full authority to adopt, amend, suspend, waive, and rescind such rules and regulations and appoint such agents as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan, to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan and to construe and interpret the Plan and rules and regulations thereunder, and to make all other

 

2



 

decisions and determinations under the Plan (including determinations relating to eligibility).  The Administrator shall have the authority to delegate routine day-to-day administration of the Plan to such officers and employees of the Company as the Administrator deems appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Offerings .  The Administrator may authorize one or more Offerings under the Plan that are not designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 423 but with the requirements of the foreign jurisdictions in which those Offerings are conducted. Such Offerings shall be separate from any Offerings designed to comply with the Code Section 423 requirements but may be conducted concurrently with those Offerings.  To the extent required by Code Section 423, the Participants in each separate Offering shall have equal rights and privileges under that Offering in accordance with the requirements of Section 423(b)(5) of the Code and the applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

 

(c)                                   The Custodian .  The Custodian will act as custodian under the Plan, and will perform such duties as are set forth in the Plan and in any agreement between the Company and the Custodian.  The Custodian will establish and maintain, as agent for each Participant, an Account and any subaccounts as may be necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

4.                                       Stock Subject to Plan .  Subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided, the total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance upon exercise of Purchase Rights or otherwise under the Plan will be 1,548,313.  Any shares of Stock delivered by the Company under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares.  Shares acquired in the open market through dividend reinvestment will not count against this limit.  The number and kind of such shares of Stock subject to the Plan will be proportionately adjusted, as determined by the Board, in the event of any extraordinary dividend or other distribution, recapitalization, forward or reverse split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination, repurchase, or share exchange, or other similar corporate transaction or event affecting the Stock.

 

5.                                       Enrollment and Contributions .

 

(a)                                  Eligibility .  An Employee of the Company or a Subsidiary may enroll in the Plan for any Offering Period if such Employee is employed at the Enrollment Date, unless:

 

(i)                                      At the time of enrollment, the Employee’s customary employment is 20 hours or less per week or the Employee’s customary employment is for not more than five months in any calendar year, or the Employee cannot legally enter into the obligations of a Participant;

 

(ii)                                   Such person would upon enrollment be deemed to own, for purposes of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code, an aggregate of five percent or more of the total combined voting power or value of all outstanding shares of all classes of the Company or of any parent or Subsidiary (including in such person’s ownership the maximum number of shares that he or she could acquire under Section 6(c)); or

 

(iii)                                with respect to a Subsidiary, the Administrator determines prior to the start date of an Offering Period, that Employees of that Subsidiary shall not participate in the Plan.

 

3



 

The Administrator may allow Employees who would otherwise be excluded under Section 5(a)(i) to participate in one or more separate Offerings the Plan to the extent required under local law.

 

The Company will notify an Employee of the date as of which he or she is eligible to initially enroll in the Plan, and the prescribed enrollment procedures.

 

(b)                                  Initial Enrollment .  An Employee who is or who will become eligible on or before a given Enrollment Date under Section 5(a) may, after receiving current information about the Plan, initially enroll in the Plan by completing and submitting a properly completed enrollment form, including thereon the Employee’s election as to the rate of payroll or other authorized form of contributions for the Offering Period in accordance with enrollment procedures prescribed by the Administrator (which may include accessing the Custodian’s website and enrolling electronically) on or before the start date of the Offering Period.

 

(c)                                   Reenrollment for Subsequent Offering Periods .  A Participant whose enrollment in and payroll or other authorized form of contributions under the Plan continue throughout an Offering Period will automatically be reenrolled in the Plan for the next Offering Period unless (i) the Participant terminates enrollment before the Enrollment Date for the next Offering Period, (ii) on such Enrollment Date he or she is ineligible to participate under Section 5 or (iii) such other form of contributions are not permitted for such subsequent Offering Period.  The rate of payroll or other authorized form of contributions for a Participant who is automatically reenrolled for an Offering Period will be the same as the rate of payroll or other authorized form of contributions in effect at the end of the preceding Offering Period, unless the Participant submits a new enrollment form on or prior to the Enrollment Date for the Offering Period designating a different rate of payroll or other authorized form of contributions.

 

(d)                                  Payroll or Other Contributions .  An enrolled Participant will make contributions under the Plan by means of payroll deductions from each payroll period which ends during the Offering Period or one or more other forms of contributions specified by the Administrator for a particular Offering during that Offering Period, at the rate elected by the Participant in his or her enrollment form submitted for the Offering Period.  The rate of payroll or other authorized form of contributions elected by a Participant may not be more than ten percent of the Participant’s Earnings for each payroll period; provided, however, that the Administrator may specify a higher or lower maximum rate, subject to Section 8(c) hereof.  The Participant may specify, on the enrollment form, whether payroll or other authorized form of contributions shall be a percentage of Earnings or a fixed monetary amount.  The foregoing and any election of a Participant notwithstanding, a Participant’s rate of payroll or other authorized form of contributions will be adjusted downward by the Company at any time or from time to time as necessary to ensure that the limit on the amount of Stock purchased with respect to an Offering Period set forth in Section 6(c) is not exceeded.  A Participant may elect to increase, decrease, or discontinue payroll or other authorized forms of contributions for future Offering Periods by submitting a new enrollment form on or prior to the Enrollment Date for the Offering Period; any election to increase or decrease payroll deductions shall be effective as soon as practicable following the start date of that Offering Period.  A Participant may not elect to increase or decrease payroll or other forms of permitted contributions during an Offering Period, except that a Participant’s payroll or other forms of permitted contributions will be automatically

 

4



 

discontinued upon the submission of an election to withdraw payroll or other forms of permitted contributions prior to a Purchase Date, as specified in Section 5(g).

 

(e)                                   Contributing in Other Currency .  Payroll deductions or other authorized forms of contribution collected in a currency other than U.S. Dollars shall be converted into U.S. Dollars on the last day of the Offering Period in which collected, with such conversion to be based on an exchange rate determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(f)                                    Holding of Payroll and Other Contributions .  All payroll and other contributions by a Participant under the Plan will be received and held by the Company (and/or a Subsidiary) until the end of the Offering Period, and will represent unfunded obligations of the Company (or such Subsidiary) unless otherwise required by local law.  Except to the extent required by local law, such amounts are not required to be segregated and may be used by the Company (or the Subsidiary) for any corporate purpose.

 

(g)                                   Withdrawal of Payroll and Other Contributions; Refund of Payroll and Other Contributions Upon Termination of Employment .  A Participant may elect to withdraw all (but not less than all) of his or her payroll and other contributions for a given Offering Period by submitting a notice of withdrawal (in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Administrator (which may include accessing the Custodian’s website and withdrawing electronically)) not later than the close of business the business day prior to the Purchase Date for such Offering Period.  In addition, if the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries prior to the Purchase Date, his or her payroll and other contributions for that Offering Period shall be refunded.  In either case, the Company shall promptly pay to the Participant (or his or her estate, in the event of death) the amount of such payroll and other contributions.  No further payroll or other contributions shall be made by the Participant in that Offering Period.

 

(h)                                  Refund of Unused Payroll and Other Contributions .  If any of a Participant’s payroll or other permitted contributions are not applied to the purchase of shares on the Purchase Date (for example, if the number of shares purchased is limited under Section 6(c)), the portion of such payroll and other contributions not applied to the purchase of shares shall be promptly refunded to the Participant.

 

(i)                                      No Interest Payable on Contributions .  No amounts of interest will be credited or payable by the Company (or a Subsidiary) on payroll or other contributions pending investment in Stock, or upon withdrawal, refund upon termination, or refund of any unused portion, or in any other circumstance under the Plan.

 

6.                                       Purchases of Stock .

 

(a)                                  Purchase Rights .  Enrollment in the Plan for any Offering Period by a Participant will constitute a grant by the Company, on the start date of such Offering Period, of a Purchase Right to such Participant for such Offering Period.  Each Purchase Right will be subject to the terms set forth in this Section 6.

 

(b)                                  Purchase Price .  The purchase price at which each share of Stock will be purchased under a Purchase Right will equal 85% of the lesser of (i) Fair Market Value of a

 

5



 

share of Stock on the first trading day in the Offering Period and (ii) Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the last trading day in the Offering Period.

 

(c)                                   Number of Shares Purchased .  The number of shares of Stock that will be purchased upon exercise of a Participant’s Purchase Right for an Offering Period will equal the number of shares (including fractional shares) that can be purchased at the purchase price specified in Section 6(b) with the aggregate amount of the Participant’s payroll and other permitted contributions during the Offering Period; provided, however, that the number of shares of Stock subject to a Participant’s Purchase Right and purchasable in any Offering Period will not exceed the number derived by dividing $12,500 by 100% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock determined as of the first day in the Offering Period.  The number of shares of Stock subject to a Purchase Right shall also be subject to the limitations set forth in 6(e).

 

(d)                                  Automatic Exercise and Purchase .  The Purchase Right will be automatically exercised on the Purchase Date for the Offering Period.  At or as promptly as practicable after the Purchase Date for an Offering Period, the aggregate amount of the Participant’s payroll and other permitted contributions for the Offering Period will be applied by the Company to the purchase of shares of Stock, in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  Thereupon, the Company will deliver the shares of Stock purchased to the Custodian for deposit into the Participant’s Account.  Payment for Stock purchased upon exercise of a Purchase Right will be made only through payroll or other authorized form of contributions in accordance with Section 5; no optional payments will be permitted.

 

(e)                                   Accrual Limitations .

 

(i)                                      No Participant shall be entitled to accrue rights to acquire Stock pursuant to any Purchase Right outstanding under the Plan if and to the extent such accrual, when aggregated with (A) rights to purchase Stock accrued under any other purchase right granted under the Plan and (B) similar rights accrued under other employee stock purchase plans (within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code) of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary, would otherwise permit such Participant to purchase more than $25,000 worth of stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value of such stock on the date or dates such rights are granted) for each calendar year such rights are at any time outstanding.

 

(ii)                                   For purposes of applying such accrual limitations, the following provisions shall be in effect:

 

(1)                                  The right to acquire Stock under each outstanding Purchase Right shall accrue on the Purchase Date in effect for the Offering Period for which such right is granted.

 

(2)                                  No right to acquire Stock under any outstanding Purchase Right shall accrue to the extent the Participant has already accrued in the same calendar year the right to acquire Stock under one (1) or more other purchase rights at a rate equal to $25,000 worth of Stock (determined on the basis of the Fair Market Value of such stock on the date or dates of grant) for each calendar year such rights were at any time outstanding.

 

6



 

(f)                                    If by reason of such accrual limitations, any Purchase Right of a Participant does not accrue for a particular Offering Period, then the payroll deductions and other contributions which the Participant made during that Offering Period with respect to such Purchase Right shall be refunded.

 

7.                                       Restrictions on Sale; Restrictions on Transfer from Account; Withdrawal or Transfer of Shares, and Account Distribution Upon Termination .

 

(a)                                  Restrictions on Sale .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or any policy of the Company, shares of Stock acquired under the Plan may not be sold or otherwise be disposed of for a period of six (6) months following the Purchase Date on which those shares were purchased.  Shares of Stock acquired under the Plan must be held in the Participant’s Account during such restriction period and may be subject to further transfer restrictions as set forth in Section 7(b).  The foregoing restriction shall not apply in the event of Participant’s death to the transfer of shares to the Participant’s estate or to the subsequent sale of the shares by the estate.

 

(b)                                  Transfer Restrictions .  The Administrator may provide that, following the lapse of the restrictions under Section 7(a) and except as otherwise provided below, the shares of Stock acquired under the Plan may not be transferred (either electronically or in certificate form) from the Participant’s Account until the end of the two (2)-year period measured from the start date of the Offering Period in which the shares were purchased.  Such limitation shall apply both to transfers to different accounts with the Custodian and to transfers to other brokerage firms.  Any shares held in the Account following the expiration of such two (2)-year period may thereafter be transferred (either electronically or in certificate form) to other accounts or to other brokerage firms.

 

The foregoing procedures in this Section 7(b) shall not in any way limit when the Participant may sell his or her shares.  Those procedures are designed solely to assure that any sale of shares following the lapse of the restrictions under Section 7(a) but prior to the satisfaction of the specified two (2)-year period is made through the Account.  In addition, following the lapse of the restrictions under Section 7(a), the Participant may request a stock certificate or share transfer from his or her Account prior to the satisfaction of the specified two (2)-year period under this Section 7(b) should the Participant wish to make a gift of any shares held in that account.  However, shares may not be transferred (either electronically or in certificate form) from the Account for use as collateral for a loan during the specified two (2)-year under this Section 7(b).

 

The foregoing procedures shall apply to all shares purchased by each Participant, whether or not that Participant continues in Employee status.

 

(c)                                   Stock Withdrawals and Transfers .  Following the expiration of the restriction period under Section 7(a) and any restriction period imposed under Section 7(b), a Participant may elect to withdraw shares of Stock from his or her Account or to transfer such shares from his or her Account to an account of the Participant maintained with a broker-dealer or financial institution, in accordance with the procedures established by the Custodian.  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, only whole shares shall be issued or transferred and

 

7



 

the Participant shall receive cash in lieu of fractional shares based on the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of withdrawal or transfer.  Other provisions of this Plan notwithstanding, if the Participant is then an Employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries, transfers will be made only to a broker-dealer or financial institution through which Employees are then permitted to sell Stock under the Company’s policies governing employee trading in Company securities.  Withdrawals and transfers will be subject to any fees imposed in accordance with Section 8(a) hereof.

 

(d)                                  Distribution of Account Upon Termination .  Upon termination of employment of a Participant and subject to Section 7(a) and Section 7(b), the Custodian will continue to maintain the Participant’s Account until the earlier of such time as the Participant withdraws or transfers all Stock in the Account or one year after the Participant ceases to be employed by the Company and its Subsidiaries.  At the expiration of such one year period (or longer restriction period under Section 7(a) or Section 7(b)), the assets in Participant’s Account shall be withdrawn or transferred as elected by the Participant or, in the absence of such election, as determined by the Administrator.  If a Participant dies while assets remain credited to his or her Account, all amounts payable to the Participant will be paid to his or her estate as promptly as practicable.

 

8.                                       General .

 

(a)                                  Costs .  Costs and expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan and maintenance of Accounts will be paid by the Company, including annual fees of the Custodian.  The Participant shall be solely responsible for any fees, costs and commissions imposed by the Custodian for the withdrawal, transfer or sale of Stock acquired under the Plan and for other services unrelated to the purchase of Stock under the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Statements to Participants .  The Custodian will reflect payroll (or other authorized forms of) contributions, purchases, dividends and distributions and any reinvestment thereof, withdrawals and transfers of shares of Stock and other Plan transactions by appropriate adjustments to the Participant’s Account.  The Custodian will, not less frequently than semi-annually, provide or cause to be provided a written statement to the Participant showing the transactions in his or her Account and the date thereof, the number of shares of Stock purchased, the aggregate purchase price paid, the purchase price per share, the brokerage fees and commissions paid (if any), the total shares of Stock held for the Participant’s Account (computed to at least three decimal places), and other information provided by the Custodian.

 

(c)                                   Compliance with Section 423 .  It is the intent of the Company that this Plan comply in all respects with applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code and regulations thereunder with respect to Offerings designated by the Administrator to be Offerings under Section 423 of the Code.  Accordingly, if any provision of this Plan with respect to such designated Offerings does not comply with such requirements, such provision will be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

 

8



 

9.                                       General Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Compliance With Legal and Other Requirements .  The Plan, the granting and exercising of Purchase Rights hereunder, and the other obligations of the Company and the Custodian under the Plan will be subject to all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any regulatory or governmental agency as may be required.  The Company may, in its discretion, postpone the issuance or delivery of Stock upon exercise of Purchase Rights until completion of such registration or qualification of such Stock or other required action under any federal, state, local or foreign law, rule, or regulation, listing or other required action with respect to any automated quotation system or stock exchange upon which the Stock or other Company securities are designated or listed, or compliance with any other contractual obligation of the Company, as the Company may consider appropriate, and may require any Participant to make such representations and furnish such information as it may consider appropriate in connection with the issuance or delivery of Stock in compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations, designation or listing requirements, or other contractual obligations.

 

(b)                                  Limits on Encumbering Rights .  No right or interest of a Participant under the Plan, including any Purchase Right, may be pledged, encumbered, or hypothecated to or in favor of any party, subject to any lien, obligation, or liability of such Participant, or otherwise assigned, transferred, or disposed of except pursuant to the laws of descent or distribution, and any right of a Participant under the Plan will be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant.

 

(c)                                   No Right to Continued Employment .  Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder, including the grant of a Purchase Right, will be construed as giving any Employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor will it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate any Employee’s employment at any time.

 

(d)                                  Taxes .  The purchase of Stock will be subject to withholding of all applicable income tax, employment tax, payroll tax, social security tax, social insurance, contributions, payment on account obligations or other payments required to be withheld, collected or accounted for in connection with purchase of Stock under the Plan (“Taxes”).  The Company or any Subsidiary is authorized to withhold from any payment to be made to a Participant, including any payroll and other payments not related to the Plan, amounts of Taxes due in connection with any transaction under the Plan, and a Participant’s enrollment in the Plan will be deemed to constitute his or her consent to such withholding.  The Company may require a Participant to remit to the Company (or a Subsidiary) the amount of such Taxes and may take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Company or any Subsidiary to satisfy withholding obligations for the payment of Taxes.  In addition, the Administrator reserves the right to require Participants to advise the Company of sales and other dispositions of Stock acquired under the Plan in order to permit the Company to comply with tax laws and to claim any tax deductions to which the Company may be entitled with respect to the Plan.

 

(e)                                   Changes to the Plan .  The Board shall have the exclusive authority to increase the total number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan and to

 

9



 

terminate the Plan at any time.  The Administrator may amend or alter the Plan (other than to increase the total number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan) at any time; provided, however,  that any such action will be subject to the approval of the Company’s stockholders if such stockholder approval is required by any federal or state law or regulation or the rules of any automated quotation system or stock exchange on which the Stock may then be quoted or listed, or if such stockholder approval is necessary in order for the Plan to continue to meet the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.  Upon termination of the Plan, the Board may elect to terminate all outstanding Purchase Rights at such time as the Board may designate; if such termination results in termination of any Purchase Right prior to its exercise, all of a Participant’s payroll contributions not invested in Stock will be returned to the Participant (without interest) as promptly as practicable.

 

(f)                                    No Rights to Participate; No Stockholder Rights .  No Participant or Employee will have any claim to participate in the Plan with respect to Offering Periods that have not commenced, and the Company will have no obligation to continue the Plan.  No Purchase Right will confer on any Participant any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company unless and until Stock is duly issued or transferred to the Custodian and credited to the Participant’s Account.

 

(g)                                   Fractional Shares .  Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, purchases of Stock under the Plan executed by the Custodian may result in the crediting of fractional shares of Stock to the Participant’s Stock Account.  Such fractional shares will be computed to at least three decimal places.  Fractional shares will not, however, be issued by the Company, and certificates representing fractional shares will not be delivered to Participants under any circumstances.  If at any time fractional shares will not be credited to Participants’ Accounts, the Administrator shall determine whether a Participant’s payroll and other contributions remaining after the purchase of the greatest possible number of whole shares on a given Purchase Date will be refunded or will be retained and applied to purchases in the next Offering Period.

 

(h)                                  Nonexclusivity of the Plan .  Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor its submission to the stockholders of the Company for approval will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such other compensatory arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan, and such arrangements may be either applicable generally or only in specific cases.

 

(i)                                      Governing Law .  The Plan and all related documents shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (except to the extent the Delaware General Corporation Law and provisions of federal law may be applicable), without reference to principles of conflict of laws.  If any provision hereof shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable, the remaining provisions of the Plan shall continue to be fully effective.

 

(j)                                     Effective Date .  The Plan was originally effective February 1, 1998, and previously amended and restated effective on May 12, 2009, August 18, 2009 and June 11, 2013.  The Plan as amended and restated herein is effective as of August 11, 2015.

 

10




Exhibit 10.31

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.
STOCK UNIT GRANT AGREEMENT

 

THIS GRANT AGREEMENT, dated as of October 19, 2015 (the “ Date of Grant ”), is entered into by and between Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the “ Company ”), a Delaware corporation, and R. Jarrett Lilien, currently an employee of the Company (the “ Employee ”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties entered into a Letter Agreement on October 16, 2015 (the “ Letter Agreement ”), which provides for an award in the form of restricted stock units, to remain outstanding and vest subject to the Employee continuing to serve as (i) the Interim Chief Executive and President of the Company until such time as the new Chief Executive and President of the Company commences employment with the Company (the “Term End Date”) and (ii) thereafter, as a member of the Board (the “ Award ”).

 

WHEREAS, in accordance with the terms of the Letter Agreement, the Employee has been awarded the following Grant under the Investment Technology Group, Inc. 2007 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant of Stock Units .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Grant Agreement, the Employee is hereby awarded 65,747 Stock Units that represent hypothetical shares of Company Stock on a one-for-one basis (the “ Stock Unit Grant ”).

 

2.                                  Grant Subject to Plan Provisions .  The terms of the of the Plan are incorporated herein by reference to this Grant Agreement, and in all respects, the Stock Grant Unit shall be interpreted in accordance with, and subject to the terms of, the Plan.  The Plan and the Plan prospectus are available on ITG Exchange; provided that paper copies of the Plan and the Plan prospectus are available upon request by contacting the Legal Department of the Company at ITG_Legal.  This Stock Unit Grant is subject to interpretations, regulations and determinations concerning the Plan established from time to time by the Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including, but not limited to, provisions pertaining to (i) the registration, qualification or listing of the shares issued under the Plan, (ii) changes in capitalization, (iii) requirements of applicable law and (iv) all other Plan provisions.  The Committee has the authority to interpret and construe this Grant Agreement pursuant to the terms of the Plan, and its decisions are conclusive as to any questions arising hereunder. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Plan.  In the event of any conflict between this Grant Agreement and the Plan, the Plan shall control.

 

3.                                       Stock Unit Account .  The Company shall establish and maintain a Stock Unit bookkeeping account (the “ Accoun t”) on its records for the Employee and shall record in the Account the number of Stock Units awarded to the Employee.  No shares of Company Stock shall be issued to the Employee at the time the Stock Unit Grant is made.

 



 

4.                                       Vesting of the Stock Unit Grant .

 

(a)                       Subject to Section 5 below and the other terms and conditions of this Grant Agreement and the Plan, this Stock Unit Grant shall become vested, and all restrictions on the Stock Unit Grant shall lapse, in three equal installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Date of Grant (each such anniversary of the Date of Grant, an “ Anniversary ”) so long as the Employee (i) continuously fulfills the Employee’s duties as Interim Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company through the Term End Date and does not otherwise voluntarily resign from such employment and (ii) thereafter continuously serves as a member of the Board from the Date of Grant through each applicable Anniversary and does not voluntarily resign from such Board service (such complete vesting schedule as described in clauses (i) and (ii) herein, the “ Vesting Schedule ”); provided , however , that the Stock Unit Grant shall become immediately vested in full and settle (x) upon a Change in Control if, as of the date of the Change in Control, the Employee has not experienced a prior Termination of Service (as defined below) or (y) upon the Employee’s Termination of Service due to death or Permanent Disability (as defined below).  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “Permanent Disability” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(b)                       Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, all amounts receivable in connection with any adjustments to the Company Stock under Section 5(d) of the Plan shall be subject to the Vesting Schedule.

 

5.                                       Termination of Service; SOX Clawback .

 

(a)                                     In the event of the Employee’s Termination of Service for any reason other than due to the Employee’s voluntarily resignation as provided in Section 4(a) above, prior to the date the Stock Unit Grant otherwise becomes vested in accordance with Section 4(a) above, the Stock Unit Grant shall immediately be forfeited by the Employee.

 

(b)                                     For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Termination of Service ” means the Employee ceases to be employed by the Employer or ceasing to serve on the Board, as applicable.  If the Employee is employed by a Subsidiary of the Company, the Employee shall also be deemed to incur a Termination of Service if such Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company and the Employee does not immediately thereafter become employed by the Company or another Subsidiary of the Company.  Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among Employers shall not be considered a Termination of Service.

 

6.                                       Distribution of Shares .  The Company shall distribute to the Employee (or the Employee’s heirs in the event of the Employee’s death) at the time of vesting of the Stock Unit Grant in accordance with Section 4 above (but not later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Stock Units vest), a number of shares of Company Stock equal to the number of Stock Units then held by the Employee that became vested at such time, subject to reduction for withholding of shares pursuant to Section 9 below, if applicable.

 

2



 

7.                                       Rights and Restrictions .  The Stock Unit Grant shall not be transferable, other than by will or under the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to a beneficiary designation authorized by the Committee).  Prior to vesting of the Stock Unit Grant and delivery of the shares of Company Stock to the Employee, the Employee shall not have any rights or privileges of a stockholder as to the shares of Company Stock subject to the Stock Unit Grant.  Specifically, the Employee shall not have the right to receive dividends or the right to vote such shares of Company Stock, nor shall the Employee have the right to sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in whole or in part, the Stock Unit Grant, prior to vesting of the Stock Unit Grant and delivery of the shares of Company Stock.  The Employee shall not have any interest in any fund or specific assets of the Employer by reason of this Stock Unit Grant or the Account established for the Employee.

 

8.                                       Limitations .  Nothing herein shall limit the Company’s right to issue Company Stock, or Stock Units or other rights to purchase Company Stock subject to vesting, expiration and other terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Company and its affiliates.  Nothing expressed or implied herein is intended or shall be construed to confer upon or give to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Grant Agreement or of any term, covenant or condition hereof.

 

9.                                       Withholding .  To the extent applicable, at the time of distribution pursuant to Section 6 above, and in accordance with any rules or regulations of the Committee then in effect, the Employer shall withhold, through an automatic share withholding procedure, Company Stock with a Fair Market Value (measured as of the vesting date) equal to the amount of the federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the distributions.  To the extent not withheld, the Employee shall pay to the Employer or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of any federal, state or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld at any time with respect to the Stock Unit Grant and the Employer shall, to the extent permitted or required by law, have the right to deduct from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the Employee, federal, state and local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld.

 

10.                                Expenses of Issuance of Company Stock .  The issuance of stock certificates hereunder shall be without charge to the Employee.  The Company shall pay, and indemnify the Employee from and against any issuance, stamp or documentary taxes (other than transfer taxes) or charges imposed by any governmental body, agency or official (other than income taxes) by reason of the issuance of Company Stock.

 

11.                                Terms are Binding .  The terms of this Grant Agreement shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors, transferees and assignees of the Employee and the Company.

 

12.                                Compliance with Law .  The transfer of Company Stock hereunder shall be subject to the terms, conditions and restrictions as set forth in the governing instruments of the Company, Company policies, applicable federal and state securities laws or any other applicable laws or regulations, and approvals by any governmental or regulatory agency as may be required.  By signing this Grant Agreement, the Employee agrees not to sell any Company Stock at a time when applicable laws or the Company policies prohibit a sale.

 

3



 

13.                                References .  References herein to rights and obligations of the Employee shall apply, where appropriate, to the Employee’s legal representative or estate without regard to whether specific reference to such legal representative or estate is contained in a particular provision of this Grant Agreement.

 

14.                                Notices .  Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Grant Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally or by courier, or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, duly addressed to the party concerned at the address indicated below or to such changed address as such party may subsequently, by similar process, give notice of:

 

If to the Company:

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.
One Liberty Plaza

165 Broadway

New York, NY 10006

Attention: General Counsel

 

If to the Employee:

 

At the Employee’s most recent address shown on the Employer’s corporate records, or at any other address at which the Employee may specify in a notice delivered to the Company in the manner set forth herein.

 

15.                                No Right to Continued Employment .  This Stock Unit Grant shall not confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Employer nor shall this Stock Unit Grant interfere with the right of the Employer to terminate the Employee’s employment at any time.

 

16.                                Section 409A .  It is intended that the Stock Unit Grant issued hereunder shall comply with Section 409A of the Code (and any regulations and guidelines issued thereunder) to the extent the Stock Unit Grant is subject thereto, and the Stock Unit Grant shall be interpreted on a basis consistent with such intent.  In no event shall the Employee, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year in which the shares underlying the Stock Unit Grant will be distributed.  If the Stock Unit Grant or any portion thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code and if the Employee is a Key Employee (as defined in the Plan), then upon separation from service any distribution under the Stock Unit Grant shall be administered so that any distribution with respect to such Grant shall be postponed for six months following the date of the Employee’s separation from service, if required by Section 409A of the Code.  If a distribution is delayed pursuant to Section 409A of the Code, the distribution shall be paid within 30 days after the end of the six-month period.  If the Employee dies during such six-month period, any postponed amounts shall be paid within 90 days of the Employee’s death.  This Grant Agreement may be amended without the consent of the Employee in any respect deemed by the Committee to be necessary in order to preserve compliance with Section 409A of the Code.

 

4



 

17.                                Costs .  In any action at law or in equity to enforce any of the provisions or rights under this Grant Agreement, including any arbitration proceedings to enforce such provisions or rights, the unsuccessful party to such litigation or arbitration, as determined by the court in a final judgment or decree, or by the panel of arbitrators in its award, shall pay the successful party or parties all costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by the successful party or parties (including without limitation costs, expenses and fees on any appeals), and if the successful party recovers judgment in any such action or proceeding such costs, expenses and attorneys’ fees shall be included as part of the judgment.

 

18.                                Further Assurances .  The Employee agrees to perform all acts and execute and deliver any documents that may be reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this Grant Agreement, including but not limited to all acts and documents related to compliance with applicable federal and/or state securities laws.

 

19.                                Counterparts .  For convenience, this Grant Agreement may be executed in any number of identical counterparts, each of which shall be deemed a complete original in itself and may be introduced in evidence or used for any other purposes without the production of any other counterparts.

 

20.                                Governing Law .  This Grant Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with Section 19(h) of the Plan.

 

21.                                Entire Agreement .  This Grant Agreement, together with the Plan, sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with reference to the subject matter hereof, and there are no agreements, understandings, warranties, or representations, written, express, or implied, between them with respect to the Stock Unit Grant other than as set forth herein or therein, all prior agreements, promises, representations and understandings relative thereto being herein merged.

 

22.                                Amendment; Waiver .  This Grant Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended and the terms or covenants hereof may be waived only by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance.  Any such written instrument must be approved by the Committee to be effective as against the Company.  The failure of any party at any time or times to require performance of any provision hereof shall in no manner affect the right at a later time to enforce the same.  No waiver by any party of the breach of any term or provision contained in this Grant Agreement, whether by conduct or otherwise, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be, or construed as, a further or continuing waiver of any such breach, or a waiver of the breach of any other term or covenant contained in this Grant Agreement.

 

23.                                Severability .  Any provision of this Grant Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

5



 

24.                                Recoupment Policy.   The Employee hereby agrees that the Employee will be subject to any compensation clawback or recoupment policies that may be applicable to the Employee as an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates, as in effect from time to time and as approved by the Board or the Committee, whether or not approved before or after the Date of Grant.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Grant Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter A. Goldstein

 

Name: Peter A. Goldstein

 

Title: Managing Director and Head of Human Resources

 

I hereby accept the Stock Unit Grant described in this Grant Agreement, and I agree to be bound by the terms of the Plan and this Grant Agreement.  I hereby further agree that all the decisions and determinations of the Committee shall be final and binding.

 

 

/s/ R. Jarrett Lilien

 

 

R. Jarrett Lilien

 

 

7




Exhibit 10.32

 

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

dated as of November 5, 2015

 

by and among

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.,

 

ITG GLOBAL TRADING INCORPORATED,

 

ITG SOLUTIONS NETWORK, INC.,

 

ITG INVESTMENT RESEARCH, INC.,

 

KRATOS U.S., INC.

 

and

 

KRATOS ENERGY RESEARCH CANADA INC.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

2

 

 

 

 

 

Section 1.01

Certain Defined Terms

2

 

Section 1.02

Additional Defined Terms

13

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE; CLOSING

15

 

 

 

 

 

Section 2.01

Purchase and Sale of the Company Equity Interests

15

 

Section 2.02

Closing

15

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III PURCHASE PRICE

16

 

 

 

 

 

Section 3.01

Purchase Price

16

 

Section 3.02

Certain Closing Deliverables

16

 

Section 3.03

Closing Payment

16

 

Section 3.04

Post-Closing Statements

17

 

Section 3.05

Reconciliation of Post-Closing Statements

18

 

Section 3.06

Post-Closing Adjustment

19

 

Section 3.07

Payments and Computations

19

 

Section 3.08

Tax Withholding

20

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER PARTIES

20

 

 

 

 

 

Section 4.01

Incorporation and Qualification of the Companies

20

 

Section 4.02

Capital Structure of the Companies

20

 

Section 4.03

Incorporation and Authority of the Seller Parties; Enforceability

21

 

Section 4.04

No Conflict

22

 

Section 4.05

Consents and Approvals

22

 

Section 4.06

Financial Statements; Absence of Companies Undisclosed Liabilities

22

 

Section 4.07

Absence of Certain Changes or Events

23

 

Section 4.08

Absence of Litigation

23

 

Section 4.09

Compliance with Laws; Permits

23

 

Section 4.10

Intellectual Property

24

 

Section 4.11

Environmental Matters

26

 

Section 4.12

Material Contracts

27

 

Section 4.13

Employment and Employee Benefit Matters

27

 

Section 4.14

Taxes

30

 

Section 4.15

Real Property

33

 

Section 4.16

Brokers

33

 

Section 4.17

Sufficiency of Assets; Title

33

 

Section 4.18

Affiliate Contracts

34

 

Section 4.19

Insurance

34

 

Section 4.20

Customers and Suppliers

35

 

Section 4.21

No Other Representations or Warranties

35

 

i



 

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

36

 

 

 

 

 

Section 5.01

Incorporation and Authority of Buyer

36

 

Section 5.02

No Conflict

36

 

Section 5.03

Consents and Approvals

37

 

Section 5.04

Absence of Restraints; Compliance with Laws

37

 

Section 5.05

Securities Matters

37

 

Section 5.06

Financial Ability

37

 

Section 5.07

Brokers

39

 

Section 5.08

Investigation

39

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

39

 

 

 

 

 

Section 6.01

Conduct of Business Before the Closing

39

 

Section 6.02

Access to Information

42

 

Section 6.03

Confidentiality

43

 

Section 6.04

Regulatory and Other Authorizations

44

 

Section 6.05

Third Party Consents

45

 

Section 6.06

Intercompany Obligations

45

 

Section 6.07

Cooperation

45

 

Section 6.08

Reorganization

45

 

Section 6.09

Equity Financing

46

 

Section 6.10

Affiliate Contracts

47

 

Section 6.11

Migration Plan

47

 

Section 6.12

Cash Subscriber Exhibit

48

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

48

 

 

 

 

 

Section 7.01

Access

48

 

Section 7.02

Rights to Seller Names and Seller Marks

49

 

Section 7.03

Preservation of Books and Records

50

 

Section 7.04

Non-Competition Covenant

51

 

Section 7.05

Non-Solicitation

53

 

Section 7.06

Receivables

53

 

Section 7.07

Assignment of Contracts; Approvals and Consents

53

 

Section 7.08

Overlap Contracts

54

 

Section 7.09

Further Assurances

55

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII EMPLOYEE MATTERS

56

 

 

 

 

 

Section 8.01

Employment of All Business Employees

56

 

Section 8.02

Cooperation and Assistance

58

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX TAX MATTERS

58

 

 

 

 

 

Section 9.01

Filing of Tax Returns by Seller

58

 

Section 9.02

Filing of Tax Returns by Buyer

59

 

Section 9.03

Straddle Periods

60

 

Section 9.04

Tax Proceedings

60

 

Section 9.05

Refunds

61

 

ii



 

 

Section 9.06

Post-Closing Actions

61

 

Section 9.07

Transfer Taxes

61

 

Section 9.08

Tax Sharing Agreements

62

 

Section 9.09

Tax Cooperation

62

 

Section 9.10

Allocation

62

 

Section 9.11

Reorganization

63

 

Section 9.12

Survival

63

 

Section 9.13

Certain Tax Benefits

63

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

64

 

 

 

 

 

Section 10.01

Conditions to Obligations of Seller Parties

64

 

Section 10.02

Conditions to Obligations of Buyer

64

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI TERMINATION

65

 

 

 

 

 

Section 11.01

Termination

65

 

Section 11.02

Notice of Termination

66

 

Section 11.03

Effect of Termination

66

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII INDEMNIFICATION

67

 

 

 

 

 

Section 12.01

Survival

67

 

Section 12.02

Indemnification by Seller Parent

68

 

Section 12.03

Indemnification by Buyer

69

 

Section 12.04

Notification of Claims

70

 

Section 12.05

Exclusive Remedies

72

 

Section 12.06

Additional Indemnification Provisions

72

 

Section 12.07

Mitigation

73

 

Section 12.08

Limitation on Liability

74

 

Section 12.09

Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments

74

 

Section 12.10

Manner of Payment

74

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS

74

 

 

 

 

 

Section 13.01

Rules of Construction

74

 

Section 13.02

Expenses

76

 

Section 13.03

Notices

76

 

Section 13.04

Public Announcements

77

 

Section 13.05

Severability

77

 

Section 13.06

Assignment

78

 

Section 13.07

No Third-Party Beneficiaries

78

 

Section 13.08

Entire Agreement

78

 

Section 13.09

Amendments

78

 

Section 13.10

Waiver

78

 

Section 13.11

Governing Law

79

 

Section 13.12

Dispute Resolution; Consent to Jurisdiction

79

 

Section 13.13

Waiver of Jury Trial

79

 

Section 13.14

Remedies; Specific Performance

80

 

iii



 

 

Section 13.15

Interest

80

 

Section 13.16

Disclosure Letters and Exhibits

80

 

Section 13.17

Counterparts

81

 

Section 13.18

Non-Recourse

81

 

Section 13.19

Section Privilege

81

 

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

Form of Exclusive Distribution Agreement

 

Exhibit B

Form of Transition Services Agreement

 

Exhibit C

Combined Statement of Stockholders Equity

 

Exhibit D

Equity Commitment Letter

 

Exhibit E

Reorganization Steps

 

Exhibit F

Limited Guarantee

 

Exhibit G

Accounting Principles

 

 

iv



 

This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of November 5, 2015 (the “ Agreement Date ”), is made by and between Investment Technology Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Seller Parent ”), ITG Global Trading Incorporated, a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Seller Parent (“ Global Trading ”), ITG Solutions Network, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Seller Parent (“ Solutions Network ” and, together with Global Trading, the “ Sellers ”), ITG Investment Research, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Solutions Network (“ Investment Research ” and, together with Sellers and Seller Parent, the “ Seller Parties ”), Kratos U.S., Inc. , a Delaware corporation (“ U.S. Buyer ”) and Kratos Energy Research Canada Inc. , a corporation organized under the laws of British Columbia (“ Canadian Buyer ” and together with U.S. Buyer, “ Buyer ”).

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

 

A.                                     The Sellers own, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding equity interests (the “ Company Equity Interests ”) of (i) ITG Investment Research ULC, an Alberta unlimited liability company (the “ Canadian Company ”), and (ii) Recharge, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Delaware NewCo ”, and each, a “ Company ” and together, the “ Companies ”).

 

B.                                     Seller Parent and certain of its Subsidiaries (including the Canadian Company and Investment Research) are engaged in the business of producing, selling and licensing oil-and-gas research, products, information and data services and oil-and-gas midstream or services research products, information and data services, and in connection therewith, obtaining and analyzing data and other information related to the oil and gas sector, issuers, plays or regions, and creating analytical models and corresponding databases, including as conducted by such parties under the name ITG Energy Research (collectively, the “ Business ”).

 

C.                                     Prior to the Closing, Investment Research shall transfer to the Delaware NewCo, the Acquired Assets and the Assumed Liabilities held by it and the Delaware Newco shall acquire and assume the same, as set forth in Exhibit E hereto (together with the other transactions set forth in Exhibit E , the “ Reorganization ”), in each case upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

D.                                     At the Closing, the Sellers desire to sell to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from the Sellers, all of the Company Equity Interests, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

E.                                      At the Closing, the Companies, Parent and Investment Research (after giving effect to the Reorganization) desire to enter into the Exclusive Distribution Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit A (the “ Exclusive Distribution Agreement ”) and the Transition Services Agreement in the form set forth in Exhibit B (the “ Transition Services Agreement ”).

 

F.                                       Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and as a condition and inducement to each Seller Party’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, certain investment funds affiliated with Buyer have duly executed and delivered to Seller Parent a limited guarantee, dated as of the date of this Agreement, in favor of the Seller Parent (the “ Limited Guarantee ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .

 



 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01                              Certain Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:

 

Accounting Principles ” shall have meaning set forth in Exhibit G .

 

Acquired Assets ” means all of the Seller Parties’ and their respective Affiliates’ (other than the Canadian Company) respective rights, title and interests in, to and under (a) the Acquired Contracts, (b) the Acquired Intellectual Property and (c) all other assets, rights and properties of every character, now existing or hereafter acquired, which are Related to the Business (including the Business as a going concern).

 

Acquired Contracts ” means all contracts to which any Seller Party or its Affiliates is a party that is Related to the Business, including the contracts listed in Section 1.01(a)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter, other than any (a) Overlap Contract and (b) any contract listed on Section 1.01(b)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

 

Acquired Intellectual Property ” means all of the Seller Parties’ and their respective Affiliates’ rights, title and interests in, to or under any Intellectual Property which is Related to the Business, including know-how, designs, formulae, algorithms, procedures and other methods, which are used exclusively in producing the Business’ research, including, in connection therewith, obtaining and analyzing data and other information related to the oil and gas sector, issuers, plays or regions, and creating analytical models and corresponding databases, but, for the avoidance of doubt, excluding the Seller Names and Seller Marks.

 

Action ” means any action, suit, arbitration, proceeding, claim (including any cross-claim or counterclaim), charge, demand, litigation, complaint, audit, inquiry or investigation by or before any Government Authority.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person that, at the time of determination, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such specified Person; provided , however , that for the purposes of this Agreement, (a) no Seller shall be deemed an Affiliate of Buyer, or, after the Closing, of the Companies and (b) after the Closing, Buyer shall be deemed an Affiliate of the Companies.

 

Affiliated Group ” means any affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code or any affiliated, consolidated, combined, unitary or other group for Tax purposes.

 



 

Agreement ” means this Stock Purchase Agreement, including the Seller Disclosure Letter, the Buyer Disclosure Letter and the Exhibits, and any amendments to such agreement made in accordance with Section 13.09 .

 

Assumed Liabilities ” shall mean solely and exclusively the Liabilities of the Business arising under the Acquired Assets, whether arising on, before or after the Closing, other than any Excluded Liability.

 

Bankruptcy and Equity Exception ” means the effect on enforceability of any contract of (a) any applicable Law relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or preferential transfers, or similar Law relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally or (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law).

 

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in the City of New York, New York are required or authorized by Law to be closed.

 

Business Employees ” means (a) the employees of the Canadian Company (the “ Canadian Business Employees ”), and (b) Peter K. Bokach and Caitlyn R. McCrimmon.

 

Buyer Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter dated as of the Agreement Date and delivered by Buyer to the Seller Parties, and which forms a part of this Agreement.

 

Buyer Fundamental Representations ” means the representations and warranties made in Section 5.01 (Incorporation and Authority of Buyer), Section 5.05 (Securities Matters) and Section 5.07 (Brokers).

 

Buyer Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which Buyer is named as a party on the signature pages thereto.

 

Buyer Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by the Buyer Transaction Agreements.

 

Canadian Business Employees ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of “Business Employees”.

 

Cash Customer Overlap Contract ” means all cash only paying customer Overlap Contracts.

 

Closing Amount ” means (a) $120,500,000, minus (b) the Indebtedness Amount, plus (c) the Net Equity Adjustment Amount (if a positive number), minus (d) the absolute value of the Net Equity Adjustment Amount (if a negative number).

 

Closing Conditions ” means conditions to the respective obligations of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as set forth in Article X .

 

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

 



 

Companies ” and “ Company ” has the respective meanings set forth in the Preliminary Statements hereto; provided , that the term “ Companies ” shall (and references to assets of the Companies shall), for all periods prior to the consummation of the Reorganization, include Investment Research (and its assets) for all purposes hereof but solely to the extent relating to the ownership or operation of the Acquired Assets or operation of the Business.

 

Company Intellectual Property ” means (a) the Registered IP and (b) all other Intellectual Property other than the Registered IP, in each case, that is owned by any Company, excluding for the avoidance of doubt, the Seller Names and Seller Marks.

 

Competition Act ” means the Competition Act (Canada), R.S.C. 1985, c. C-34.

 

Confidentiality Agreement ” means the Confidentiality Agreement dated May 15, 2015, by and between Warburg Pincus LLC and Seller Parent, as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

Consent ” means any consent, approval or authorization, permission or waiver, grant, exemption, licenses, registration, declaration, or similar action of any Person.

 

Control ” means, as to any Person, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.  The terms “Controlled by”, “Controlled”, “under common Control with” and “Controlling” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Covered Bonus Amounts ” means (i) the amounts addressed in Item 3(a) and, to the extent vesting of cash-settled Seller Parent equity awards is accelerated to the date on or prior to Closing and results in cash settlement payments becoming payable by the Companies as of the Closing Date, Item 3(b) of Section 6.01 of the Seller Disclosure Letter and (ii) the amounts to be paid after the Closing to the extent provided in the first sentence of Section 8.01(b)  of this Agreement and in accordance with the second sentence of such Section 8.01(b) .

 

Data Security Requirements ” means, collectively, all of the following to the extent relating to any personal, sensitive, or confidential information or data or otherwise relating to privacy, security, or security breach notification requirements:  (a) any Company’s or Seller Party’s or, as applicable, any of their respective Affiliates, own rules, policies, and procedures (whether physical or technical in nature, or otherwise); (b) all applicable Laws; and (c) Acquired Contracts or any other contracts into which any Company or Seller Party or, as applicable, any of their respective Affiliates, has entered or by which it is otherwise bound, in the case of each of clauses (a)  — (c)  in connection with the conduct of the Business.

 

Effective Time ” means 12:01 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date.

 

Employee Plans ” means (a) all employee benefit plans (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA), (b) all fringe benefit, supplemental unemployment benefit, retirement, profit sharing, welfare benefit, bonus, stock option, stock purchase, phantom stock, restricted stock, equity or equity-based, incentive, supplemental retirement, deferred compensation, retiree health, health medical, dental, disability, life insurance, severance, Code Section 125 flexible benefit, or vacation and similar plans, programs,

 



 

arrangements, practices or agreements and (c) each other material benefit or compensation plan, program, policy or contract, in each case of the forgoing clauses (a)  through (c) . pursuant to which any of the Companies (or any Seller Party or any of their Affiliates with respect to the Business Employees) or any of their Affiliates have any Liabilities or with respect to which any of the Companies will following the Closing have any Liabilities, other than (i) governmental plans or arrangements (including governmental plans or arrangements that constitute severance, termination indemnities or other similar benefits maintained for employees outside of the U.S.) and (ii) individual agreements with Business Employees located outside of the U.S.

 

Environmental Law ” means any applicable Law or other legal requirements in effect as of the Agreement Date concerning (a) protection of the environment or (b) the exposure to, the handling, use, management, transportation, storage disposal or Release of Hazardous Materials.

 

Environmental Permit ” means any Permit required by Environmental Law and/or necessary to, or required in connection with, the operation of the Business as of the Agreement Date.

 

Equity Amount ” means the combined adjusted stockholders equity of the Companies (after giving effect to the Reorganization), as defined in, and determined in accordance with, the Accounting Principles and the sample calculation set forth in Exhibit C and excluding all non-current and non-operating assets, and all tax items relating to the Covered Bonus Amounts, as of 11:59 p.m. on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date (and, notwithstanding the fact that bonuses are declared and paid on the Closing Date by the Companies to Business Employees, such calculation of the “Equity Amount” shall include an adjustment in respect of any bonuses and cash settled equity awards declared and paid on the Closing Date by the Companies to Business Employees as contemplated by (and, after taking into account prior bonus payments and cash settled equity awards, up to the amounts specified in) Item 3(a) and, to the extent vesting of cash-settled Seller Parent equity awards is accelerated to the date on or prior to Closing and results in cash settlement payments becoming payable by the Companies as of the Closing Date, Item 3(b) of Section 6.01 of the Seller Disclosure Letter).  A sample calculation of the combined adjusted stockholders equity of the Companies (after giving effect to the Reorganization) is set forth in Exhibit C hereto, provided that in the event of any conflict between the Accounting Principles and the sample calculation set forth in Exhibit C , Exhibit C shall govern.

 

ERISA ” means the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

“ERISA Affiliate” means with respect to any Person, any entity at any relevant time required to be aggregated with such Person under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code.

 

Excluded Liability ” means any Liability that is not expressly an Assumed Liability in accordance with the terms hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, Excluded Liability shall (a) include any (i) Unpaid Transaction Expenses and (ii) Liabilities (A) transferred or otherwise assumed by the Canadian Company in connection with the Reorganization and/or (B) arising in connection with or as a result of the transfer of any rights, properties or other assets from the Canadian Company in connection with the Reorganization, but, subject to the Seller

 


 

Parties and their respective Affiliates compliance with the first sentence of Section 4.17 and its obligations under Section 6.08 , (b) not include any other Liabilities of the Canadian Company.

 

GAAP ” means U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied.

 

Government Authority ” means any federal, state, provincial, county, municipal, foreign, local or supra-national government, political subdivision, governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, instrumentality, agency, body or commission, self-regulatory organization or any court, tribunal, or judicial or arbitral body.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means any substance, element, compound, chemical, mixture, pollutant, waste, material or other substance that is defined or regulated as “hazardous”, “toxic”, “dangerous”, a “pollutant”, a “contaminant” or words of similar effect under any applicable Environmental Law (or the release of which is regulated under Environmental Laws), including asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls, radioactive materials, petroleum and petroleum by-products and distillates.

 

Indebtedness ” means, all indebtedness and other Liabilities (a) for borrowed money, whether or not contingent, including accrued but unpaid interest thereon and all obligations for principal, premiums, penalties, fees, expenses, breakage costs and bank overdrafts thereunder, excluding (for the avoidance of doubt) trade accounts payable of the Business, (b) for the deferred purchase price of property or service, (c) evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments or debt securities, including, in each case, accrued but unpaid interest thereon, (d) that are required to be recorded as capitalized leases in accordance with GAAP, (e) in respect of any interest rate, currency, swap or other hedging agreements to the extent related to the Companies, the Business, the Acquired Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, (f) in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’ acceptances and other similar instruments that are related to the Companies, the Business, the Acquired Assets or the Assumed Liabilities (but only to the extent drawn upon), and (g) Indebtedness of another Person (as described in clauses (a)  through (g) ) directly or indirectly in any manner guaranteed by the applicable Person.

 

Indebtedness Amount ” means, without duplication, determined in accordance with the Accounting Principles, the Indebtedness of the Companies on a consolidated basis as of 11:59 p.m. on the day preceding the Closing Date (and after giving effect to the Reorganization).

 

Intellectual Property ” means all all right, title and interest in and to, or arising under Law with respect to, the following intellectual property and similar rights:  (a) patents, patent applications, and patent rights, including any such rights granted upon any reissue, revision, reexamination, divisional, extension, provisional, continuation, or continuation-in-part applications, (b) copyrights, copyrightable works and other works of authorship, moral rights, mask work rights, database rights and design rights, in each case, whether or not registered, and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (c) Trade Secrets, (d) Trademarks and (e) other intellectual property and proprietary rights.

 



 

Interest Rate ” means the rate of interest per annum equal to the rate of interest published from time to time by the Wall Street Journal as the prime rate at the large U.S. money center banks.

 

IRS ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

 

Knowledge of Buyer ” means the knowledge of the Persons listed in Section 1.01(b)  of the Buyer Disclosure Letter.

 

Knowledge of Seller ” means the knowledge of the Persons listed in Section 1.01(c)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

 

Law ” means any federal, national, supra-national, state, provincial, county, municipal, local, administrative or foreign law, statute, constitution, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, Order or other requirement or rule of law (including common law) enacted, promulgated or issued by any Government Authority.

 

Liability ” means any liability, debt, guarantee, claim, demand, expense, commitment or obligation (whether primary or secondary, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, accrued or fixed, known or unknown, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, determined or determinable or due or to become due) of every kind and description, including, in each case, all costs and expenses related thereto.

 

Lien ” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, easement, hypothecation, security interest, encumbrance, claim, lien, charge or similar restriction of any kind or nature.

 

Losses ” means all losses, damages, costs, charges, obligations, settlement payments, awards, judgments, fines, penalties, Taxes, diminution in value, expenses and Liabilities actually suffered or incurred (including reasonable attorneys’ fees).

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means any change, development, circumstance, or effect that, individually or in the aggregate, (1) has had or would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Companies, the Business, assets of the Companies (including the Acquired Assets), Assumed Liabilities, or the financial condition or results of operations of the Business, taken as a whole or (2) prevents or would reasonably be expected to prevent the Seller Parties from timely consummating the Transactions or performing their respective obligations hereunder; provided , however , that with respect to the foregoing clause (1)  any adverse change or effect arising out of, resulting from or attributable to (a) an event or circumstances or series of events or circumstances adversely affecting (i) the U.S., Canadian or the global economy generally or capital, financial, banking, credit, securities, oil, gas, or energy markets generally, including changes in interest or exchange rates and changes in oil, gas or commodities prices, (ii) political conditions generally of the U.S. or any other country or jurisdiction in which any Seller Party or any of the Companies or their respective Affiliates engages in the Business or (iii) any industry generally in which any of the Companies primarily operates or in which products or services of the Business are used or distributed; (b) the announcement of the Transactions, the performance of obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, or the identity of Buyer or its Affiliates (c) any changes in applicable Law or GAAP, or accounting principles, practices or policies, in each case, after the Agreement Date that any of

 



 

the Seller Parties or the Companies is required by applicable Law or GAAP to adopt, or the enforcement or interpretation thereof; (d) actions specifically required to be taken or omitted pursuant to and in accordance with this Agreement or actions taken or omitted to be taken at the request or with the prior written consent of Buyer; (e) any acts of God, including any earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, tsunamis, or other natural disasters; (f) any hostilities, acts of war (whether or not declared), sabotage, terrorism or military actions, or any escalation or worsening of any such hostilities, act of war, sabotage, terrorism or military actions or (g) any failure to meet internal or published projections, estimates or forecasts of revenues, earnings, or other measures of financial or operating performance for any future period ( provided that the underlying causes of such failures (subject to the other provisions of this definition) shall not be excluded) shall not constitute a Material Adverse Effect, and otherwise shall not be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would be reasonably likely to occur; provided that any adverse effect arising out of, resulting from or attributable to the foregoing clauses (a) , (c) , (e) , and (f)  may be taken into account in determining whether a Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would be reasonably likely to occur to the extent such adverse effect has a disproportionate impact on the Companies and/or Business, taken as a whole, relative to other similarly situated businesses in the same industry.

 

Material Contract ” means any contract to which a Seller Party or any Company is a party (including any Acquired Contract, and, solely to the extent related to the Business, any Cash Customer Overlap Contract), that (a) contains a legal obligation of any Company (after giving effect to the Reorganization) to purchase (or otherwise involves the purchase of) goods, products or services from (i) any Key Supplier or (ii) any other supplier in connection with the Business that is reasonably expected to result in aggregate payments that exceed $50,000 in the 2015 fiscal year (on an annualized basis), (b) is a contract to which any (i) Key Customer is a party or (ii) are cash paying customer contracts in connection with the Business that is reasonably expected to result in aggregate payments by any such customer in respect of the Business in excess of $100,000 in the 2015 fiscal year (on an annualized basis), (c) contains covenants or otherwise limits the ability of any Company (after giving effect to the Reorganization) in any material respect to engage in any line of business or to compete with any Person, (d) is a contract for the lease, purchase or sale of real property by any Company (after giving effect to the Reorganization), (e) is a contract for the acquisition or disposition of any business or the equity ownership interests or assets of any other Person (whether by merger, sale of stock, sale of assets or otherwise) by any Company (after giving effect to the Reorganization) or otherwise in connection with the Business, (f) is a joint venture, strategic alliance, development or other collaboration, partnership or similar contract, in each case, that is related to the Business, (g) is a collective bargaining agreement applicable to the Business or the Business Employees, (h) is a settlement, conciliation or similar contract with any Government Authority pursuant to which any Company (after giving effect to the Reorganization) or any other Seller Party (with respect to the Business) is obligated to pay after the Agreement Date consideration in an aggregate amount that exceeds $50,000, (i) contains any non-competition requirement, requirement limiting the ability of the Seller Parties (with respect to the Business) or any of the Companies (after giving effect to the Reorganization) to engage in any line of business, “most favored nation requirement,” minimum purchase requirement, or non-solicitation requirement, (j) involves any Indebtedness of the Companies (after giving effect to the Reorganization), (k) is reasonably expected to require payments to or from any Company (after giving effect to the Reorganization) in excess of $50,000 per year or in excess of $50,000 during the term of the

 



 

contract, provided , that this clause (k)  shall not include any contract with any supplier in connection with the Business or any contract covered by the foregoing clauses (a)  or ( b) , respectively, provided, further, that this clause (k)  does not include any offer letters or employment agreements with the Business Employees (l) requires capital expenditures by any Company (after giving effect to the Reorganization) in excess of $50,000, (m) other than any customer contract, is a license, research, development or similar contract with respect to Intellectual Property that is Related to the Business, excluding licenses of generally commercially available Software with a replacement cost or annual license, maintenance or other fees of less than $50,000 in the aggregate, or (n) creates a material Lien on any Company or any of their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets).

 

Material Permits ” means Permits required to conduct the Business in compliance with applicable Law and otherwise in all material respects as conducted on the Agreement Date and at the Closing.

 

Net Equity Adjustment Amount ” means the amount equal to (a) the Equity Amount as shown in the Final Settlement Statement, minus (b) the Target Equity Amount (which amount will be (i) a positive number if the Equity Amount exceeds the Target Equity Amount and (ii) a negative number if the Equity Amount is less than the Target Equity Amount).

 

Order ” means any order, writ, judgment, injunction, temporary restraining order, executive order, decree, stipulation, determination, decision, settlement, ruling or award entered, issued or made by or with any Government Authority.

 

Other Overlap Contract ” means all Overlap Contracts, other than Cash Customer Overlap Contracts.

 

Overlap Contract ” means all cash paying customer or trading contracts to which any Seller Party or its Affiliates is a party relating to the provision of products or services by the Business but which are entered into and are also owned, used, or held for use in connection with the delivery of products and services unrelated to the Business to or by Seller Parent and its Affiliates.

 

Parties ” means, collectively, the Seller Parties and Buyer, with each being a “ Party ”.

 

Permits ” means all permits, licenses, Consents, registrations, concessions, grants, franchises, certificates, identification numbers exemptions, waivers, and filings issued or reasonably required by any Government Authority under applicable Law.

 

Permitted Liens ” means the following Liens:  (a) Liens for Taxes that are not yet due or payable or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or that may thereafter be paid without penalty and, in each case, for which adequate reserves have been established; (b) statutory Liens of landlords and Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, workmen, repairmen and other Liens imposed by operation of Law; (c) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance or other types of social security; (d) zoning ordinances, variances, conditional use, entitlement, building and other generally applicable land use and

 



 

environmental restrictions of record by a Government Authority; (e) Liens not created by Seller Parties that affect the underlying fee interest of any Leased Real Property or real property over which Seller Parties (with respect to the Business) or the Companies have easement rights); (f) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business securing Liabilities that are not material to the Business; (g) any set of facts an accurate up to date survey would show, provided , that such facts do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business conducted on such property as of the date of this Agreement; and (h) in the case of Intellectual Property, non-exclusive licenses, options to license, covenants or other non-exclusive grants.

 

Person ” means any natural person, general or limited partnership, corporation, company, joint venture, trust, limited liability company, limited liability partnership, firm, association or organization or other legal entity.

 

Pre-Closing Period ” means the period beginning on the Agreement Date and ending on the earlier of the Closing Date or the date this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

Post-Closing Period ” means (a) in the case of Delaware NewCo or U.S. Buyer, a taxable period beginning after the Closing Date and the portion of any Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date and (b) in the case of Canadian Company or Canadian Buyer, a taxable period commencing on or after the Closing and the portion of any Straddle Period beginning after the Closing.

 

Registered IP ” means the patents, patent applications, registered Trademarks, applications for registration of Trademarks, copyright registrations, and applications for registration of copyrights.

 

Related to the Business ” means (a) owned, used or held for use exclusively in connection with, or (b) arising exclusively out of the operation or conduct of, the Business as conducted by the Seller Parties and their respective Affiliates on the Agreement Date and/or as of Closing.

 

Release ” means any actual or threatened discharging, depositing, dispersing, disposing, dumping, emitting, emptying, escaping, injecting, leaching, leaking, pouring, pumping, releasing or spilling of any Hazardous Substance into or through the environment, or as otherwise defined under Environmental Laws.

 

Representative ” of a Person means the directors, officers, employees, advisors, agents, consultants, attorneys, accountants, investment bankers, equityholders or other representatives of such Person.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Seller Disclosure Letter ” means the disclosure letter dated as of the Agreement Date and delivered by the Seller Parties to Buyer, and which forms a part of this Agreement.

 

Seller Fundamental Representations ” means the representations and warranties made in Sections 4.01 (Incorporation and Qualification of the Companies), 4.02

 



 

(Capital Structure of the Companies), 4.03 (Incorporation and Authority of the Seller Parties; Enforceability), 4.16 (Brokers) and, solely for the purposes of Article XII , 4.17 (Sufficiency of Assets; Title).

 

Seller Names and Seller Marks ” means the names or marks of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates that use or contain “ITG” (in block letters or otherwise) or “Investment Technology Group,” either alone or in combination with other words and all marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source identifiers confusingly similar to or derived from any of the foregoing either alone or in combination with other words; provided , that the use of the words “Investment,” “Technology” or “Group” shall not alone result in a name or mark being included in the Seller Names and Seller Marks.

 

Seller Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement to which any Seller Party is named as a party on the signature pages thereto.

 

Seller Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by the Seller Transaction Agreements.

 

Software ” means all (a) computer programs, including all software implementation of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, human readable form or other form, (b) databases and compilations, including all data and collections of data, whether machine readable or otherwise, (c) descriptions, flow charts and other work products used to design, plan, organize and develop any of the foregoing, screens, user interfaces, report formats, firmware, development tools, templates, menus, buttons and icons, and (d) all documentation including user manuals and other training documentation relating to any of the foregoing.

 

Special Indemnity Matters ” means the matters set forth on Section 1.01(d)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

 

Subsidiary ” of any specified Person means any other Person of which such first Person (either directly or indirectly or through one or more other Subsidiaries) (a) owns or controls a majority of the outstanding equity securities or securities or other interests carrying a majority of the voting power in the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such Person, (b) is a general partner or managing member or (c) has a right to receive greater than fifty percent (50%) of the profits or losses of such other Person.

 

Target Equity Amount ” means the amount of $0.00.

 

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means all taxes, charges, fees, duties, fines, penalties, contributions, levies or other similar assessments or Liabilities, including income, excise, gross receipts, ad valorem, value-added, sales, use, employment, franchise, profits, gains, property, transfer, payroll, intangibles, corporation, premium, net worth, capital stock, capital gains, documentary, recapture, alternative or add-on minimum, disability, registration, recording, estimated, real property, personal property, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, unemployment, insurance, social security, national insurance, business license, business organization, environmental, workers compensation, severance, stamp, occupation, escheat or

 



 

unclaimed property, windfall profits, customs duties or other taxes of any kind whatsoever (whether payable directly or by withholding), imposed by the U.S. or any state, local, provincial or non-U.S. government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof, together with any interest and any penalties, assessments, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any Taxing Authority with respect thereto.

 

Tax Act ” means the Income Tax Act, R.S.C. 1985 (5th Supp.) c.1.

 

Tax Benefit ” means the Tax effect of any Tax Item that decreases cumulative Taxes paid or due and payable (taking into account any increases to Taxes paid or due and payable as a result of such Tax Item), including any interest received with respect thereto or reduction in interest that would have been payable but for such item, determined by treating the applicable Tax Item as the last item to be used.

 

Tax Item ” shall mean any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, recapture of credit or any other item that increases or decreases Taxes paid or payable, including an adjustment under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law) resulting from a change in accounting method.

 

Tax Returns ” means all returns and reports (including elections, declarations, disclosures, schedules, estimates, claims for refunds and information returns) and amendments of or attachments thereto filed or required to be supplied to a Tax Authority relating to Taxes.

 

Taxing Authority ” means any Canadian or U.S. federal, state, provincial, or local or non-Canadian or non-U.S. jurisdiction (including any subdivision and any revenue agency of a jurisdiction) imposing Taxes and the agencies, if any, charged with the collection of such Taxes for such jurisdiction.

 

Trade Secrets ” means confidential and proprietary information, including rights relating to know-how or trade secrets, including ideas, concepts, methods, techniques, inventions (whether patentable or unpatentable), and other works, whether or not developed or reduced to practice, rights in industrial property, customer, vendor, and prospect lists, and all associated information or databases, and other confidential or proprietary information.

 

Trademarks ” means trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names, domain names, trade dress, logos, slogans and other identifiers of same, including all goodwill associated therewith, and all common law rights, and registrations and applications for registration thereof and all reissues, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing.

 

Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Exclusive Distribution Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, the Equity Commitment Letter and each other agreement and document contemplated hereby, in each case including all exhibits and schedules thereto and all amendments thereto made in accordance with the respective terms thereof.

 

Transactions ” means the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements.

 



 

Transfer Taxes ” means any sales Tax, use Tax, direct or indirect real property transfer or gains Tax, documentary stamp Tax, business and occupation Tax, value added Tax or similar Taxes and all related fees, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any Taxing Authority with respect thereto.

 

U.S. ” means the United States of America.

 

Unpaid Transaction Expenses means the aggregate fees, costs and expenses incurred by or on behalf of any of the Seller Parties, the Companies and/or any of their respective Affiliates or Representatives in connection with, arising from or relating to the Transactions and the process relating to the sale of the Companies and/or the Business (including the Reorganization) including such amounts payable to (i) Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz and Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, (ii) any broker commissions, finders’ fees or similar compensation in connection with the Transactions based on any contract, and (iii) all change of control, transaction retention bonus, or similar payment obligations pursuant to arrangements entered into by any of the Seller Parties or Affiliates or, if entered into prior to the Closing, by the Companies that are triggered by the Transactions, in each case, including the employer’s portion of any payroll, social security, unemployment or similar Taxes related to such payments, in each case, which are unpaid as of 11:59 p.m. on the day preceding the Closing Date.

 

Section 1.02                              Additional Defined Terms .  For purposes of this Agreement, the terms set forth below shall have the meanings indicated in the corresponding Section set forth below:

 

Term

 

Section

Affiliate Contracts

 

Section 4.18

After-Acquired Business

 

Section 7.04(b)(i)

After-Acquired Companies

 

Section 7.04(b)(i)

Agreement Date

 

Preamble

Allocation

 

Section 9.10

Business

 

Preliminary Statements

Business Confidential Information

 

Section 6.03(b)

Business Policies

 

Section 4.19

Buyer

 

Preamble

Buyer Indemnified Parties

 

Section 12.02(a)

Canadian Buyer

 

Preamble

Canadian Company

 

Preliminary Statements

Canadian Company Purchase Price

 

Section 3.01

Canadian Continuing Employees

 

Section 8.01(d)

Cap

 

Section 12.02(b)(ii)

Change of Control

 

Section 7.04(d)

Closing

 

Section 2.02

Closing Date

 

Section 2.02

Closing Date Balance Sheet

 

Section 3.03(a)

Closing Notice

 

Section 3.03(a)

Closing Payment

 

Section 3.03(a)(ii)

Companies

 

Preliminary Statements

Company

 

Preliminary Statements

 



 

Company Equity Interests

 

Preliminary Statements

Company Systems

 

Section 4.10(e)

Competing Business

 

Section 7.04(d)

Consultation Period

 

Section 3.05(b)

Continuing Employees

 

Section 8.01(a)

Controlling Party

 

Section 12.04(b)

De Minimis Business

 

Section 7.04(d)

Deductible Amount

 

Section 12.02(b)(i)(B)

Deferred Asset

 

Section 7.07(a)

Delaware NewCo

 

Preliminary Statements

Delaware Newco Purchase Price

 

Section 3.01

Equity Commitment Letters

 

Section 5.06(a)

Equity Financing

 

Section 5.06(a)

Equity Investors

 

Section 5.06(a)

Estimated Closing Amount

 

Section 3.03(a)(i)

Exclusive Distribution Agreement

 

Preliminary Statements

Existing Business Activities

 

Section 7.04(d)

Final Settlement Statement

 

Section 3.05(c)

Financial Statements

 

Section 4.06(a)

Fraud

 

Section 12.01

Global Trading

 

Preamble

Indemnified Party

 

Section 12.04(a)

Indemnifying Party

 

Section 12.04(a)

Independent Accounting Firm

 

Section 3.05(c)

Initial Settlement Statement

 

Section 3.04(a)

Investment Research

 

Preamble

Key Customers

 

Section 4.20

Key Suppliers

 

Section 4.20

Latest Balance Sheet

 

Section 4.06(a)

Limited Guarantee

 

Preliminary Statements

Notice of Disagreement

 

Section 3.05(a)

Outside Date

 

Section 11.01(d)

PBGC

 

Section 4.13(b)

Post-Closing Adjustment

 

Section 3.06

Purchase Price

 

Section 3.01

Records

 

Section 7.03(c)

Reorganization

 

Preliminary Statements

Restricted Parties

 

Section 7.04(a)

Restrictive Covenants

 

Section 7.04(d)

Retained Claims

 

Section 13.18

Review Period

 

Section 3.04(c)

Seller Indemnified Parties

 

Section 12.03(a)

Seller Parent

 

Preamble

Seller Parties

 

Preamble

Sellers

 

Preamble

Solutions Network

 

Preamble

 



 

Straddle Period

 

Section 9.03

Tax Claim

 

Section 9.04

Third Party Claim

 

Section 12.04(a)

Third Party Consents

 

Section 6.05

Threshold

 

Section 12.02(b)(i)(A)

Transaction Dispute

 

Section 13.11

Transferred Leased Property

 

Section 4.15(a)

Transition Services Agreement

 

Preliminary Statements

U.S. Buyer

 

Preamble

Updated Notice of Disagreement

 

Section 3.05(c)

 

ARTICLE II

 

PURCHASE AND SALE; CLOSING

 

Section 2.01                              Purchase and Sale of the Company Equity Interests .  On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, (i) Global Trading shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to Canadian Buyer and Canadian Buyer shall purchase, acquire and accept from Global Trading, all of Global Trading’s right, title and interest in and to the Company Equity Interests of the Canadian Company and (ii) Solutions Network shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to U.S. Buyer and U.S. Buyer shall Buyer shall purchase, acquire and accept from Solutions Network, all of Solutions Network’s right, title and interest in and to the Company Equity Interests of the Delaware NewCo, in each case, free and clear of all Liens (other than transfer restrictions under applicable securities laws, if any).

 

Section 2.02                              Closing .  The closing of the sale and purchase of the Company Equity Interests (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, 51 W. 52 nd  Street, New York New York, at 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the date that is three (3) Business Days after the satisfaction or written waiver (to the extent (i) permitted by applicable Law and (ii) signed by the party in whose favor such Closing Condition is for) of each of the Closing Conditions in accordance with Article X (other than those Closing Conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction in full or such waiver of those Closing Conditions at such time), or on such other date or at such other time or place as the Parties may agree in writing.  The date on which the Closing occurs is referred to in this Agreement as the “ Closing Date ”.  For all purposes under this Agreement and each other Transaction Agreement, (a) all matters that are to occur at the Closing will be considered to take place simultaneously and (b) the Closing shall be deemed effective as of the Effective Time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, in no event shall the Closing occur prior to December 31, 2015 without the prior written consent of the Parties.

 


 

ARTICLE III

 

PURCHASE PRICE

 

Section 3.01                              Purchase Price .  The aggregate consideration to be paid or caused to be paid by (i) Canadian Buyer to Seller Parent (for the benefit of the Sellers) for the sale of the Company Equity Interests in the Canadian Company shall be an aggregate amount in cash equal to thirteen percent (13%) of the Closing Amount (the “ Canadian Company Purchase Price ”), and (ii) U.S. Buyer to Seller Parent (for the benefit of the Sellers) for the sale of the Company Equity Interests in the Delaware Newco shall be an amount in cash equal to 87% of the Closing Amount (the “ Delaware Newco Purchase Price ” and, collectively with the Canadian Company Purchase Price, the “ Purchase Price ”), as adjusted pursuant to pursuant to Section 3.06 and Section 12.09 .

 

Section 3.02                              Certain Closing Deliverables .

 

(a)                                  At the Closing, Sellers shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer (i) to the extent Company Equity Interests are certificated, certificates evidencing such Company Equity Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by stock powers duly executed in blank and, in any case, other duly executed instruments of transfer as required to validly transfer title in and to such Company Equity Interests; (ii) a receipt for the Closing Payment, duly executed by the Seller Parties; (iii) counterparts of the Seller Transaction Agreements, duly executed by the applicable Seller Parties; (iv) written resignations or evidence of removal (in each case, effective as of immediately prior to the Effective Time) of each corporate director or other office holder of the Companies in his or her capacity as such, except those directors (or other office holders) as Buyer shall have requested in writing at least ten (10) Business Days before the Closing Date; (v) the certificate contemplated by Section 10.02(a) ; (vi) from each Seller Party, (A) a certificate, reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, in form and substance consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2) and (B) a duly completed and properly executed IRS Form W-9; and (vii) written evidence of the termination of each of the Affiliate Contracts set forth in Section 3.02(a)(vii)  of the Disclosure Letter.

 

(b)                                  At the Closing, Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Sellers (i) counterparts of the Buyer Transaction Agreements, duly executed by Buyer (and, as applicable, the Escrow Agent) and (ii) the certificate contemplated by Section 10.01(a) .

 

Section 3.03                              Closing Payment .

 

(a)                                  No fewer than three (3) Business Days before the Closing Date, Seller Parent shall prepare and deliver to Buyer (i) an estimated combined statement of stockholders equity of the Companies (after giving effect to the Reorganization) as of as of 11:59 p.m. on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date (“ Closing Date Balance Sheet ”) prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles and consistent with Exhibit C , together with (ii) a written notice (the “ Closing Notice ”) setting forth:

 



 

(i)                                      Seller Parent’s good faith estimate and supporting calculations of (A) the Equity Amount and the Net Equity Adjustment Amount, (B) the Indebtedness Amount, and (C) the Closing Amount (the “ Estimated Closing Amount ”) and the Purchase Price;

 

(ii)                                   the amount to be paid by Buyer to the Seller Parent (for the benefit of the Sellers) at Closing (the “ Closing Payment ”), which, subject to Section 3.08, shall equal an aggregate amount equal to the Estimated Closing Amount; and

 

(iii)                                the account or accounts to which Buyer shall pay the Closing Payment.

 

(iv)                               The Closing Date Balance Sheet, the Closing Notice and all related calculations shall be prepared based upon the books and records of the Business.

 

(b)                                  At the Closing, Buyer shall pay (or cause to be paid) to Seller Parent (for the benefit of the Sellers) the Closing Payment. The Closing Payment and other payments made to Seller Parent under this Agreement shall be paid to Seller Parent as agent for the account of the other Seller Parties by wire transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with wire instructions and bank account information provided in writing by Seller Parent.

 

Section 3.04                              Post-Closing Statements .

 

(a)                                  As promptly as practicable (but no later than ninety (90) days after the Closing Date), Seller Parent shall prepare and deliver to Buyer a statement (the “ Initial Settlement Statement ”) setting forth (i) Seller Parent’s good faith calculations of (A) the Equity Amount and the Net Equity Adjustment Amount and (B) the Indebtedness Amount, (ii) the Closing Amount and Purchase Price based thereon, and (iii) such information, schedules and data with respect to the determination thereof as may be necessary or appropriate to support the calculations set forth in the Initial Settlement Statement.  The foregoing items shall be calculated by Seller Parent based upon the books and records of the Business and in accordance with this Agreement and the Accounting Principles.

 

(b)                                  In connection with Seller Parent’s preparation of the Initial Settlement Statement, to the extent Seller Parent does not have copies of all reasonably required relevant information in its possession, Buyer shall promptly upon reasonable prior notice, make available to Seller Parent and its Representatives such relevant information and the applicable individuals in Buyer’s and Buyer’s Affiliates’ employ who are responsible for and knowledgeable about such information necessary for the preparation of the Initial Settlement Statement to respond to the reasonable inquiries of, or reasonable requests for information by, Seller Parent or its Representatives, in each case, for purposes of preparing the Initial Settlement Statement.

 

(c)                                   During (i) the period prior to Closing following Buyer’s receipt of the Closing Notice and (ii) the sixty (60) day period immediately following Buyer’s receipt of the Initial Settlement Statement (the “ Review Period ”), Buyer and its Representatives shall be permitted to review the applicable books and records of the Business and the supporting documents and work papers used in the preparation of the Closing Notice or Initial Settlement Statement, as applicable, and Seller Parent shall reasonably promptly make available the individuals in its and its Affiliates’ employ and their Representatives who are responsible for and

 



 

knowledgeable about the information used in and necessary for the preparation of the Closing Notice or Initial Settlement Statement, as applicable, to respond to the reasonable inquiries of, or requests for information (including any reasonably necessary books and records or other supporting documents used in preparing the Closing Notice and calculating the Initial Settlement Statement) by, Buyer or its Representatives.

 

Section 3.05                              Reconciliation of Post-Closing Statements .

 

(a)                                  Buyer shall notify Seller Parent in writing (the “ Notice of Disagreement ”) before the expiration of the Review Period if Buyer does not agree with the Initial Settlement Statement or the Closing Amount set forth therein.  The Notice of Disagreement shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such dispute, the amounts involved in such dispute and Buyer’s determination of the Closing Amount.

 

(b)                                  During the thirty (30) day period immediately following the delivery of a Notice of Disagreement (the “ Consultation Period ”), Seller Parent and Buyer shall seek in good faith to resolve all differences that they may have with respect to the matters specified in the Notice of Disagreement.  If, during the Consultation Period, such Parties reach an agreement with respect to an item in dispute, such agreement shall be evidenced in writing and such disputed item, as resolved, shall become final and binding on all Parties the date of such agreement.

 

(c)                                   If, at the end of the Consultation Period, Seller Parent and Buyer have been unable to resolve all differences that they may have with respect to the matters specified in the Notice of Disagreement, Seller Parent and Buyer shall submit all (but not less than all) matters that remain in dispute with respect to the Notice of Disagreement (along with copies of the Initial Settlement Statement and Notice of Disagreement marked to indicate those line items that are not then in dispute) (the “ Updated Notice of Disagreement ”) to a nationally recognized accounting firm as shall be agreed upon in writing by Seller and Buyer (the “ Independent Accounting Firm ”).  The Parties agree to cooperate with the Independent Accounting Firm during its resolution of the matters that remain in dispute with respect to the Updated Notice of Disagreement (including by entering into a customary engagement letter with the Independent Accounting Firm).  The Parties shall instruct the Independent Accounting Firm, within forty (40) days after referral of the matter to such Independent Accounting Firm, to evaluate the appropriate amount of each line item in the Initial Settlement Statement as to which Seller Parent and Buyer disagree (as set out in the Updated Notice of Disagreement submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm), and to make a final determination in writing (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator), binding on the Parties, of the appropriate amount with respect to each such line item.  In resolving each such dispute, the Independent Accounting Firm (i) shall make its determination based solely on the presentations and supporting material provided by the Seller Parent and the Buyer, in each case, to the Independent Accounting Firm and the other Party, and not pursuant to any independent review, (ii) the definitions and other applicable provisions of this Agreement and (iii) may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such item claimed by either the Seller Parent or Buyer or less than the smallest value for such item claimed by either the Seller Parent or Buyer.  The Independent Accounting Firm shall not consider any issues not raised in the Updated Notice of Disagreement.  A copy of all materials submitted to the Independent Accounting Firm pursuant to this Section 3.05(c)  shall

 



 

be provided by Seller Parent or Buyer, as applicable, to the other Party concurrently with the submission thereof to the Independent Accounting Firm.  During such determination period, the Independent Accounting Firm also shall (i) prepare a statement of the Closing Amount based upon all line items not disputed or resolved by the Parties and the line items determined by the Independent Accounting Firm in accordance with this Section 3.05(c)  and (ii) determine the Closing Amount reflected on such statement, in each case, in accordance with this Agreement, which determination shall, absent a showing of fraud or manifest calculation error, be conclusive and binding on the Parties.  The statement of Closing Amount that is conclusive and binding on the Parties, as determined through agreement of the Parties pursuant to 3.05(a)  or 3.05(b) , or through the action of the Independent Accounting Firm pursuant to this Section 3.05(c) , is referred to as the “ Final Settlement Statement ”.  Judgment may be entered upon the determination of the Independent Accounting Firm by any court referred to in Section 13.12 .

 

(d)                                  Each of Seller Parent and Buyer shall bear all the fees and costs incurred by it in connection with the Independent Accounting Firm’s review, except that the fees and expenses relating to the foregoing work by the Independent Accounting Firm shall be borne by Seller Parent, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, in inverse proportion as they may prevail on the matters resolved by the Independent Accounting Firm, which proportionate allocation will also be determined by the Independent Accounting Firm calculated on an aggregate basis based on the relative dollar values of the amounts in dispute and be included in the Independent Accounting Firm’s written report.  During the review by the Independent Accounting Firm, Seller Parent and Buyer and their respective accountants and other Representatives will each make available to the Independent Accounting Firm interviews with such individuals, and such information, books and records and work papers, as may be reasonably required by the Independent Accounting Firm to fulfill its obligations under Section 3.05(c) ; provided , however , that the accountants of Seller Parent or Buyer shall not be obliged to make any work papers available to the Independent Accounting Firm except in accordance with such accountants’ normal disclosure procedures and then only after the Independent Accounting Firm has signed a customary agreement relating to such access to work papers in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such accountants.

 

Section 3.06                              Post-Closing Adjustment .  For purposes of this Agreement, “ Post-Closing Adjustment ” means (a) the amount of Closing Amount set forth in the Final Settlement Statement less (b) the Estimated Closing Amount set forth in the Closing Notice.  If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a positive amount, then Buyer shall pay (or cause the Companies to pay) in cash to Seller Parent (for the benefit of the Sellers) the amount of the Post-Closing Adjustment, in accordance with Section 3.07 .  If the Post-Closing Adjustment is a negative amount, then Seller Parent shall (on behalf of and as agent for the account of the Sellers) pay in cash to Buyer the amount of the absolute value of the Post-Closing Adjustment, in accordance with Section 3.07 . Any payment made by the Buyer pursuant to this Section 3.06 shall constitute an increase in the Purchase Price and any payment made by the Seller Parties pursuant to Section 3.06 shall constitute a reduction of the Purchase Price.  Such adjustment shall be further apportioned between the Canadian Company Purchase Price and the Delaware Newco Purchase Price based on which Company’s assets or Liabilities gave rise to such adjustment.

 

Section 3.07                              Payments and Computations .  Except for the payment of the Closing Payment (which shall be paid at the Closing), each Party shall make each payment due

 



 

to another Party not later than 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the day when due.  All payments (including the Closing Payment) shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account or accounts designated in advance by the Party receiving such payment and, except as otherwise contemplated by Section 3.08 , shall be free and clear of any withholding for Taxes.  All computations of interest shall be made in accordance with Section 13.15 .

 

Section 3.08                              Tax Withholding .  Buyer shall not deduct or withhold any Taxes from any amounts payable pursuant to this Agreement unless such deduction or withholding of Taxes is required under applicable Law (as reasonably determined by Buyer).  In any case where withholding or deduction is required, Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to provide notice to the Seller Parties at least seven (7) Business Days prior to withholding (or, if later, promptly after Buyer becomes aware of its obligation to withhold) any amount pursuant to this Section 3.08 (other than in respect of any payroll taxes), and the parties shall use reasonable efforts to reduce or avoid such withholding where possible; provided , that Buyer shall not be required to make any payment to any Person to obtain such result. The Seller Parties and Buyer shall cooperate in completing any procedural formalities reasonably requested by the Seller Parties necessary for Buyer to obtain authorization to make payments under this Agreement without any withholding or deduction for or on account of Tax. In the event any applicable Law requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payments, then Buyer or the Companies or the Escrow Agent (or any of their respective Affiliates) shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Taxing Authority in accordance with applicable Law.  If any such deduction or withholding is made, the amount so deducted or withheld shall be treated for all purposes under this Agreement as having been received by the Person in respect of which the deduction or withholding was made.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLER PARTIES

 

The Seller Parties, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to Buyer that, as of the Agreement Date and as of the Closing Date:

 

Section 4.01                              Incorporation and Qualification of the Companies .  Each of the Companies is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and has all necessary corporate or other appropriate power to operate and carry on its business as now conducted.  Each of the Companies is duly qualified as a foreign entity to do business, and, to the extent legally applicable, is in good standing, in each jurisdiction in which the character of its owned, operated or leased properties or the nature of its activities makes such qualification necessary, except for jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified or in good standing would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of the certificates of incorporation, bylaws and similar governing documents of each Company, and all amendments thereto, as in effect on the date hereof, have previously been provided to Buyer.

 

Section 4.02                              Capital Structure of the Companies . The authorized capital stock or other equity interests and number of issued and outstanding shares (including the Company Equity Interests) or other equity interests of each of the Companies as of the Agreement Date,

 



 

after giving effect to the Reorganization, and as of Closing, in each case, is set forth in Section 4.02 of the Seller Disclosure Letter.  The record owners of all such capital stock or other equity interests (including all of the Company Equity Interests) as of such times are listed in Section 4.02 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, and such Persons own (or, as applicable, will own) such capital stock and other equity interests (including the Company Equity Interests) free and clear of all Liens, except (i) any transfer restrictions arising out of, under or in connection with the Securities Act or any other applicable securities Laws, or (ii) any Lien created by or through, or resulting from any action taken by to Buyer or its pre-Closing Affiliates.  All of the Company Equity Interests have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any preemptive or similar rights or Law. There are no (x) options, subscriptions, warrants or rights of conversion, calls, puts, rights of first refusal, preemptive rights or other similar rights, contracts, agreements, arrangements or commitments obligating any of the Companies, or, with respect to any Company, the Seller Parties or their respective Affiliates to issue, sell or otherwise cause to become outstanding or to acquire, repurchase or redeem any shares of a Company’s capital stock (or any interest therein), other equity interests or securities convertible into or exchangeable for a Company’s shares or other equity interests or any shares or other direct or indirect equity interests of any Company (whether issued or unissued), or (y) stock appreciation rights, phantom stock, profit participation or other similar rights or equity equivalents with respect to the Companies. There are no voting trusts, stockholder agreements, registration rights agreement, proxies or other agreements in effect with respect to or in any manner restricting the voting or transfer of the Company Equity Interests.  The books of account, stock records, minute books and other records of the Companies (and prior to the Reorganization, their respective predecessors and contributors) have been maintained in all material respects in accordance with all applicable Laws and are in the possession of the Companies or the Seller Parties and as of the Closing, will be in the possession of the Companies.  None of the Companies have any Subsidiaries.  Except as set forth in Section 4.02 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, there is no outstanding Indebtedness of any Company.

 

Section 4.03                              Incorporation and Authority of the Seller Parties; Enforceability .  Each Seller Party is a corporation or other entity duly incorporated or formed, validly existing and, to the extent legally applicable, in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation.  Each Seller Party has the requisite corporate power and authority, and has taken all corporate action necessary, to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Seller Transaction Agreements (including the consummation of the Seller Transactions) to which it is a party in accordance with the terms thereof.  The execution, delivery and performance by each Seller Party of the Seller Transaction Agreements to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action on the part of such Seller Party.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by each Seller Party, and upon execution and delivery thereof, the other Seller Transaction Agreements will be duly and validly executed and delivered by the Seller Parties party thereto, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other Parties (other than the Companies and the other Seller Parties) hereto and thereto, as applicable) this Agreement constitutes, and, upon execution and delivery thereof, the other Seller Transaction Agreements will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller Parties and the Companies party thereto, enforceable against the Seller Parties and the Companies party thereto in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception.

 



 

Section 4.04                              No Conflict .  Except for (a) the Consents listed in Section 4.05 of the Seller Disclosure Letter or (b) in the case of clause (iii) below, for any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, rights or Liens as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, an adverse effect which is material to the Companies or the Business, the execution, delivery and performance by the Seller Parties and the Companies of the Seller Transaction Agreements or the consummation by the Seller Parties and the Companies of the Transactions, do not and will not:

 

(i)                                      violate or conflict with the certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws or similar organizational documents of any of the Seller Parties or the Companies;

 

(ii)                                   conflict with or violate in any material respect any Law, Order or Permit applicable to the Seller Parties, the Companies (or their respective assets, including the Acquired Assets), Assumed Liabilities or the Business; or

 

(iii)                                result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or give to any Person any right to terminate, amend, accelerate or cancel, or result in the creation of any Lien on the Company Equity Interests or, other than a Permitted Lien, any of the assets of the Companies (including the Acquired Assets) pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, Permit, franchise or other Material Contract to which any Company is a party or by which the Company Equity Interests, assets of the Companies (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities are bound or otherwise subject to.

 

Section 4.05                              Consents and Approvals .  The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller Parties of the Seller Transaction Agreements do not and will not, and the consummation of the Transactions contemplated thereby will not, require any Consent, waiver or other action by, or any filing with or notification to, any Government Authority with respect to the Business, the Companies (or their respective assets, including the Acquired Assets), the Assumed Liabilities or otherwise, by any Seller Party or any Company, except (a) where the failure to obtain such Consent or waiver, or to take such action or make such filing or notification would not materially and adversely affect the Companies or the Business and would not materially impair or delay the ability of the Seller Parties to consummate the Seller Transactions or otherwise perform their respective obligations under the Seller Transaction Agreements, (b) as may be necessary solely as a result of any facts or circumstances relating solely to Buyer or Buyer’s pre-Closing Affiliates or (c) the obtaining and/or filing of any Consents listed in Section 4.05 of the Seller Disclosure Letter.

 

Section 4.06                              Financial Statements; Absence of Companies Undisclosed Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  Section 4.06(a)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter sets forth (i) the unaudited pro forma combined balance sheet of the Business as of each of September 30, 2015 (the “ Latest Balance Sheet ”) and December 31, 2014; and (ii) the unaudited pro forma combined income statement of the Business for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the nine-month period ended September 30, 2015 (the balance sheets and statements referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) being herein collectively referred to as the “ Financial Statements ”).  The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the Accounting Principles, and present fairly,

 



 

in all material respects, the assets, Liabilities, financial condition and the results of operations of the Business at their respective dates and for the periods covered by such statements.

 

(b)                                  Except (i) as set forth in the Latest Balance Sheet included in the Financial Statements and (ii) for Liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since September 30, 2015, there are no Liabilities of the Companies or the Business that are required to be reflected on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

Section 4.07                              Absence of Certain Changes or Events .  From January 1, 2015, (a) through the Agreement Date, (i) except as required by the Transaction Agreements or in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, the Seller Parties and the Companies have conducted the Business in all material respects in the ordinary course of business and (ii) none of the Companies has taken any action (or made any omission) that, if taken (or omitted) after the date of this Agreement without the consent of Buyer would constitute a material violation of Section 6.01 and (b) there is no and has not been any Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.08                              Absence of Litigation .  No Actions are, nor for the last three (3) years have been, outstanding, pending, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against the Seller Parties (in respect of the Business, any Company (or its assets, including Acquired Asset) or Assumed Liability) or the Companies. For the last three (3) years, neither the Seller Parties (in respect of the Business, any Company (or its assets, including Acquired Asset) or Assumed Liability), or the Companies are or have been subject to any Order (in respect of the Business or any Company (or its assets, including Acquired Asset)or Assumed Liability).

 

Section 4.09                              Compliance with Laws; Permits .

 

(a)                                  The Seller Parties, the Companies and, as applicable, their respective Affiliates are, and have at all times since January 1, 2013 been, and during such period, each of them have conducted the Business, in each case, in compliance in all material respects with all Laws and Orders applicable to the conduct of the Business or by which any Seller Parties (in respect of the Business, any Company (or its assets, including Acquired Asset) or Assumed Liability) or the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets), or Assumed Liabilities are bound.  Since January 1, 2013, none of the Seller Parties or the Companies has (i) received any written, or to the Knowledge of Seller, other notice that any of the Seller Parties, the Companies or the Business have not complied in any material respect with any Laws and/or Orders applicable to the ownership, operation or conduct of the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities, (ii) been charged or threatened with, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, is not under pending investigation by a Government Authority with respect to, any material violation of any Law related to the ownership, operation or conduct of the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities, (iii) violated any Law relating to anti-bribery or anticorruption or that otherwise prohibits the corrupt payment to any government or public officials, nor (iv) made or provided a voluntary or mandatory disclosure of any material false statement or material omission to any Government Entity.  The Seller Parties, the Companies and, as applicable, their respective Affiliates validly hold, and have at all times since January 1, 2013 (including after giving effect to the Reorganization) validly held, all Material

 



 

Permits (including Environmental Permits) necessary or required for the ownership, operation, and/or conduct of the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities, including making all material filings and payments of duties and fees required by any Government Authority.  None of the Seller Parties, the Companies or, as applicable their respective Affiliates is, and at all times since January 1, 2013 has not been, in violation or default under or is currently violating in any material respect any Material Permit. No suspension, cancellation, modification, revocation or nonrenewal of any Material Permit is pending, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened. The Companies and the Business will have as of the Closing the use and benefit of all such Material Permits . None of the Seller Parties, the Companies, nor any of their respective Affiliates, nor to the Knowledge of Seller, any other Person acting on behalf of any of them, is a Person that is, or, to Seller’s Knowledge, is owned or controlled by a Person that is, or has otherwise engaged in any transaction or otherwise dealt directly or indirectly with, a Person with whom Canadian or United States Persons are prohibited from dealing under applicable Law.

 

(b)                                  Each of (i) the book value of assets in Canada of the Companies and (ii) the gross revenues from sales in or from Canada generated by the Companies’ assets in Canada are less than C$86 million, when calculated in accordance with Part IX of the Competition Act and the regulations thereunder.

 

(c)                                   None of the Seller Parties (with respect to the Business) nor any of the Companies is, and since January 1, 2013 none have been, required to be registered, licensed or qualified as (i) an investment adviser, broker, dealer, commodity broker-dealer, introducing broker, futures commission merchant or in any similar capacity within the meaning of any applicable Law or (ii) subject to any Liability or disability by reason of any failure to be so registered, licensed or qualified, in each case, with respect to the ownership, operation and/or conduct of the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities. None of the Seller Parties, the Companies nor, as applicable, their respective Affiliates has received notice of, and is not aware of any basis for, any pending Action or Order concerning any failure to obtain any investment adviser, broker, dealer, commodity broker-dealer, introducing broker, futures commission merchant, or similar registration, license or qualification, in each case, with respect to the ownership, operation and/or conduct of the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities.

 

Section 4.10                              Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  The Companies exclusively own and possess, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, all right, title and interest in and to the Company Intellectual Property, and, as of the Agreement Date, the Seller Parties and their Affiliates exclusively own and possess, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens, all right, title and interest in and to the Acquired Intellectual Property. The Company Intellectual Property, together with the Acquired Intellectual Property and all other third-party Intellectual Property covenants and rights granted to the Companies and the rights of Buyer contemplated under Section 7.02 and the other applicable provisions of the Transaction Agreements, constitute all Intellectual Property that is necessary for, or used or held for use in the ownership, operation or conduct of the Business as it is conducted on the Agreement Date and, in all material respects, as it is contemplated to be

 



 

conducted at Closing; provided , however , that this sentence shall not be deemed a representation or warranty that the Seller Parties, the Companies or their respective Affiliates are not or have not infringing(ed) upon or misappropriating(ed) or otherwise violating(ed) the Intellectual Property or other rights of any third party, which is the subject of the first sentence of Section 4.10(b).  Assuming receipt of all relevant Consents relating to the matters set forth in Section 4.05 of the Seller Disclosure Letter or as contemplated by Section 4.05 , the Transactions shall not impair the right, title or interest of the Companies in or to the Company Intellectual Property and the Acquired Intellectual Property, and all of the Company Intellectual Property and the Acquired Intellectual Property shall be exclusively owned or available for use (including as contemplated pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement) by the Companies, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, immediately after the Closing on terms and conditions substantially similar to those under which the Companies, or the Seller Parties and their respective Affiliates, owned or used the Company Intellectual Property and the Acquired Intellectual Property immediately prior to the Closing.

 

(b)                                  To the Knowledge of Seller, (i) none of the Seller Parties, the Companies or, as applicable, their respective Affiliates is, and in the past four (4) years none of them has, infringing(ed) upon or misappropriating(ed) or otherwise violating(ed) the Intellectual Property or other rights of any third party in connection with the ownership, operation or conduct of the Business; provided , that with respect to Item 2 of Section 1.01(d) of the Seller Disclosure Letter, this representation and warranty shall not be (x) qualified by the Knowledge of Seller or (y) limited to the past four (4) years, and (ii) no Person is (or has) infringing(ed) upon or misappropriating(ed) or otherwise violating(ed) any Company Intellectual Property or Acquired Intellectual Property during such four (4) year period.

 

(c)                                   The Seller Parties and the Companies, and, as applicable, their respective Affiliates, have not received any written claim or notice (including any demands to license any Intellectual Property) from any Person during the four (4)-year period ending on the Agreement Date (i) alleging that the Companies or the ownership, operation or conduct of the Business by any of the Seller Parties or the Companies (or, as applicable, their respective Affiliates) infringes upon or misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property of any third party or (ii) challenging the validity, use, ownership, enforceability or registrability of any Company Intellectual Property or Acquired Intellectual Property.  There are no Actions or other claims (including office actions or oppositions or cancellation actions) outstanding, pending, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against the Seller Parties or the Companies or, as applicable, their respective Affiliates, (i) alleging that the Companies or the operation of the Business by any of the Seller Parties or the Companies or, as applicable, their respective Affiliates, infringes upon or misappropriates or otherwise violates any Intellectual Property or other rights of any third party or (ii) challenging the validity, use, ownership, enforceability or registrability of any Company Intellectual Property or Acquired Intellectual Property.

 

(d)                                  Section 4.10(d)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list of all Registered IP owned by the Seller Parties or any of the Companies or, as applicable, their respective Affiliates, and owned, used (or held for use) in connection with the ownership, operation or conduct of the Companies or the Business (in each case, enumerating specifically the applicable filing or registration number, title, jurisdiction in which filing was made or from which registration issued, date of filing, date of issuance, and names of all current

 


 

applicant(s) and registered owner(s) and, for domain name registrations, the registrant, registrar, and expiration date, as applicable), including applications therefor.  The Registered IP that is included in the Company Intellectual Property or Acquired Intellectual Property is valid, subsisting and enforceable.  Neither the Company Intellectual Property nor the Acquired Intellectual Property is subject to any outstanding consent, settlement, ruling or Order restricting the use or ownership thereof in any material respect.  The Seller Parties, the Companies, and, as applicable, their respective Affiliates have taken commercially reasonable measures to protect and maintain the secrecy of all Trade Secrets that constitute Company Intellectual Property or Acquired Intellectual Property.

 

(e)                                   The computer systems, including the Software, hardware, networks, platforms and related systems, owned, leased, or licensed by the Companies, other than any such systems leased, licensed or otherwise provided by the Seller Parties and their Affiliates (collectively, the “ Company Systems ”), together with the services contemplated to be provided under the Transition Services Agreement, are sufficient for the immediate needs of the Business.

 

(f)                                    Since January 1, 2013, neither the Companies, nor the Seller Parties nor, as applicable, their respective Affiliates (in the operation of the Business), have violated any applicable Data Security Requirements in any material respect, and the operation of the Business as conducted on the Agreement Date complies in all material respects with all Data Security Requirements.  During the three (3)-year period ending on the Agreement Date, (i) no claims have been asserted in writing by any third party against any of the Seller Parties or the Companies or, as applicable, any of their Affiliates, alleging any violation of any Data Security Requirements in the operation of the Business, (ii) neither Companies nor the Seller Parties nor, as applicable, their respective Affiliates (in the operation of the Business) have been subject to any investigation with regard to any Data Security Requirements, and (iii) there have not been any material incidents of security breaches of, or other unauthorized access to, any Company Systems (including with respect to the data and other information contained therein or transmitted thereby) or Trade Secrets that constitute Company Intellectual Property or Acquired Intellectual Property.

 

Section 4.11                              Environmental Matters .

 

(a)                                  Except as disclosed on Section 4.11 of the Seller Disclosure Letter or except as would not otherwise reasonably be expected to have individually or in the aggregate, an adverse effect that is material to the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities, taken as a whole:

 

(i)                                      there are no Actions outstanding, pending, threatened in writing or, to the Knowledge of Seller, otherwise threatened, against the Seller Parties (in respect of the Business) or the Companies, alleging that any of the Seller Parties in respect of the Business) or the Companies is in violation of, or responsible for any Liability under, Environmental Law;

 

(ii)                                   to the Knowledge of Seller, the Seller Parties (in respect of the Business) and the Companies are in compliance in all material respects with applicable Environmental Laws, including the obligation to obtain, maintain and comply with all Environmental Permits; and

 



 

(iii)                                to the Knowledge of Seller, there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials by any Seller Parties (in respect of the Business) or the Companies, nor by any other Person acting on behalf of any Seller Parties (in respect of the Business or the Companies, in, on, at or under the Transferred Leased Property that would reasonably be expected to result in the Companies or the Business incurring Liabilities under Environmental Laws.

 

Section 4.12                              Material Contracts .

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in Section 4.12(a)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter, neither the Seller Parties, the Companies nor their respective Affiliates is party to any Material Contract in effect on the Agreement Date.  The Seller Parties have made available to Buyer true, accurate and complete copies of each Material Contract that is a written contract.

 

(b)                                  Each Material Contract is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the applicable Seller Party, Company or their applicable Affiliates, as the case may be, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, each other party to such Material Contract, and is in full force and effect and enforceable against the applicable Seller Party, Company or their applicable Affiliates, as the case may be, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, each other party to such Material Contract in accordance with its terms, subject, in each case, to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception.  None of the Seller Parties, the Companies or, as applicable, any their respective Affiliates or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party to a Material Contract is in default under or breach of a Material Contract in any material respect (and to the Knowledge of Seller, no event has occurred that would reasonably be expected to constitute such a default or breach under the terms of any such Material Contract). There are no material disputes outstanding, pending, or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened, relating to, or any written notice of any intention to terminate or modify, any Material Contract.

 

(c)                                   Section 4.12(c ) of the Seller Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of all Cash Customer Overlap Contracts.  The Seller Parties have made available to Buyer true, accurate and complete copies of each Cash Customer Overlap Contract.

 

Section 4.13                              Employment and Employee Benefit Matters .

 

(a)                                  Section 4.13(a)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter lists each material Employee Plan.  Sellers have previously made available to Buyer a true and complete copy of each material Employee Plan and, to the extent applicable, the most recent summary plan description or a summary or written description of each such plan, and the most recent IRS determination or opinion letter.

 

(b)                                  None of the Seller Parties (in respect of the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities), the Companies or the Business sponsors or maintains, nor in the past six (6) years has sponsored or maintained, nor do any of the Companies have any Liabilities under or with respect to, any plan that is or was subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code, or any multiemployer plan (within the meaning of Section 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA). None of the Seller Parties, the Companies, or any ERISA Affiliate of any of the Companies has incurred any unsatisfied Liability (including

 



 

any Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“ PBGC ”) premiums) under Title IV of ERISA or Sections 412 or 4980B of the Code, and no event or condition exists that would result in the imposition of any such Liability on any of the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets), Assumed Liabilities, or any ERISA Affiliate of any of the Companies that would result in Liability to Buyer or any of the Companies following the Closing.  None of the Companies has any Liabilities under the Code or ERISA as a consequence of at any time being considered a single employer under Section 414 of the Code with any other Person except as would not result in the imposition of any such Liability on Buyer or any of the Companies following the Closing.  No Employee Plan covering Business Employees located in Canada is or is intended to be a “registered pension plan”, “deferred profit sharing plan”, a “retirement compensation arrangement”, or a “tax-free savings account” as such terms are defined in the Tax Act.

 

(c)                                   Each Employee Plan has been established, registered, communicated, maintained, funded, invested and administered, in all material respects, in compliance with its terms and all provisions of applicable Law, except for any failure to comply that would not result in the imposition of any Liability on the Buyer or the Companies following the Closing.  Each Employee Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a current favorable determination letter from the IRS, and to the Knowledge of Seller, nothing has occurred that would adversely affect the qualification of such Employee Plan.

 

(d)                                  Other than routine claims for benefits, no Employee Plan is subject to any outstanding, pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened Action, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, there exists no state of facts which could be expected to give rise to any such Action, except for any Actions that would not result in the imposition of any Liability on the Buyer or the Companies following the Closing.

 

(e)                                   With respect to each Employee Plan, all contributions, premiums or payments required to be made on behalf of Business Employees have been made on or before their due dates (including permissible extensions) and in accordance with the terms of each Employee Plan and applicable Law.

 

(f)                                    Except as contemplated by Section 8.01 , neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the Transactions (alone, or together with any other event) will (i) result in any payment becoming due to any current or former Business Employee or satisfy any prerequisite (whether exclusive or non-exclusive) to any payment or benefit to any current or former Business Employee or officer, director or individual service provider of any of the Companies under any Employee Plan or other plan, program, policy or arrangement of the Seller or any of its Affiliates in effect on or prior to the Closing, (ii) increase any benefits to any current or former Business Employee or officer, director or individual service provider of any of the Companies under any Employee Plan in effect on or prior to the Closing or (iii) result in the acceleration of the time of payment, vesting or funding of any such benefits for any current or former Business Employee or officer, director or individual service provider of any of the Companies under any Employee Plan or other plan, program, policy or arrangement of the Seller or any of its Affiliates in effect on or prior to the Closing, or (iv) result in any “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code being due to any Business Employee or officer, director, stockholder or other individual service provider of any of the

 



 

Companies under any Employee Plan or other plan, program, policy or arrangement of the Seller or any of its Affiliates in effect on or prior to the Closing.

 

(g)                                   None of the Employee Plans provides for medical or life insurance benefits to retired or terminated employees or to the beneficiaries or dependents of retired or terminated employees, except as required by applicable Law.

 

(h)                                  None of the Seller Parties, the Companies or, as applicable, their respective Affiliates, is a party to a collective bargaining agreement that is applicable to the Business Employees.  No trade union, council of trade unions, employee bargaining agency or affiliated bargaining agent holds bargaining rights with respect to any of the Business Employees by way of certification, interim certification, voluntary recognition or succession rights or has applied or, to the Knowledge of Seller threatened to apply to be certified as the bargaining agent of any Business Employees.  There are no pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened organizational campaigns, decertification efforts, petitions or other material unionization activities seeking recognition of a bargaining unit in the Business, and no material unfair labor practice charges or other complaints or union representation questions are before the National Labor Relations Board or other labor board or Government Authority with respect to the Business Employees. There are no strikes, labor disputes, slowdowns, work stoppages, or material lockouts involving or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened with respect to the Business Employees, the Companies or the Business, and no such strike, labor dispute, slowdown, work stoppage, or material lockouts has occurred within the three (3) years immediately preceding the Agreement Date. No trade union has applied to have the Companies (or either of them) or any Seller Party declared a common or related employer pursuant to the Labour Relations Code (Alberta) or any similar legislation in any jurisdiction in which any of the Companies or any Seller Party carry on business.

 

(i)                                      The Seller Parties, the Companies, and, as applicable, their respective Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with all terms and conditions of employment and all applicable Law relating to the employment of the Business Employees, including wages, hours of work, overtime, collective bargaining, employment discrimination, civil rights, human rights, workers’ compensation, plant closings or mass layoffs, immigration, leaves of absence, the collection and payment of withholding and/or social security Taxes and occupational health and safety and there are no outstanding, pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, otherwise threatened Actions or Orders under any such Law and, to the Knowledge of Seller, there is no basis for any such Action or Order in each case with respect to current Business Employees.  The Seller Parties, the Companies, and, as applicable, their respective Affiliates have paid all wages, salaries, commissions and other compensation and benefits and all levies, assessments, contributions and payments to third parties due to or on behalf of the Business Employees. No material claim with respect to payment of wages, salary or overtime pay is pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened in writing before any Government Authority, with respect to current Business Employees.  No material charge of discrimination in employment or employment practices for any reason, including age, gender, race, religion or other legally protected category, is pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened before the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or other Government Authority by current Business Employees.  To the Knowledge of Seller, none of the Companies or any of their Affiliates is subject to any pending investigation from any labor inspection or similar Government Authority

 



 

with respect to the Business, and no Action is currently pending against the Seller Parties or the Companies with respect to current Business Employees.

 

(j)                                     Section 4.13(j)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter contains a correct and complete list of each Business Employee, whether actively at work or not, showing without names or employee numbers their salaries, wage rates, bonus arrangements, benefits, positions, employer, status as full-time or part-time, location of employment, cumulative length of service with the Seller Parties (in respect of the Business) and the Companies and whether they are subject to a written employment contract including for this purpose any offer letter.  Section 4.13(j)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter contains for each Business Employee their annual vacation entitlement in days, their accrued and unused vacation days as of October 31, 2015, any other annual paid time off entitlement in days and their accrued and unused days of such other paid time off as of October 31, 2015.  The Business does not currently directly retain any individuals, whether engaged in their personal capacity or through a corporation, as independent contractors. To the Knowledge of the Seller, each individual contractor who has been retained in the past three (3) years as an independent contractor has been properly classified as an independent contractor and none of the Seller Parties or the Companies have received any notice from any Government Authority disputing such classification.

 

(k)                                  Neither of the Companies has any indemnity obligation under any Employee Plan or otherwise on or after the date hereof for any Taxes imposed under Section 4999 or 409A of the Code with respect to any current or former Business Employees or officers or directors or individual service provider of any of the Companies.

 

Section 4.14                              Taxes . Except as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Seller Disclosure Letter:

 

(a)                                  Each of the Companies, and each Affiliated Group for any period during which any Company was a member, has timely filed, or has had filed on its behalf, all income and other material Tax Returns required to be filed by or with respect to the Companies or the Business (taking into account extensions of time to file such Tax Returns), each such income or other material Tax Return is true, correct and complete in all material respects, and all Taxes due and owing by (or with respect to the operations of) the Companies (whether or not shown as due on such Tax Returns) have been timely paid.  Neither Company currently is the beneficiary of any extension of time within which to file any income or other material Tax Return;

 

(b)                                  The unpaid Taxes of each of the Companies (being Taxes not yet due and owing) will not exceed by a material amount the reserve for Tax Liability (rather than any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) set forth in the face of the Latest Balance Sheet, as adjusted for the passage of time through the Closing Date in accordance with the past custom and practice of each Company in filing its Tax Returns;

 

(c)                                   No material deficiencies for (or material disputes or other claims regarding) any Taxes have been proposed, asserted or assessed in writing by a Taxing Authority against the Companies (or any Affiliated Group for any period during which any Company was a member) that are still pending and the Liability for Taxes of each Company has been assessed by

 



 

all relevant Governmental Aut horities for all periods up to and including December 31, 2014 and each of the Companies has paid in full and when due all Taxes and installments on account of Taxes required to be paid by it on or prior to the date hereof;

 

(d)                                  No extensions of the period for assessment of any Taxes are in effect with respect to the Companies, and neither Company has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency;

 

(e)                                   No Tax Return filed by (or with respect to the operations of) the Companies is under current examination by any Taxing Authority; no federal, state, provincial, local, or non-U.S. Tax audits or administrative or judicial Tax Actions are pending or being conducted with respect to either Company;

 

(f)                                    There are no Liens for Taxes on the Company Equity Interests or any assets of the Companies other than Liens for Taxes that are not yet due or payable;

 

(g)                                   In all material respects, each Company has withheld all amounts required to have been withheld in connection with any amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, equityholder, or other third party, has remitted all such amounts to the appropriate Governmental Authority within the time prescribed under any applicable Law and has properly completed and timely filed all material IRS Forms W-2 and 1099 as well as any other applicable material Tax forms required with respect thereto;

 

(h)                                  There are no circumstances existing which could result in the application of section 17, section 78, section 79, or sections 80 to 80.04 of the Tax Act, or any equivalent provision under applicable provincial Law, to the Canadian Company at any time prior to the Closing.  None of the Companies has claimed nor will any Company claim any material reserve under any applicable income Tax Law, if any amount could be included in the income of such Company for any period ending after the Closing Date;

 

(i)                                      None of the Companies has acquired property or services from, or disposed of property or provided services to, a person with whom it does not deal at arm’s length (within the meaning of the Tax Act) for an amount that is other than the fair market value of such property or services, nor has any Company been deemed to have done so for purposes of the Tax Act.  For all transactions between the Canadian Company, on the one hand, and any non-resident Person with whom such Company was not dealing at arm’s length, for the purposes of the Tax Act, on the other hand, during a taxation year commencing after 1998 and ending on or before the Closing Date, the Canadian Company has made or obtained records or documents that satisfy the requirements of paragraphs 247(4)(a) to (c) of the Tax Act;

 

(j)                                     The Canadian Company has not entered into an agreement contemplated by section 191.3 of the Tax Act;

 

(k)                                  The Company Equity Interests do not, and have not at any particular time during the 60 months before Closing, derived, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of their fair market value from one or any combination of (i) real or immovable property situated in Canada; (ii) Canadian resource properties; (iii) timber resource properties; or (iv) options in respect of, or interests in, any of clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above, whether or not the property exists, as such terms

 



 

are defined for purposes of the definition of “taxable Canadian property” in subsection 248(1) of the Tax Act;

 

(l)                                      No written claim has been made within the past five (5) years by any Governmental Authority in a jurisdiction where either Company does not file Tax Returns that either Company is or may be subject to taxation by, or may be required to file any Tax Returns in, that jurisdiction;

 

(m)                              Neither Company (i) is a party to any Tax sharing, allocation, or similar contract, (ii) has ever been a member of any Affiliated Group for any Tax purpose (other than an Affiliated Group the common parent of which is Seller Parent, and which affiliated entities are listed on Section 4.14(m) of the Seller Disclosure Letter) or (iii) has any Liability for the Taxes of any other Person under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, provincial, local, or non-U.S. law or regulation (or otherwise as a result of being or having been a member of any Affiliated Group or being or having been included or required to be included in any Tax Return related thereto), as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise;

 

(n)                                  Neither Company will be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period (or portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i) change in, or improper use of, a method of accounting for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, (ii) “closing agreement” as described in Section 7121 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, provincial, local or non-U.S. Tax Law), (iii) intercompany transactions or any excess loss account described in Treasury Regulations under Section 1502 of the Code (or any corresponding or similar provision of state, provincial, local, or non-U.S. Tax Law), (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition, (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date, or (vi) election pursuant to Section 108(i) of the Code;

 

(o)                                  Neither Company has engaged in any “listed transaction” for purposes of Section 6707A(c)(2) of the Code;

 

(p)                                  Within the past three (3) years, neither Company has distributed stock of another Person, nor had its stock distributed by another Person, in a transaction that was purported or intended to be governed in whole or in part by Sections 355 or 361 of the Code;

 

(q)                                  Since December 31, 2014, neither Company has made or changed any Tax election, changed an annual accounting period for Tax purposes, adopted or changed any Tax accounting method, filed any amended Tax Return, entered into any closing agreement, settled any Tax Claim or assessment, surrendered any right to claim a refund or other reduction of Taxes, consented to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax Claim or assessment or taken any other similar action that would have the effect of increasing in any material respect the Tax Liability of either Company for any period ending after the Closing Date or decreasing in any material respect any Tax attribute of either Company existing on the Closing Date;

 



 

(r)                                     The Canadian Company is and has been at all times since its formation properly treated as an entity disregarded for U.S. Tax purposes.  The Canadian Company is a GST/HST Registrant within the meaning of Part IX of the Excise Tax Act (Canada) and its registration number is 86750 8467 RT0001; and

 

(s)                                    The tax basis of the stock of Delaware NewCo in the hands of Solutions Network at the time of the Closing will not be more than the amount to be paid by Buyer to Solutions Network hereunder in exchange for the stock of Delaware NewCo.

 

Section 4.15                              Real Property .

 

(a)                                  The Canadian Company has valid title to the leasehold estate (as sublessee) in the real property leases governing the leased real property listed in Section 4.14 (a) of the Seller Disclosure Letter (the “ Transferred Leased Property ”), free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.  The Companies do not own any real property and none of the Seller Parties nor their Affiliates own (nor, other than the Companies with respect to the leases in Section 4.15 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, do they have any other interest in or contract with respect to) any real property used in connection with the Business.  Neither the Seller Parties nor the Companies has assigned or transferred to any Person any interest in or option to acquire any interest in the Transferred Leased Property and have not sublet any portion of the leases to the Transferred Leased Properties or granted any possessory rights (or option to acquire any possessory rights) to the Leased Properties to any Person.  To the Knowledge of Seller, the Canadian Company’s possession of the Transferred Leased Property has not been disturbed.

 

(b)                                  None of the Seller Parties or the Companies has received any written notice from any Government Authority asserting any violation of any applicable Laws or from any other Person asserting any breach (and none of the Seller Parties are aware of any violation or breach) with respect to any Transferred Leased Property (or the leases with respect thereto set forth in Section 4.14(a)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter) that remains uncured as of the Agreement Date and that would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect that is material to the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or the Assumed Liabilities, taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.16                              Brokers .  No broker, finder or investment banker is or may be entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission from Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates in connection with any Transaction, or from any Company, except for such fees or commission for which Sellers are solely responsible.

 

Section 4.17                              Sufficiency of Assets; Title .  The Seller Parties, the Companies and their applicable Affiliates and, from and after the Reorganization, solely the Companies will, own and have good and valid title to, or a valid license to use or leasehold interest in, the assets (including the Acquired Assets) of the Companies, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.  Except for the items set forth in Section 4.17 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, the Acquired Assets, the Overlap Contracts and the rights of the Companies pursuant to the Transaction Agreements (other than Additional Services and Excluded Services (each as defined in the Transition Services Agreement)), together with the assets of the Canadian Company, constitute all of the assets necessary or reasonably required for the operation and conduct of the

 



 

Business in all material respects.  Except for employees of the Seller Parties and their Affiliates that will, following the Closing, provide services as contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement (only with respect to such services) and the Exclusive Distribution Agreement (only with respect to the matters set forth therein), the Business Employees constitute all of the personnel that devote a meaningful amount of their time to the conduct of the Business. Except for the Seller Parties and any Affiliate of the Seller Parties that will, following the Closing, provide services pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement (only with respect to such services) and the Exclusive Distribution Agreement (only with respect to the matters set forth therein), after giving effect to the Reorganization, (i) the Seller Parties and their Affiliates (other than the Companies) do not (x) hold, lease or license any assets (including the Acquired Assets) of any Company or (y) have any direct or indirect right, title or interest in or to any such asset and (ii) no other Affiliate of the Seller Parties is engaged in the Business or owns or has the right to use any such asset.  From and after the Reorganization, Delaware NewCo shall not hold as of such time and as of Closing any assets other than the Acquired Assets or have any Liabilities other than the Assumed Liabilities.  The Canadian Company has not (i) assumed any Liability of any Seller Party or its Affiliates or (ii) other than any cash distributions made by it to Global Trading as its sole stockholder, transferred any of its assets to any Seller Party or its Affiliates, during the twelve months preceding the date hereof, and will not hereafter (i) assume any Liability of any Seller Party or its Affiliates or (ii) other than any cash distributions made by it to Global Trading as its sole stockholder (and duly reflected in the calculation of the Net Equity Adjustment Amount), transfer any of its assets to any Seller Party or its Affiliates.

 

Section 4.18                              Affiliate Contracts Section 4.18 of the Seller Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list of all contracts (all contracts required to be listed in Section 4.18 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, collectively “ Affiliate Contracts ”) between or among (a)(i) any Company or (ii) any Seller Party (on behalf of the Business) or the Business itself (in each case to the extent binding on a Company after giving effect to the Reorganization), on the one hand, and (b)(i) any Affiliate of a Seller Party or (ii) any officer, director or employee of a Seller Party in an executive position or above (or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any family member of any of the foregoing), on the other.  Other than the Transaction Agreements and except as listed in Section 4.18 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, no Seller Party nor any Affiliate of any Seller Party (A) has any claim or cause of action against any Company or the Business or (B) owes money to, or is owed money by, any Company or the Business.

 

Section 4.19                              Insurance .  The Seller Parties, the Companies and, as applicable, their respective Affiliates have obtained and maintained in full force and effect insurance in such amounts, on such terms and covering such risks as is reasonably appropriate for the ownership, operation or the conduct of the Business.  All insurance policies providing coverage with respect to the Business are listed in Section 4.19 of the Seller Disclosure Letter (such policies, the “ Business Policies ”). The Seller Parties, the Companies and, as applicable, their respective Affiliates have paid, or caused to be paid, all premiums due under such policies and is not in default with respect to any obligations under such policies in any material respect. All such policies are valid, outstanding and enforceable and such policies, or comparable replacements therefor, shall be kept in full force and effect through the Closing Date. No Seller Party, Company or, as applicable, their respective Affiliate has agreed to modify or cancel any of such insurance policies nor has any Seller Party, Company, or as applicable, any of their respective Affiliates, received any notice of any actual or threatened cancellation of, material alteration of

 



 

the terms of (including any material increase in premium) or non-renewal of such insurance.  There are no outstanding material claims under such policies with respect to the Business, and no material claim with respect to the Business has been rejected in the preceding three (3) years.

 

Section 4.20                              Customers and Suppliers Section 4.20 of the Seller Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of (a) the twenty (20) most significant subscription research customers of the Business (the “ Key Customers ”), based on aggregate payment reasonably expected to be made in respect of the Business in the 2015 fiscal year (on an annualized basis) and (b) the ten (10) most significant suppliers (the “ Key Suppliers ”) of the Business based on amounts reasonably expected to be invoiced in the 2015 fiscal year (on an annualized basis), in each case, not taking into account any such customer or supplier who has terminated its subscription or supply relationship with the Seller Parties, the Companies or their applicable Affiliates (with respect to the Business) prior to the Agreement Date.  Except as set forth in Section 4.20 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, since January 1, 2015 through the date hereof, neither the Seller Parties nor the Companies have received any written notice of breach or termination from any Key Customer or any Key Supplier.

 

Section 4.21                              No Other Representations or Warranties .  Except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Agreement (as modified by the Seller Disclosure Letter), none of the Seller Parties, the Companies or any other Person has made, makes or shall be deemed to make any other representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever, express or implied, written or oral, at law or in equity, on behalf of any Seller Party, the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates, including any representation or warranty regarding any Seller Party, the Companies, the Company Equity Interests, the Business, any Transaction, any other rights or obligations to be transferred pursuant to the Transaction Agreements or any other matter, and the Seller Parties hereby disclaim all other representations and warranties of any kind whatsoever, express or implied, written or oral, at law or in equity, whether made by or on behalf of any Seller Party, the Companies or any other Person.  Except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth this Agreement (as modified by the Seller Disclosure Letter), each Seller Party hereby disclaims all Liability and responsibility for all projections, forecasts, estimates, financial statements, internal ratings, financial information, appraisals, statements, promises, advice, data or information made, communicated or furnished (orally or in writing, including electronically) to Buyer or any of Buyer’s Affiliates or any Representatives of Buyer or any of Buyer’s Affiliates, including omissions therefrom. Except for the representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Agreement (as modified by the Seller Disclosure Letter), without limiting the foregoing, no Seller makes any representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever, express or implied, written or oral, at law or in equity, to Buyer or any of its Affiliates or any Representatives of Buyer of any of its Affiliates regarding the success, profitability or value of the Companies or the Business. Nothing herein (including any disclaimer of reliance) shall limit or restrict in any manner any of Buyer’s rights or available remedies in the event of Fraud.

 


 

ARTICLE V

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

 

Buyer hereby represents and warrants to the Seller Parties, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date:

 

Section 5.01                              Incorporation and Authority of Buyer .  Each of the U.S. Buyer and the Canadian Buyer is a corporation or other entity duly incorporated or formed, validly existing and, to the extent legally applicable, in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization and has the requisite corporate or entity power to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Buyer Transaction Agreements (including the consummation of the Buyer Transactions) to which it is party in accordance with the terms of thereof.  The execution, delivery and performance each of the U.S. Buyer and the Canadian Buyer of the Buyer Transaction Agreements have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate or other action on the part of the U.S. Buyer and the Canadian Buyer, as applicable, and no further shareholder or other similar approval is required in connection with of the U.S. Buyer and the Canadian Buyer’s execution, delivery and performance of the Buyer Transaction Agreements, as applicable.  This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer, and upon execution and delivery thereof, the other Buyer Transaction Agreements will be duly and validly executed and delivered by of the U.S. Buyer and the Canadian Buyer, and (assuming due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties hereto and thereto) this Agreement constitutes, and upon execution and delivery thereof, the other Buyer Transaction Agreements will constitute, legal, valid and binding obligations of the U.S. Buyer and the Canadian Buyer enforceable against of the U.S. Buyer and the Canadian Buyer in accordance with their respective terms, subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception.

 

Section 5.02                              No Conflict .  Except for (a) the Consents listed in Section 5.03 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter and (b) in the case of clause (iii) below, any such conflicts, violations, breaches, defaults, rights or Liens as would not materially impair or delay the ability of Buyer to consummate the Buyer Transactions, or otherwise perform its obligations under the Buyer Transaction Agreements, in each case, that are to be consummated and performed at the Closing, the execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of the Buyer Transaction Agreements or the consummation by the Buyer Parties of the Transactions, do not and will not:

 

(i)                                      violate or conflict with the certificate or articles of incorporation or bylaws or similar organizational documents of Buyer;

 

(ii)                                   conflict with or violate any Law or Order applicable to Buyer; or

 

(iii)                                result in any breach of, or constitute a default under, or give to any Person any right to terminate, amend, accelerate or cancel, or result in the creation of any Lien on any assets or properties of Buyer pursuant to, any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, contract, agreement, lease, license, permit, franchise or other material instrument to which Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is a party or by which any of such assets or properties is bound.

 



 

Section 5.03                              Consents and Approvals .  The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of the Buyer Transaction Agreements do not and will not, and the consummation of the Transactions contemplated thereby will not, require any Consent, waiver or other action by, or any filing with or notification to, any Government Authority, except (a) as may be necessary solely as a result of any facts or circumstances relating to solely the Seller Parties, the Companies or their respective Affiliates or (b) the obtaining and/or filing Consents listed in Section 5.03 of the Buyer Disclosure Letter.

 

Section 5.04                              Absence of Restraints; Compliance with Laws .

 

(a)                                  To the Knowledge of Buyer as of the Agreement Date, no facts or circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to materially impair or delay the ability of Buyer to consummate the Buyer Transactions or otherwise perform in all material respects its obligations under the Buyer Transaction Agreements.

 

(b)                                  Buyer is not in violation of any Laws or Orders applicable to the conduct of its business, except for violations the existence of which would not reasonably be expected to materially impair or delay the ability of Buyer to consummate the Transactions or otherwise perform in all material respects its obligations under the Buyer Transaction Agreements.

 

Section 5.05                              Securities Matters .  Buyer is an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act).  The Company Equity Interests are being acquired by Buyer for its own account, and not with a view to, or for the offer or sale in connection with, any public distribution or sale of the Company Equity Interests or any interest in them.  Buyer has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial and business matters to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in the Company Equity Interests, and Buyer is capable of bearing the economic risks of such investment, including a complete loss of its investment in the Company Equity Interests.  Buyer acknowledges that the Company Equity Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act, or any securities Laws of any state or other jurisdiction (U.S. or non-U.S.), and understands and agrees that it may not sell or dispose of any Company Equity Interests except pursuant to a registered offering in compliance with, or in a transaction exempt from, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and any other applicable securities Laws of any state or other jurisdiction (U.S. or non-U.S.).

 

Section 5.06                              Financial Ability .

 

(a)                                  Attached hereto as Exhibit D is a true and complete copy of the executed commitment letter to Buyer dated as of the Agreement Date (the “ Equity Commitment Letter ”), from the Persons listed on the signature pages thereto (collectively, the “ Equity Investors ”), pursuant to which the Equity Investors have, on and subject to the terms set forth therein, committed to provide cash equity for the Transactions up to an aggregate amount set forth therein (the “ Equity Financing ”), which amount is greater than or equal to the full amount of the cash required to consummate the Transactions (on the terms contemplated by the Transaction Agreements) to be consummated at the Closing and in each case to pay all related fees and expenses.

 



 

(b)                                  The Equity Commitment Letter is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto, is in full force and effect, and is enforceable against the parties thereto in accordance with their terms, subject to the Bankruptcy and Equity Exception.

 

(c)                                   There are no side letters or other contracts, agreements or understandings to which Buyer or any of its Affiliates is a party relating to the Equity Financing other than as expressly set forth in the Equity Commitment Letter.

 

(d)                                  The Equity Commitment Letter provides, and will continue to provide, that Seller Parent is a third party beneficiary thereof and is entitled to cause Buyer to enforce such agreement, and that Buyer and the Equity Investors have waived any defenses to the enforceability of such third party beneficiary rights, in each case in accordance with its terms and subject to the limitations set forth herein and therein.

 

(e)                                   Except as specifically set forth in the Equity Commitment Letters, (i) there are no conditions precedent to the obligations of the Equity Investors to fund the Equity Financing and (ii) there are no contingencies pursuant to any contract, agreement or other understanding relating to the Transactions to which Buyer or any of its Affiliates is a party that would permit any of the Equity Investors to reduce the total amount of the Equity Financing or impose any additional condition precedent to the availability of the Equity Financing.

 

(f)                                    As of the Agreement Date, (i) the Equity Commitment Letter has not been amended or modified (and no such amendment or modification is contemplated by Buyer as of the Agreement Date), (ii) the commitments set forth in the Equity Commitment Letter have not been withdrawn or rescinded in any respect (and no such withdrawal or rescission is contemplated as of the Agreement Date) and (iii) assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Seller Parties set forth in this Agreement (and in any certificate delivered in connection with this Agreement), to the Knowledge of Buyer, no event has occurred which would result in any breach by Buyer of, or constitute a default by Buyer under, any term or condition to closing of the Equity Commitment Letter, or otherwise result in any portion of the Equity Financing contemplated thereby to be unavailable or delayed (assuming satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 10.02 ).

 

(g)                                   Buyer has, and, will have at the Closing, (i) the resources and capabilities (financial and otherwise) to perform (or cause the performance of) its obligations under the Buyer Transaction Agreements to be performed at the Closing (including all payments to be made by it at the Closing) and (ii) immediately available funds in connection with the Equity Financing and any other available sources in an aggregate amount that will enable Buyer to (x) consummate the Buyer Transactions (on the terms contemplated by the Buyer Transaction Agreements) to be consummated at Closing and (y) pay all related fees and expenses to be paid at Closing and (z) undertake its other obligations at Closing upon the terms contemplated by the Buyer Transaction Agreements.  As of the Agreement Date, Buyer has not incurred any obligation, commitment, restriction or other Liability of any kind, and is not contemplating or aware of any obligation, commitment, restriction or other Liability of any kind, in either case which would materially impair or delay Buyer’s ability to consummate the Buyer Transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements to be consummated at the Closing.

 



 

Section 5.07                              Brokers .  No broker, finder or investment banker is or may be entitled to any brokerage, finder’s or other fee or commission from Buyer or any of its Affiliates in connection with any Transaction, except for such fees or commission for which Buyer or its Affiliates are solely responsible.

 

Section 5.08                              Investigation .  Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it (a) has had an opportunity to conduct such inquiries and investigations as it deemed appropriate into, and, based thereon, has formed an independent judgment concerning, the Companies, the Company Equity Interests, the Business, the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities, (b) to the Knowledge of Buyer, has been furnished with, or given access to, all such projections, forecasts, estimates, appraisals, statements, promises, advice, data or information about the Companies, the Company Equity Interests, the Business, the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities, as it has requested.  Buyer further acknowledges and agrees that the only representations and warranties made by the Seller Parties are the representations and warranties expressly set forth in this Agreement (as modified by the Seller Disclosure Letter) and Buyer has not relied upon any other express or implied representations, warranties or other projections, forecasts, estimates, appraisals, statements, promises, advice, data or information made, communicated or furnished by or on behalf of the Seller Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, any Representatives of the Seller Parties or any of their respective Affiliates or any other Person, including any projections, forecasts, estimates, internal ratings, appraisals, statements, promises, advice, data or information made, communicated or furnished by or through such Persons, or management presentations, data rooms (electronic or otherwise) or other due diligence information, and that Buyer will not have any right or remedy arising out of any such representation, warranty or other projections, forecasts, estimates, appraisals, statements, promises, advice, data or information and (ii) any claims Buyer may have for breach of any representation or warranty shall be based solely on the representations and warranties of the Seller Parties expressly set forth in this Agreement (as modified by the Seller Disclosure Letter).  Nothing herein shall affect, limit or restrict in any manner any of Buyer’s or any of its respective Affiliates’ rights or available remedies in the event of Fraud.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

 

Section 6.01                              Conduct of Business Before the Closing .

 

(a)                                  Except as required by applicable Law or as otherwise required by this Agreement or the other Transaction Agreements prior to Closing, and except for matters identified in Section 6.01 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, during the Pre-Closing Period unless Buyer otherwise consents in advance in writing (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), the Seller Parties will, and will cause the Companies to, (x) conduct the Business in the ordinary course of business, and (y) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact their business organizations related to the Business and preserve their current business relationships and goodwill. With respect to the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) and/or the Assumed Liabilities, the Seller Parties shall not, and shall cause each of its applicable Affiliates (including each Company) not to, directly or indirectly:

 



 

(i)                                      amend the organizational documents of any of the Companies or form any Subsidiary of a Company;

 

(ii)                                   acquire (by merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) any corporation, partnership or other Person, business, organization or division (or any material assets of any of the foregoing);

 

(iii)                                incur any Indebtedness (including any intercompany loan or intercompany debt), issue any debt securities or assume, grant, guarantee or endorse, or otherwise as an accommodation become responsible for, the Liabilities of any Person, or make any loans or advances (in each case, other than (A) in the ordinary course of business or (B) pursuant to intercompany borrowing arrangements, in each case, that will be either Excluded Liabilities or settled or repaid in full, or canceled or terminated at or before the Closing with no Liability to the Business or the Companies arising therefrom for all periods after Closing);

 

(iv)                               (A) redeem, dispose of, issue or sell any shares of, or other equity interests in, any Company, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such shares or equity interests, or redeem, dispose of, issue or grant any options, warrants, calls, subscription rights or other rights of any kind to acquire such shares, other equity interests or securities; or (B) split, subdivide, combine or reclassify the outstanding capital stock or equity interests of any Company;

 

(v)                                  (A) grant or announce any new incentive awards, bonus or similar compensation or any increase in the wages, salaries, compensation, bonuses, or incentives payable to any Business Employee, or (B) establish or increase or promise to increase any benefits under any Employee Plan, except, in either case, (1) as required by Law, any Employee Plan in existence on the Agreement Date that has been previously disclosed to Buyer, (2) increases in wages, salaries, compensation, bonuses and incentives to the extent required by Law or if the Closing Date is after December 31, 2015, annual increases in wages and base salaries in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, (3) the payment of annual bonuses in the ordinary course consistent with past practice as required under the terms of the applicable Employee Plan in existence on the Agreement Date that has been previously disclosed to Buyer and (4) changes to benefits that are applicable to the covered employees of the Business and the Seller Parties generally or that result from negotiations involving any labor union representing any employees of the Business, or (D) terminate any Business Employee other than for cause as determined in the sole discretion of the Seller Parties and the Companies;

 

(vi)                               enter into any settlement or release with respect to any Action relating to the Business other than (A) any settlement or release that contemplates only the payment of money (which payment shall be fully paid prior to the Closing Date) without admission of wrongdoing or misconduct, without ongoing limits on the ownership, conduct or operation of the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities and results in a full and absolute release of the claims giving rise to such Action, or (B) any settlement or release involving the payment of Excluded Liabilities reflected on the Seller Disclosure Letter;

 



 

(vii)                            enter into any transactions, contracts or understandings with Affiliates that would be binding on the Business, any Company (or its assets, including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities after the Closing;

 

(viii)                         (A) incur, create, assume, or grant any Lien on the (1) Company Equity Interests (whether tangible or intangible); (2) the Business; or (3) other than granting or suffering to exist a Permitted Lien, the Acquired Intellectual Property or the assets of the Companies (including the Acquired Assets), (B) sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber, license, or sublicense (other than, in the case of Company Intellectual Property, non-exclusive licenses granted to customers in the ordinary course of business), convey surrender, relinquish, abandon or otherwise dispose of any Acquired Intellectual Property or options or rights in or to any Acquired Intellectual Property, or (C) enter into any new or discontinue any line of business material to the Business;

 

(ix)                               except as may be required as a result of a change in Law or GAAP first arising after the Agreement Date, change any of the financial accounting principles or practices, methods of accounting or accounting practice or policy used by the Seller Parties or their Affiliates (as it relates to the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets)  or Assumed Liabilities), including any changes to the working capital policies applicable to the Business (including by accelerating the receipt of amounts due with respect to any receivables or lengthening the period for payment of accounts payable), other than in the ordinary course of business of the Business;

 

(x)                                  (A) make or change any Tax election (except in the ordinary course of business), (B) change an annual accounting period for Tax purposes, (C) adopt or change any Tax accounting method, (D) file any amended Tax Return, (E) enter into any closing agreement, (F) settle any Tax Claim or assessment, (G) surrender any right to claim a refund or other reduction of Taxes, or (H) consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any material Tax Claim or assessment (except in the ordinary course of business), in each case except to the extent that such action would not have the effect of increasing in any material respect the Tax Liability of either Company for any period ending after the Closing Date or decreasing in any material respect any Tax attribute of the Company existing on the Closing Date;

 

(xi)                               (A) other than in the ordinary course of Business, enter into, amend, renew, terminate, waive or otherwise modify any Material Contract, or (B) enter into any contract that restrains, restricts or limits the ability of the Companies or the Business to compete with or conduct any business or line of business in any geographic area;

 

(xii)                            fail to maintain in full force and effect any Business Policies or fail to take commercially reasonable efforts to replace or renew any such policies;

 

(xiii)                         (A) make or commit to make any non-budgeted, capital expenditures, other than capital expenditures made in order to continue to operate the Business in the ordinary course of business or (B) fail to make any budgeted capital expenditures; or

 



 

(xiv)                        enter into any legally binding commitment or contract with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Section 6.02                              Access to Information .

 

(a)                                  During the Pre-Closing Period, upon reasonable prior notice, the Seller Parties shall, and shall cause the Companies to, (i) permit Buyer, its Affiliates and Representatives reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the properties, books and records, personnel, facilities and representatives of the Business (including those of the Seller Parties and their respective Affiliates and Representatives, in each case, in respect of the Business) and (ii) furnish to Buyer and the Representatives of Buyer such additional financial and operating data and other information regarding the Business (or true and complete copies thereof) as Buyer or its Representatives may from time to time reasonably request for purposes of consummating the Transactions and preparing to operate the Business following the Closing.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary,

 

(i)                                      (A) in no event shall the Seller Parties, the Companies or their respective Affiliates and Representatives be obligated to provide any (1) access or information in violation of any applicable Law, (2) information the disclosure of which (based on the advice of outside legal counsel) would jeopardize any applicable privilege (including the attorney-client privilege) available to the Seller Parties, the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates relating to such information, (3) information the disclosure of which would cause the Seller Parties, the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates to breach a confidentiality obligation to which it is bound or (4) consolidated Tax Return of the Seller Parties or their Affiliates (other than the portion of such Tax Returns that relates to the Companies or the Business), and (B) the investigation contemplated by Section 6.02(a)  shall not unreasonably interfere with any of the normal businesses, personnel or operations of the Seller Parties, the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates or the Business; provided , that, in each case, the Seller Parties shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, use commercially reasonable efforts to permit such access or disclosure, including by using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consents of third parties (including the auditors and accountants of the Seller Parties, the Companies, any of their respective Affiliates or the Business) that are necessary to permit such access or make such disclosure;

 

(ii)                                   the auditors and accountants of the Seller Parties, the Companies, any of their respective Affiliates or the Business shall not be obligated to make any work papers available to any Person except in accordance with such auditors’ and accountants’ normal disclosure procedures and, only after and if the applicable auditors and accountants so request, such Person has signed a customary agreement relating to such access to work papers in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such auditors or accountants; and

 

(iii)                                before the Closing, Buyer shall not conduct, without the prior written consent of Seller Parent, which Seller Parent may withhold for any reason, any intrusive or physical environmental investigation, testing or sampling in, on, at or under any property affiliated with the Business or with, the Seller Parties, the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates, including any sampling, testing or other intrusive or physical indoor or outdoor

 



 

investigation of air, surface water, groundwater, soil, building structures or materials or anything else in, on, at or in connection with any real property associated or affiliated in any way with the Business, the Seller Parties, the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

(c)                                   If reasonably requested by Seller Parent, Buyer shall enter into a customary and reasonable joint defense agreement or common interest agreement with one or more of the Seller Parties, the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to any privileged information provided by such Person to Buyer, pursuant to this Section 6.02 or otherwise.

 

Section 6.03                              Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                  The terms of the Confidentiality Agreement are incorporated into this Agreement by reference and shall continue in full force and effect (and all obligations thereunder shall be binding upon Buyer to the same extent as Warburg Pincus LLC as if party thereto) until the Closing, at which time all of the confidentiality, use and other obligations under the Confidentiality Agreement and this Section 6.03(a)  shall terminate; provided , however , that Buyer’s confidentiality obligations shall terminate only in respect of that portion of the Confidential Information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) relating to the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) or Assumed Liabilities, and for all other Confidential Information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) the Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  If for any reason the Closing does not occur, the Confidentiality Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

(b)                                  After the Closing and, except in the ordinary course of business, during the Pre-Closing Period, the Seller Parties shall (and shall cause each of their respective Affiliates and Representatives to) not use or disclose (except as required in connection such Seller Parties performance under the Transition Services Agreement or the Exclusive Distribution Agreement) to any Person any information concerning the Business, any Company, their respective assets (including Acquired Assets) or liabilities (including Assumed Liabilities) (in each case, solely to the extent used in the Business, the “ Business Confidential Information ”).  This Section 6.03(b)  shall not apply to disclosure of Business Confidential Information (i) to the extent that it becomes generally known to the public through no fault of any Seller Party, its Affiliates or any of their respective Representatives; (ii) to the extent it becomes available to the Seller Party or its Affiliates or Representatives on a non-confidential basis without violation of this Agreement or the Confidentiality Agreement from a source not known by the Seller Party or its Affiliates, as applicable, to be bound by an obligation or duty of confidentiality; (iii) to a director, officer or employee of the Seller Parties who needs to know such Business Confidential Information for purposes of performing his or her duties as required under the Exclusive Distribution Agreement and Transition Services Agreement and is subject to confidentiality duties or obligations with respect to such Business Confidential Information; or (iv) to the extent that it is required to be disclosed in connection with the enforcement by the Seller Parties of their rights under the Seller Transaction Agreements or as required by Law, by a rule of a listing authority by which the applicable Seller Party’s shares are listed, a stock exchange on which Seller’s shares are listed or traded or by a Government Authority, provided that the disclosure shall to the extent reasonably permissible by Law be made after consultation with Buyer and

 



 

allowing Buyer the reasonable opportunity to contest (and review and comment on) such disclosure.

 

Section 6.04                              Regulatory and Other Authorizations .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, each of the Seller Parties and Buyer shall use their respective reasonable best efforts, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to use reasonable best efforts, to (i)  promptly secure the issuance, reissuance or transfer of all licenses and Permits that may be or become necessary to operate the Business following the consummation of the Transactions, and (ii) avoid the entry of, or effect the dissolution of, any permanent, preliminary or temporary Order, that would otherwise have the effect of preventing or materially delaying the consummation of the Transactions.  Each Party will use reasonable best efforts to cooperate with the reasonable requests of the other Party in seeking promptly to obtain all Consents from Government Authorities required in connection with Closing, if any, and the issuance, reissuance or transfer of all such licenses and Permits.

 

(b)                                  Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party of any oral or written communication it receives from any Government Authority which are material to the matters that are the subject of this Section 6.04 , permit the other Party and its Representatives to review in advance any communication relating to the matters that are the subject of this Section 6.04 proposed to be made by such Party to any Government Authority and provide the other Party with copies of all correspondence, filings or other communications between them or any of their Representatives, on the one hand, and any Government Authority or members of its staff, on the other hand, relating to the matters that are the subject of this Section 6.04 .  No Party shall agree to participate in any meeting or discussion with any Government Authority in respect of any material issues pertaining to such filings, investigation or other inquiry unless it consults with the other Party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Government Authority and as reasonably practicable, gives the other Party the opportunity to attend and participate at such meeting.

 

(c)                                   Each Party shall, upon request, furnish the other Party with all information concerning itself, its Affiliates, directors, officers and shareholders and such other matters as may be reasonably necessary in connection with any filing, notice or application required to be made by or on behalf of such Party or any of its Affiliates with any Government Authority in connection with the Transactions.  Each Party represents, warrants and agrees that any information furnished by it or its Affiliates for inclusion in any regulatory application will be true and complete in all material respects as of the date so furnished (or as of such other date to which such information speaks).

 

(d)                                  Each Party may, as each deems advisable and necessary, designate any competitively sensitive material provided to the other under this Section 6.04 as “Outside Counsel Only.”  Such materials and information contained therein shall be given only to the outside counsel of the recipient and will not be disclosed by such outside counsel to employees, officer, or directors of the recipient unless express written permission is obtained in advance from the providing Party (Buyer or Seller Parent, as the case may be).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.04 , materials provided to the other Party or its outside counsel

 



 

may be redacted (i) to remove references concerning valuation and (ii)  as necessary (based on the advice of outside legal counsel) to protect reasonable attorney-client or other legal privilege.

 

(e)                                   Subject to applicable Law, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from time to time following the Closing, the Seller Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, work in good faith and cooperate with Buyer, its Representatives and Affiliates (as applicable), to assist Buyer with (i) the transition of any customer or other business relationships, as may be reasonably requested by Buyer and (ii) without limiting the foregoing or Section 6.03(b) , a communication plan with respect to the Transactions for employees, customers and other material third parties.

 

Section 6.05                              Third Party Consents .  Each Party agrees to cooperate with the other, and, as requested by the other party, use commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain any other Consents and approvals from any third Person other than a Government Authority that may be required in connection with the Transactions (collectively, “ Third Party Consents ”).  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, none of the Seller Parties or any of their Affiliates shall be required to compensate any third party, commence or participate in any Action or offer or grant any accommodation (financial or otherwise) to any third party to obtain any such required Third Party Consent.

 

Section 6.06                              Intercompany Obligations . The Seller Parties shall take such action and make such payments as may be reasonably necessary so that, as of the Closing Date, there shall be no intercompany obligations (other than (a) pursuant to the Transaction Agreements or (b) as set forth in Section 6.06 of the Seller Disclosure Letter) between any Companies, on the one hand, and the Seller Parties and their other Affiliates, on the other hand, in each case, without any Liability to Buyer, the Companies or the Business at or after the Closing.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Liabilities that arise as a result of or in connection with the settlement or elimination of intercompany obligations pursuant to Section 6.06 shall be borne solely by the Seller Parties.

 

Section 6.07                              Cooperation .  During the Pre-Closing Period, (a) each of Seller Parent and Buyer shall use reasonable best efforts, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to use reasonable best efforts to (i) refrain from taking any actions that would reasonably be expected to impair, delay or impede the Closing (other than any action required by the Transaction Agreements) and (ii) without limiting the foregoing, use reasonable best efforts to cause all Closing Conditions (the satisfaction of which are reasonably within the control of such Party) to be satisfied as promptly as practicable and in any event on or before the Outside Date and (b) each Party shall keep the other reasonably apprised of the status of material matters relating to the completion of the Transactions.

 

Section 6.08                              Reorganization .  At or prior to the Closing, as described in and in accordance with Exhibit E hereto, (a) Seller Parent shall cause Investment Research and its applicable Affiliates to transfer to the Delaware NewCo the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities not owned and held by the Canadian Company and (b) the Seller Parties shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates to) take all actions necessary or reasonably required to achieve the effects contemplated by this Section 6.08 and Exhibit E hereto.  Upon completion of the Reorganization and at the Closing, (i) all of the Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities will

 


 

be held or owned by the Delaware NewCo (and ((x) Delaware NewCo shall not hold, own or be obligated in respect of any assets or Liabilities other than Acquired Assets and Assumed Liabilities and (y) all assets of the Companies (including the Acquired Assets) shall be free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens), and (ii) except as set forth in Section 6.08 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, in respect of any Overlap Contracts, or pursuant to the Transaction Agreements, the Seller Parties and their Affiliates (other than the Companies) will not (A) be engaged in the Business or hold, lease or license, or have any direct or indirect right, title or interest in or to (including to use) any assets of the Companies (including any Acquired Assets) or assets owned, used or held for use exclusively in connection with or which are Related to the Business and (B) no other Affiliate of the Seller Parties will be engaged in the Business or own or have the right to use any assets Related to the Business. The Seller Parties shall provide Buyer with a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on all documentation relating to the Reorganization and consider in good faith any comments with respect thereto.  The Canadian Company is not acquiring any assets or assuming any Liabilities in connection with the Reorganization.

 

Section 6.09                              Equity Financing .

 

(a)                                  Buyer shall not permit any assignment of any Equity Commitment Letter, or any amendment or modification to be made to, or any waiver of any provision or remedy under, any Equity Commitment Letter, in each case without obtaining Seller Parent’s prior written consent; provided that Buyer may amend, supplement or modify the Equity Commitment Letter without any such Seller Parent’s consent if such amendment supplement, modification or waiver does not (i) impose new or additional conditions beyond those contained in the Equity Commitment Letter as of the Agreement Date or adversely modify any existing condition or contingency to the funding of the Equity Financing contained in the Equity Commitment Letter as of the Agreement Date, (ii) reduce the aggregate amount of the Equity Financing from that contemplated in the Equity Commitment Letter or (iii) adversely impact the ability of Buyer to timely consummate the Transactions or the ability of the Seller Parties to enforce its rights hereunder or thereunder.

 

(b)                                  Buyer shall take all actions and do all things necessary, proper or advisable to obtain the Equity Financing, including by (i) maintaining in effect the Equity Commitment Letter, (ii) complying with its obligations under the Equity Commitment Letter and (iii) satisfying on a timely basis all conditions applicable to Buyer in the Equity Commitment Letter that are within its control, (v) enforcing its rights under the Equity Commitment Letter to the extent permitted in accordance with its terms and (vi) consummating the Equity Financing at the Closing, including by causing the Equity Investors to fund the Equity Financing at the Closing.

 

(c)                                   Upon written request, Buyer shall keep Seller Parent reasonably informed on a reasonably current basis in reasonable detail of all material activity concerning the Equity Financing.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer shall promptly notify Seller Parent (A) of any breach (or threatened breach) or default (or any event or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any breach or default) by any party to the Equity Commitment Letter of which Buyer actually becomes aware, (B) of the receipt by Buyer of any written notice or communication from any Equity Investor with respect to any breach (or

 



 

threatened breach) or default (or any event or circumstance that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any breach or default), or any termination or repudiation, in each case by any party to an Equity Commitment Letter of any provisions of any Equity Commitment Letter, and (C) if for any reason, Buyer at any time believes it will not be able to obtain all or any portion of the Equity Financing on the terms, in the manner or from the sources contemplated by the Equity Commitment Letter.

 

(d)                                  Buyer acknowledges and agrees that its obtaining the Equity Financing is not a condition to any of its Closing obligations hereunder, regardless of the reasons why financing is not obtained or whether such reasons are within or beyond the control of the Buyer. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Equity Financing has not been obtained, Buyer shall continue to be obligated to consummate the Transactions on and subject to the terms and conditions contemplated by this Agreement regardless of whether Buyer has complied with all of its other obligations under this Agreement (including its obligations under this Section 6.09 ).

 

(e)                                   Upon request of Buyer, at the sole cost and expense of Buyer, the Seller Parties and the Companies shall cooperate and provide reasonable assistance to the Buyer and its Representatives in connection with the arrangement of any equity or debt financing sought by Buyer in connection with the Transactions, including the financing contemplated by the Equity Commitment Letter (including, without limitation, the production of executory financial statements to the extent not materially burdensome to provide); provided , that such requested cooperation and assistance does not unreasonably interfere with their respective businesses, impair or delay the consummation of the Transactions in accordance with the terms hereof or require any Seller Party or its Affiliates to enter into any contract that is not contingent upon Closing or subject any Seller Party or its Affiliates to any actual or potential Liability. Buyer shall promptly reimburse (or, if reasonably requested by the Seller Parties in writing together with appropriate invoices and other documentation, pay in advance) all documented, out-of-pocket costs and expenses reasonably incurred by the Seller Parties, the Companies or their Affiliates and their respective Representatives in connection with their cooperation and assistance with respect to any financing (including the Equity Financing) pursuant to Section 6.09.

 

Section 6.10                              Affiliate Contracts .  The Seller Parent shall (and shall cause each of its Affiliates to) fully pay, discharge and terminate each of the Affiliate Contracts set forth in Section 6.10 of the Seller Disclosure Letter, in each case, without any Liability to Buyer, the Companies or the Business at or after the Closing.

 

Section 6.11                              Migration Plan .  Following the Agreement Date, the Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to agree on a written plan (which plan shall be attached to the Transition Services Agreement, including through an amendment if agreed following the Closing) setting forth the required cooperation and undertakings of the parties with respect to Buyer’s and its Affiliates’ transition and migration from the use of the systems, operations, processes and platforms contemplated under the Transitions Services Agreement (such plan to be in accordance with the terms and time periods contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement attached hereto).

 



 

Section 6.12                              Cash Subscriber Exhibit .  Promptly, and in no event more than four (4) Business Days, following the Agreement Date, Seller Parent (on behalf of the Sellers) shall provide the list of Cash Subscribers (as defined in the Exclusive Distribution Agreement) to Buyer to be included in Exhibit B and Exhibit D thereof.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

POST-CLOSING COVENANTS

 

Section 7.01                              Access .

 

(a)                                  From and after the Closing Date, in connection with any reasonable, noncompetitive business purpose agreed to by the Parties, including the preparation of Tax Returns or complying with obligations of the Parties or any of their respective Affiliates under any audit request, subpoena or other investigative demand or the defense of any Tax audit, claim or assessment, or U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or other applicable regulatory reporting obligations of the Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, accounting matters, the defense or prosecution of any litigation, arbitration or other dispute, but excluding any subject matter of any Action between the Parties, upon reasonable prior notice, and except to the extent necessary to (i) ensure compliance with any applicable Law, (ii) preserve any applicable privilege, as reasonably determined upon the advice of counsel (including the attorney-client privilege and work product privilege) or (iii) comply with any contractual confidentiality obligations, Buyer and the Seller Parties shall, as applicable, and shall cause their respective Affiliates and Representatives to (A) permit the requesting Party and its Representatives and their respective Affiliates reasonable access, during normal business hours, to the properties, books and records of such Party and its applicable Affiliates and Representatives, in each case, in respect of the Business, the Companies, their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) and Assumed Liabilities, (B) furnish to the requesting Party and its Representatives and their respective Affiliates such additional financial, operating data, employee and other information and policies regarding the Companies, their respective Affiliates, and the Business (or true, accurate and complete copies thereof) as any Party or its Representatives may from time to time reasonably request and (C) make available to each of the Parties and their Representatives and their respective Affiliates those employees of such Party or its Affiliates whose assistance, expertise, testimony, notes or recollections or presence may be reasonable and necessary to assist such requesting Party, its Representatives or their respective Affiliates in connection with its reasonable inquiries for any purpose referred to above, including the presence of such persons as witnesses in hearings or trials for such purposes and the reasonable assistance of such persons in furnishing information pursuant to Section 7.01(a)(iii)(A) ; provided , however , that the foregoing access shall not unreasonably interfere with the normal business or operations of the Parties or any of their respective Affiliates (including the Business) or result in any breach of the Law or contract or waive attorney-client privilege, work product privilege or similar doctrines; and provided , further , that the respective auditors and accountants of the Parties or any of their respective Affiliates shall not be obligated to make any work papers available to any Person except in accordance with such auditors’ and accountants’ normal disclosure procedures and then only after such Person has signed a customary agreement relating to such access to work papers

 



 

in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such auditors or accountants.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in no event shall the Buyer, the Companies or their respective Affiliates be obligated to provide any (i) consolidated Tax Return of the Buyer or its Affiliates (other than the portion of such Tax Returns that relates to the Companies) or (ii) any information that, as reasonably determined by Buyer in good faith, would require disclosure of proprietary information of the Business, the Companies or their respective Affiliates. Buyer or Seller Parent (on behalf of the Sellers), as applicable, shall reimburse the other Party for reasonable out-of-pocket costs (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) and expenses incurred in assisting Buyer or Seller Parent (on behalf of the Sellers), as applicable, pursuant to this Section 7.01(a) .

 

(b)                                  From and after the Closing Date, the Seller Parties will cooperate and provide reasonable assistance to Buyer and the Companies in connection with the preparation of audited financial statements for the Companies for periods ending on or prior to the Closing.

 

(c)                                   Any information disclosed to the Seller Parties or its Affiliates or Representatives pursuant to this Section 7.01 shall be held and treated as confidential for the purposes of this Agreement subject to the confidentiality obligations in Section 6.03 and any information disclosed to Buyer or its Affiliates or Representatives pursuant to this Section 7.01 that is not related to the Company and/or the Business shall be held and treated as confidential for the purposes of this Agreement subject to the confidentiality obligations in Section 6.03 .

 

Section 7.02                              Rights to Seller Names and Seller Marks .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.02 or any other Transaction Agreement, (i) Buyer and its Affiliates shall cease and discontinue all uses of the Seller Names and Seller Marks promptly after the Closing, and in any event no later than nine (9) months after the Closing Date and (ii) Buyer, for itself and its Affiliates, agrees that the rights of the Companies to the Seller Names and Seller Marks pursuant to the terms of any trademark agreements or otherwise between Seller and its Affiliates on the one hand and the Companies on the other shall terminate on the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  Buyer and its Affiliates shall (i) upon the Closing Date, as promptly as practicable, cease all use of any of the Seller Names and Seller Marks on or in connection with all stationery, business cards, purchase orders, invoices and other similar correspondence and other documents of a contractual nature, (ii) promptly, and in any event no later than nine (9) months after the Closing Date, complete the removal of the Seller Names and any Seller Marks from all product, services and technical information promotional brochures, and (iii) with respect to the assets of the Companies bearing any Seller Names or Seller Mark, use their commercially reasonable efforts to relabel such assets or remove or obscure such Seller Names and Seller Marks from such assets as promptly as practicable, and in any event no later than nine (9) months after the Closing Date. For the avoidance of doubt, except as provided herein or otherwise established in Section 5 of the Exclusive Distribution Agreement, Buyer and its Affiliates shall not use any of the Seller Names and Seller Marks in any product or service produced and distributed after the Closing.

 



 

(c)                                   Buyer, for itself and its Affiliates, agrees that after the Closing Date Buyer and its Affiliates (i) will not expressly do business as or represent themselves as any Seller Party or any of its Affiliates and (ii) with respect to the assets of the Companies managed, operated or leased after the Closing Date, will not represent to the owners or lessors of such assets that such assets are those of the Seller Parties and their respective Affiliates and (iii) will reasonably cooperate with the Seller Parties or any of their respective Affiliates in terminating any contracts pursuant to which Seller or the Companies licenses any Seller Names or Seller Marks to customers in connection with the Business.

 

(d)                                  Promptly after the Closing Date, but in any event no later than thirty (30) Business Days after the Closing Date, Buyer and its Affiliates shall make all filings with any Government Authority required to effect the elimination of any use of the Seller Names and Seller Marks from the corporate names, registered names or registered fictitious names of the Companies.

 

(e)                                   Buyer, for itself and its Affiliates, acknowledges and agrees that, except to the extent expressly provided in this Section 7.02 , neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall have any rights in any of the Seller Names and Seller Marks and neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall contest the ownership or validity of any rights of Seller Parent or any of its Affiliates in or to any of the Seller Names and Seller Marks. Seller Parties hereby grant, on behalf of themselves and their Affiliates, to Buyer, its Affiliates and the Companies, a royalty-free, non-exclusive right and license to use the Seller Names and Seller Marks in connection with the Business during the periods and for the purposes contemplated under this Section 7.02 .

 

Section 7.03                              Preservation of Books and Records .

 

(a)                                  The Seller Parent and its Affiliates shall have the right to retain copies of all books and records of the Business relating to periods ending on or before the Closing Date to the extent necessary to comply with applicable Law.  Buyer agrees that it shall preserve and keep all original books and records in respect of the Business in the possession of Buyer or its Affiliates for at least a period of six (6) years from the Closing Date. Buyer shall, upon Seller Parent’s reasonable request, make available to Seller Parent the original IRS Forms W-8 and W-9 in its possession that are Related to the Business relating to period ending on or before the Closing Date to enable Seller Parent or its Affiliates to respond to a Taxing Authority’s request therefor.

 

(b)                                  During such six (6) year period, Buyer or its Affiliates may at any time dispose of such books and records to the extent permitted by applicable Law, which such disposal shall not be a breach of this Agreement; provided , that before Buyer or any Affiliate shall dispose of any of such books and records, Buyer shall give at least ninety (90) days’ prior written notice of such intention to dispose to Seller, together with a reasonably detailed list of the books and records to be disposed of, and Seller or any of its Affiliates shall be given an opportunity, at their sole cost and expense, to remove and retain all or any part of such books and records as it may elect.

 

(c)                                   As soon as reasonably practical after the Closing Date and subject to applicable Law, the Seller Parties shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Buyer all books,

 



 

records, data and files, including (without duplication) records and files stored on computer discs or tapes or any other storage medium (collectively, “ Records ”) in the possession of or under the reasonable control of the Seller Parties (other than the Companies) that the Companies need, or as may be reasonably requested by Buyer, in order to operate the Business following the Closing; provided , however , that:

 

(i)                              Buyer recognizes that portions of certain Records may solely relate to Seller Parent or to Subsidiaries, divisions or assets of Seller Parent other than the Business and that Seller Parent may extract and or redact such Records;

 

(ii)                           Seller Parent may retain (and not provide copies of) all Records prepared in connection with the sale of the Business, including bids received from other parties and analyses relating to the sale of the Business; and

 

(iii)                        Seller Parent may retain any combined, consolidated or unitary Tax Returns that include a Company and Buyer shall be provided with copies of such Tax Returns only to the extent that they relate to separate Tax Returns or Tax Liability of any of the Companies or with respect to the Acquired Assets, Assumed Liabilities or the Business.

 

Section 7.04                              Non-Competition Covenant .

 

(a)                                  Non-Competition.   Prior to a Change of Control of Seller Parent and except as permitted by this Section 7.04 , for a period of two (2) years from the Closing Date, no Seller Party shall, and each Seller Party shall cause its Controlled Affiliates (collectively with the Seller Parties, the “ Restricted Parties ”) not to, engage in a Competing Business.

 

(b)                                  Exceptions .

 

(i)                                      Nothing in this Section 7.04 shall preclude, prohibit or restrict any Restricted Party or any of its Subsidiaries from engaging in any manner in:  (A) any Existing Business Activities; (B) any De Minimis Business; or (C) any business or activity that would otherwise violate Section 7.04(a)  that is acquired from any Person (an “ After-Acquired Business ”) or is carried on by any Person that is acquired by or combined with any Restricted Party or any of its Subsidiaries (an “ After-Acquired Company ”) in each case after the Closing Date; provided , that with respect to clause (C) , at the time of acquisition, the After-Acquired Business or After-Acquired Company obtains less than 20% of its revenues from a Competing Business and, if the After-Acquired Business or After-Acquired Company is not a De Minimis Business, the applicable Person, (1) within nine (9) months after the consummation of the purchase or other acquisition of the After-Acquired Business or the After-Acquired Company, signs a definitive agreement to dispose, and subsequently disposes pursuant to such agreement, of the relevant portion of the business or securities of the After-Acquired Business or the After-Acquired Company or (2) at the expiration of such nine (9) month period, the business and activities of the After-Acquired Business or the After-Acquired Company complies with this Section 7.04 .

 

(ii)                                   With respect to each Seller Party (other than Seller Parent) and each Subsidiary of any Seller Party this Section 7.04 shall cease to be applicable to such Person at such time as it is no longer a Subsidiary of Seller Parent and shall not apply to any Person that

 



 

purchases assets, operations or a business from any Seller Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries if such Person is not a Subsidiary of Seller after such transaction is consummated.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in any Transaction Agreement, no Restricted Party may take, accomplish or otherwise effect indirectly any action it is prohibited from taking, accomplishing or otherwise effecting directly pursuant to this Section 7.04

 

(d)                                  As used in this Section 7.04 :

 

Change of Control ” means (a) any acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%), indirectly or directly, of the voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Seller Parent, or (b) consummation of any amalgamation, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, share exchange or similar business combination transaction involving Seller Parent or any direct or indirect Subsidiary thereof with any other entity, or any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Seller Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries to any other person or entity, following which the voting securities of Seller Parent that are outstanding immediately prior to such transaction cease to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity (or the person or entity that owns substantially all of Seller Parent’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) or any parent thereof) at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the securities of the Seller Parent or, if Seller Parent is not the surviving entity, such surviving entity (or the person or entity that owns substantially all of Seller Parent’s assets either directly or through one or more Subsidiaries) or any parent thereof, outstanding immediately after such transaction.

 

Competing Business ” means the business of producing oil-and-gas research, products, information and data services and oil-and-gas midstream or services research products, information and data services, and in connection therewith, obtaining and analyzing data and other information related to the oil and gas sector, issuers, plays or regions and creating analytical models and corresponding databases.

 

De Minimis Business ” means (a) any minority non-Control equity investment by Seller Parent or any of its Subsidiaries in any Person in which Seller Parent and its Subsidiaries collectively hold not more than five (5%) of the outstanding voting securities or similar equity interests and (b) any business activity that is carried on by an After-Acquired Business or an After-Acquired Company, but only if, at the time of such acquisition and thereafter, the net revenues derived from the Competing Business by such After-Acquired Business or After-Acquired Company constitute less than ten percent (10%) of the net revenues of such After-Acquired Business or After-Acquired Company for the most recently completed fiscal year preceding such acquisition; provided , that, in the case of the foregoing clause (a) that the Seller Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has no other participation in the Competing Business of such Person.

 



 

Existing Business Activities ” means any business conducted or investment held by the Seller Parties or, as of the Agreement Date, their Subsidiaries other than the Business.

 

(e)                                   The parties intend that the conditions set forth in subsection 56.4(7) of the Tax Act (and the equivalent provisions of any applicable provincial tax legislation) have been met such that subsection 56.4(5) of the Tax Act (and the equivalent provisions of any applicable provincial tax legislation) applies to any “restrictive covenants” (as defined in subsection 56.4(1) of the Tax Act) granted by the Seller Parties pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Business, including the covenants contained in Section 7.04 and 7.05 of this Agreement (the “ Restrictive Covenants ”). For greater certainty, the parties hereto agree and acknowledge that: (i) for the purposes of the Tax Act, no part of the consideration payable to the Seller Parties under this Agreement is allocable to, and no proceeds are receivable by Seller Parties for, granting the Restrictive Covenants; and (ii) the Restrictive Covenants are integral to this Agreement and have been granted to maintain or preserve the fair market value of the Company Equity Interests acquired by the Buyer under this Agreement.

 

Section 7.05                              Non-Solicitation .  Each Seller Party covenants and agrees that, during the period from the Closing Date until the second (2 nd ) anniversary of the Closing Date, such Seller Party shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates and its and their respective Representatives not to, directly or indirectly, (a) hire or engage, or solicit to employ, any Continuing Employee, or (b) induce or otherwise counsel, advise or encourage any Continuing Employee to terminate their employment or engagement with Buyer, any Company or any of their respective Affiliates; provided , however , that with respect to the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), it shall not be a violation of this Section 7.05 to (i) make general solicitations in the public media that are not targeted specifically at or to the Continuing Employees or (ii) hire any Continuing Employee not solicited in violation of this Section 7.05 at any time six (6) or more months following the date of termination of such Continuing Employee by Buyer or its applicable Affiliate (unless such hiring or soliciting would cause such employee to breach any of such employee’s contractual obligations to Buyer, a Company or any of their respective Affiliates).

 

Section 7.06                              Receivables .  Except to the extent addressed by the Exclusive Distribution Agreement, from and after the Closing, if the Seller Parties or any of their Affiliates receives or collects any funds relating to any accounts receivable for, or payment due in respect of, the Business (other than Overlap Contracts, the revenue of which is accounted for in the Exclusive Distribution Agreement), the Seller Parties shall, or shall cause its Affiliates to, as soon as reasonably practicable and in no event more than thirty (30) calendar days, or as otherwise agreed by the Parties, after its receipt thereof, remit such funds by making payment of such funds to the bank account designated by Buyer from time to time, and inform in writing the representative designated by Buyer of the amount and payor of the receivable to be transferred. No Party shall have a right of set off with respect to such payments.

 

Section 7.07                              Assignment of Contracts; Approvals and Consents .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, unless and until such Consent is obtained, this Agreement shall not constitute an assignment or transfer of any asset that would be included in the Acquired Assets as of the Closing but for this

 



 

Section 7.07   if (i) any assignment or transfer thereof (whether by operation of law or otherwise), without the Consent of any Person (other than the Seller Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries) would constitute a breach, violation or give rise to any other contravention or termination right thereof or be ineffective with respect to any party thereto or would violate any applicable Law and (ii) such Consent has not been obtained at or prior to the Closing (each such asset, a “ Deferred Asset ”).

 

(b)                                  With respect to any such Deferred Asset, the Seller Parties shall (and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to) cooperate with Buyer and its Affiliates and (i) use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, all Consents required to assign, convey and/or transfer such Deferred Asset to Buyer (or its designee) and (ii) upon obtaining the requisite Consents thereto, assign and convey all rights, title and interests associated with such Deferred Asset to Buyer (or its designee), in each case, without the payment of any consideration by Buyer or any of its Affiliates to the Seller Parties or any of its Affiliates or agreement by any Person to any adverse amendments, modifications or waivers of any material terms of any Deferred Assets, Acquired Assets or any other assets that would be Deferred Assets or Acquired Assets but for any such amendment, modification or wavier in order to obtain such Consents; provided , that no Seller Party shall be required to make any payment to any Person to obtain such Consent.

 

(c)                                   If any Consent or approval required to assign or transfer any Deferred Asset is not obtained at or prior to Closing, then, until the time such Consent is obtained following the Closing Date, (x) the Seller Parties shall each use reasonable best efforts to provide Buyer and its Affiliates the maximum allowable use of the Deferred Assets (which shall include, at a minimum, the economic benefits of such Deferred Assets), including by establishing an agency type or other similar arrangement reasonably satisfactory to Buyer under which Buyer (or its Affiliates) would obtain, to the fullest extent practicable, the claims, rights, interests and benefits and assume the corresponding Liabilities and obligations thereunder (to the extent such Liabilities and obligations would otherwise be Assumed Liabilities if such Deferred Assets were not Deferred Assets as of the Closing) from and after the Closing in accordance with this Agreement (including by means of any subcontracting, sublicensing or subleasing arrangement) and (y) to the extent permitted by Law, the Seller Parties shall (and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to) exercise, enforce and exploit, only at the direction of and for the benefit of Buyer and its Affiliates, any and all claims, rights and benefits of such Person arising in connection with such Deferred Asset.  Except as expressly set forth in the Exclusive Distribution Agreement, during such period and without further consideration, (i) the Seller Parties will promptly pay, assign and remit to Buyer (or its designee) when received all monies and other consideration received by it under any Deferred Asset or any claim, right or benefit arising thereunder not transferred pursuant to this Section 7.07 and (ii) Buyer will promptly pay (or cause to be paid), perform or discharge when due any Liability arising thereunder after the Closing Date.

 

Section 7.08                              Overlap Contracts .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Cash Customer Overlap Contract, the Parties shall (and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to) cooperate and use their respective reasonable best efforts to amend, modify or renegotiate any Cash Customer Overlap Contract such that (i) such contract is used solely in

 



 

connection with the business of the Seller Parties (other than the Business) and (ii) a Company enters into a substantially similar contract with the counterparty to such Cash Customer Overlap Contract with respect to the products and services provided by the Business under such Cash Customer Overlap Contract, provided , in each case, that no Party shall be required to make any payment to any Person to obtain such result.

 

(b)                                  Until such time as all rights, title and interests in and to the Cash Customer Overlap Contracts have been amended, modified or renegotiated pursuant to Section 7.08(a) , (x) the Seller Parties shall each use reasonable best efforts to provide Buyer and its Affiliates the maximum allowable use of the Cash Customer Overlap Contracts to the extent relating to the ownership, operation or conduct of the Business (which shall include, at a minimum, the economic benefits of such Cash Customer Overlap Contracts related to the Business), including by establishing an agency type or other similar arrangement reasonably satisfactory to Buyer under which Buyer (or its Affiliates) would obtain, to the fullest extent practicable, the claims, rights, interests and benefits and assume the corresponding Liabilities and obligations thereunder (to the extent such Liabilities and obligations would otherwise be Assumed Liabilities if such Cash Customer Overlap Contracts were Acquired Assets as of the Closing) from and after the Closing in accordance with this Agreement (including by means of any subcontracting, sublicensing or subleasing arrangement) and (y) to the extent permitted by Law, the Seller Parties shall (and shall cause their respective Subsidiaries to) exercise, enforce and exploit, only at the direction of and for the benefit of Buyer and its Affiliates, any and all claims, rights and benefits of such Person arising in connection with such Cash Customer Overlap Contracts.  Except as expressly set forth in the Exclusive Distribution Agreement, during such period and without further consideration, (i) the Seller Parties will promptly pay, assign and remit to Buyer (or its designee) when received all monies and other consideration received by it under any (1) Cash Customer Overlap Contract to the extent relating to the ownership, operation or conduct of the Business, (2) Other Overlap Contract to the extent relating to the ownership, operation or conduct of the Business prior to Closing, or (3) claim, right or benefit arising thereunder not transferred pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) Buyer will promptly pay (or cause to be paid), perform or discharge when due any Assumed Liability arising thereunder after the Closing Date.

 

Section 7.09                              Further Assurances . From time to time following the Closing, the Parties shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates to, execute, acknowledge and deliver all reasonable further conveyances, transfers notices, assumptions, releases and acquittances and such instruments, and shall take such reasonable actions as may be necessary or appropriate to make effective the Transactions as may be reasonably requested by the other Party; provided , however , that nothing in this Section 7.09 shall require either Party or its Affiliates to pay money to, commence or participate in any Action with respect to, or offer or grant any accommodation (financial or otherwise) to, any third party following the Closing. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, to the extent that, from time to time after the Closing, any Party identifies any asset related to the Business that should have been transferred to or retained by a Company but was not so transferred or retained, or any asset that should have been transferred to or retained by a Seller Party but was transferred or retained, the Parties shall (and shall cause their respective Affiliates to) use their reasonable best efforts to transfer such assets to the appropriate Parties and, if applicable such asset shall be deemed or no longer deemed to be an Acquired Asset hereunder.

 


 

ARTICLE VIII

 

EMPLOYEE MATTERS

 

Section 8.01                              Employment of All Business Employees .

 

(a)                                  Terms and Conditions of Employment .  For a period of at least six (6) months following the Closing Date (or, if earlier, the date of termination of employment of the relevant employee), each Business Employee employed by any of the Companies on the Closing Date including any Business Employees on leave (“ Continuing Employees ”) shall be entitled to receive while in the employ of Buyer or any of the Companies reasonable and customary compensation and benefits as Buyer shall in its sole good faith discretion determine.

 

(b)                                  Bonuses .  As of the Closing Date, and solely to the extent applicable and solely to the extent accrued on the Final Settlement Statement, Buyer shall, or shall cause the Companies to, assume all obligations to each Continuing Employee pursuant to any incentive or bonus program covering such Continuing Employee in respect of the period from January 1, 2015 through the remainder of the 2015 calendar year.  Consistent with Buyer’s obligations under this Section 8.01 , Buyer shall, or shall cause the Companies to, pay the Continuing Employees incentive compensation on the same basis as in effect prior to the Closing Date for the applicable performance measurement period which includes the Closing Date.  For the avoidance of doubt, the form of payment is not requirement to be in equity or equity-based.

 

(c)                                   Except as specifically set forth in Section 8.01(c)  of the Disclosure Letter, the Seller Parties shall assume and retain the sponsorship of and be solely responsible for all Liabilities relating to or arising under or in connection with any Employee Plan, any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, whether or not subject to ERISA), and any other compensation or benefit plan, program and policy maintained, sponsored or contributed to or required to be contributed to by any of the Seller Parties or any of their Affiliates (including any of the Companies) or under or with respect to which any of the Seller Parties or any of their Affiliates (including any of the Companies) has any Liabilities in any case with respect to periods at or prior to the Closing (it being agreed that all of the foregoing are Excluded Liabilities hereunder).

 

(d)                                  Credit for Service .  Buyer shall, or shall cause the Companies to credit Canadian Continuing Employees for service earned on and prior to the Closing Date with a Seller Party and any of their Affiliates (including the Companies), or any of their respective predecessors, in addition to service earned with Buyer and the Companies on or after the Closing Date, (i) using commercially reasonable efforts with respect to Continuing Employees whose principal place of business is in Canada (the “ Canadian Continuing Employees ”), to the extent that service is relevant for purposes of eligibility, vesting or the calculation of sick days or benefits (but not for purposes of defined benefit pension benefit accruals or for any purpose under any equity-based plan or arrangement) under any retirement or other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement of Buyer or any of the Companies (other than equity-based plan or arrangement) maintained for the benefit of the Canadian Continuing Employees on or after the Closing Date and (ii) with respect to any Continuing Employees for any purpose as may be

 



 

required by applicable Law; provided that nothing herein shall result in a duplication of benefits or compensation with respect to the Continuing Employees.

 

(e)                                   Pre-existing Conditions; Coordination .  Buyer shall, and shall cause the Companies to, use commercially reasonable efforts in the plan year in which the Closing occurs, waive limitations on benefits relating to any pre-existing conditions of the Continuing Employees and their eligible spouses and dependents under any health benefit plan established in the plan year in which the Closing occurs and in which the Continuing Employees are eligible to participate, to the extent such conditions were waived or satisfied under the corresponding Employee Plan prior to the Closing.  Buyer shall, and shall cause the Companies to, use commercially reasonable efforts in the plan year in which the Closing occurs, recognize for purposes of annual deductible and out-of-pocket limits under their health plans applicable to Continuing Employees in the plan year in which the Closing occurs, deductible and out-of-pocket expenses paid by Continuing Employees and their respective spouses and dependents under the Employee Plans that are health plans in the calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs.

 

(f)                                    As of the Closing, the Seller Parties shall (i) cause all Canadian Continuing Employees to be fully vested in their account balances or accrued benefits under any defined contribution, defined benefit, or nonqualified deferred compensation retirement plans, and (ii) make to such plans all employer contributions that would have been made on behalf of the Canadian Continuing Employees who participate in such plans had the Transactions not occurred, regardless of any service or end of year employment requirements, but pro-rated for the portion of the plan year that ends on the Closing.  As of the Closing, the Seller Parties shall make all employer contributions that are required to be made on behalf of any Continuing Employees whose principal place of business is in the United States under the terms of any defined contribution, defined benefit or nonqualified deferred compensation retirement plan.

 

(g)                                   No Third Party Beneficiary . The provisions of this Section 8.01 are solely for the benefit of the Parties, and no other Person (including any Business Employee, Continuing Employee or any beneficiary or dependent thereof) shall be regarded for any purpose as a third party beneficiary of this Agreement, and no provision of this Section 8.01 shall create such rights in any such Person.  Nothing in this Section 8.01 shall (i) be construed as an amendment to any benefit or compensation plan, program, policy or contract, (ii) limit the ability of Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including, following the Closing, any of the Companies) from amending, modifying or terminating any benefit or compensation plan, program, policy or contract at any time assumed, established, sponsored or maintained by any of them, (iii) guarantee employment or continued employment or any term or condition of employment of any Person (including any Business Employee or Continuing Employee) for any period, or (iv) restrict the right of Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including, following the Closing, any of the Companies) to terminate the employment of any Person (including any Business Employee or Continuing Employee) at any time and for any or no reason.

 

(h)                                  Participation in Employee Plans .  Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Agreement or the Transition Services Agreement, all Continuing Employees will cease, effective as of the Closing Date, any participation in and any benefit accrual under each of the Employee Plans. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 8.01(h) , Continuing

 



 

Employees may continue after the Closing Date to participate in accordance with, and subject to, their eligibility under the terms of the applicable Employee Plans as in effect from time to time as follows:

 

(i)                                      Continuing Employees may continue participation under the Employee Plans that provide health, disability, severance, worker’s compensation, life insurance or similar benefits with respect to claims incurred by the Continuing Employees and their eligible spouses, dependents or qualified beneficiaries, as applicable, prior to the Closing, or as provided in the Transition Services Agreement; and

 

(j)                                     Continuing Employees shall continue participation under the Employee Plans that are pension plans with respect to vested, accrued benefits as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 8.02                              Cooperation and Assistance .

 

(a)                                  Mutual Cooperation by Seller and Buyer .  After the Closing Date, the Sellers and Buyer shall, and each shall cause their Affiliates to, cooperate with the other party and its Affiliates to provide such current information regarding the Continuing Employees on an ongoing basis as may be necessary to facilitate determinations of eligibility for, and payments of benefits to, such employees (and their spouses and dependents, as applicable) under the Sellers’ plans or Buyer plans, as applicable.

 

(b)                                  Claims Assistance .  At Seller Parent’s expense, Buyer shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, permit Continuing Employees to provide such assistance to Seller and its Affiliates as may be required in respect of claims against Seller or its Affiliates, whether asserted or threatened, to the extent that, in Seller’s opinion, (i) a Continuing Employee has knowledge of relevant facts or issues, or (ii) a Continuing Employee’s assistance is reasonably necessary in respect of any such claim, subject to such assistance not interfering with the normal conduct or operation of the Business or any Company.

 

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

 

Section 9.01                              Filing of Tax Returns by Seller .

 

(a)                                  Seller Parent shall (i) timely prepare and file (or cause to be timely prepared and filed) all Tax Returns that are required to be filed by or with respect to the Companies on an affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary basis with Seller Parent or with at least one Affiliate of Seller Parent other than one of the Companies for Tax years or periods beginning on or before the Closing Date, and (ii) timely prepare and file (or cause to be timely prepared and filed) all other Tax Returns required to be filed by the Companies with a due date (taking into account requests for extensions to file such returns) on or before the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any Tax Return prepared by Seller Parent pursuant to Section 9.01(a)  such Tax Return shall, unless otherwise required by applicable Law, (i) reflect any income of the Companies for all periods through the Closing Date (including any deferred items triggered into income by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-13, any excess loss account

 



 

taken into income under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-19, and any income from the Reorganization), (ii) to the extent that such Tax Return shows a net operating loss of any of the Companies, such net operating loss shall be carried back to previous Tax periods to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, and (iii) be prepared in accordance with past practices of the Business.  With respect to any such Tax Return:  (A) completed drafts of the portion of such Tax Returns relating to a Company shall be submitted to Buyer for Buyer’s review not later than thirty (30) days before the due date for filing such Tax Returns (or, if such due date is within forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, as promptly as practicable following the Closing Date), (B) Buyer shall have the right, acting reasonably, to review each such portion of such Tax Returns delivered to it before the filing thereof, and (C) Seller Parent shall make any changes to such portions of such Tax Returns reasonably requested by Buyer in writing not later than ten (10) days before the due date for filing such Tax Returns.

 

(c)                                   With respect to each Tax Return prepared and filed by Seller Parent pursuant to Section 9.01(a) , Seller Parent shall timely remit (or cause to be timely remitted) any Taxes shown as due on such Tax Returns to the extent that Taxes are required to be remitted upon filing such Tax Returns.

 

(d)                                  Promptly, but no later than ninety (90) days after the Closing Date (but, in any event, no later than sixty (60) days before the due date (without extensions) of the relevant Tax Return), either Party shall provide (or cause to be provided) to the other Party any information reasonably requested by such other Party relating to the Companies within its possession to facilitate the preparation and filing of the Tax Returns described in Sections 9.01(a)  and 9.02(a) .  In the case of any such requests by Seller Parent, Buyer shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) such information in a manner consistent with past practice of the Business.

 

Section 9.02                              Filing of Tax Returns by Buyer .

 

(a)                                  Except for the Tax Returns described in Section 9.01(a) , Buyer shall timely prepare and file (or cause to be timely prepared and filed) all Tax Returns of each Company.  If such Tax Returns reflect any Taxes for which indemnification may be claimed from Seller Parent pursuant to Article XII then:  (A) Buyer shall prepare (or cause to be prepared) such Tax Returns in accordance with past practices of the Business to the extent consistent with a “more likely than not” (or stronger) position, (B) completed drafts of such Tax Returns, and, in the case of any Tax Return for a Straddle Period, a pro forma Tax Return for the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date, shall be submitted to Seller Parent for Seller Parent’s review not later than thirty (30) days before the due date for filing such Tax Returns (or, if such due date is within forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, as promptly as practicable following the Closing Date), (C) Seller Parent shall have the right, acting reasonably, to review each such Tax Return delivered to it before the filing thereof, and (D) Buyer shall make any changes to such Tax Returns reasonably requested by Seller Parent in writing not later than ten (10) days before the due date for filing such Tax Returns.  Without limiting the obligations of Seller Parent under Article XII , Buyer shall remit (or cause to be remitted) any Taxes due with respect to such Tax Returns.  Seller Parent shall reimburse Buyer for Taxes for which Seller Parent is liable pursuant to Article XII but which are payable with any Tax Return filed by Buyer pursuant to this Section 9.02(a)  upon the written request from Buyer

 



 

within five (5) Business Days after payment by Buyer, but in no event earlier than ten (10) days before the due date for the payment of such Taxes.

 

(b)                                  With respect to any income Tax Return prepared by Buyer pursuant to Section 9.02(a)  that is required to be filed by or with respect to the Companies for any Tax year or period ending on or prior to the Closing Date, unless otherwise required by applicable Law and to the extent applicable to such Tax Return (i) such Tax Returns for the Companies shall reflect any income of the Companies for all periods through the Closing Date (including any income from the Reorganization), (ii)  to the extent that such Tax Return shows a net operating loss of any Companies, such net operating loss shall be carried back to previous Tax periods to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law and (iii) with respect to the Tax Return for Canadian Company for the Tax year that ends as a result of the Closing of the sale and purchase of the Company Equity Interests, the Parties agree that the election referred to in subsection 256(9) of the Tax Act (and comparable provisions of applicable provincial or territorial legislation) will be made such that the tax year of the Canadian Company shall terminate immediately before the time of the Closing on the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   Except as required by applicable Law or in connection with a “final determination” under Section 1313 of the Code, neither Buyer nor any Affiliate of Buyer shall (or shall cause or permit any Companies to) amend or refile any Tax Return relating in whole or in part to any Companies (or a group the parent of which is any Companies) with respect to any taxable year or period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date (or with respect to any Straddle Period) without the prior written consent of Seller Parent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

Section 9.03                              Straddle Periods .  For all purposes under this Agreement, in the case of any Tax period of the Companies that includes but does not end on the Closing Date (in each case, a “ Straddle Period ”), the portion of Taxes (or any Tax refund and amount credited against any Tax) that are allocable to the portion of the Straddle Period ending at the end of the Closing Date will be determined (i) in the case of Taxes that (x) are based upon or related to income or receipts, (y) imposed in connection with any sale or other transfer or assignment of property, or (z) are attributable to the ownership of any equity interest in a partnership or other “flowthrough” entity, the amount that would be payable if the taxable year (or the Tax period of the applicable entity) terminated at the end of the Closing Date and (ii) in the case of Taxes not described in the foregoing subclause (including Taxes imposed on a periodic basis (such as real property Taxes)), the amount of such Taxes for the entire period multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of calendar days in the period ending on (and including) the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the number of calendar days in the entire period.

 

Section 9.04                              Tax Proceedings .

 

Any pending or threatened audit, claim, demand or administrative or judicial proceeding (a “ Tax Claim ”)

 

(a)                                  that (A) relates to any taxable year or period ending on or before the Closing Date or (B) could reasonably be expected to result in any Tax Liability with respect to

 



 

which Seller Parent has agreed to provide indemnification under this Agreement shall be subject to the procedural principals of Section 12.04 .

 

Section 9.05                              Refunds .  Buyer shall pay (or cause to be paid) to Seller Parent any Tax refunds that are received by the Companies (or Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer on its behalf), and any amounts credited against Tax to which the Companies (or Buyer or any Affiliate of Buyer) become entitled, that relate to Tax periods (or portions of a Straddle Period) ending on or before the Closing Date or that are for Taxes for which Seller Parent has previously indemnified Buyer (in each case, including any interest paid thereon and net of any Taxes incurred in respect of the receipt or accrual of the refund or credit and any expenses of Buyer or its Affiliates in obtaining such refund or credit), excluding any refund or credit (i) attributable to any loss in a tax year (or portion of a Straddle Period) beginning after the Closing Date applied (e.g., as a carryback) to income in a tax year (or portion of a Straddle Period) ending on or before the Closing Date or (ii) taken into account in determining the Post-Closing Adjustment.  Upon Seller Parent’s reasonable request (and at Seller Parent’s expense), Buyer shall file (or cause to be filed) all Tax Returns (including amended Tax Returns) or other documents claiming any refunds, including through the carryback of any net operating losses that are attributable to a Tax period ending on or before the Closing Date, to which Seller Parent is entitled pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.  Any payments required to be made under this Section 9.05 shall be made in immediately available funds, to an account or accounts as directed by Seller Parent, within five (5) days of the receipt of the refund or the application of any such refunds as a credit against Tax for which Seller Parent has not otherwise agreed to provide indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 9.06                              Post-Closing Actions .  Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, Buyer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to (a) take any action that could create a Tax Liability for which Seller Parent would be required to indemnify Buyer under this Agreement, on the Closing Date after the Closing that is outside the ordinary course of business (other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement), or (b) except upon Seller Parent’s request pursuant to Section 9.05 or pursuant to Section 9.01(b) , carryback any net operating losses to a Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date.  Seller Parent shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates to, make an election under Section 336(e) of the Code with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Buyer and Seller Parent agree to report all transactions by the Buyer or the Companies occurring on the Closing Date after the Closing that are outside the ordinary course of business on Buyer’s federal income Tax Return to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-76(b)(1)(ii)(B).

 

Section 9.07                              Transfer Taxes .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller Parent (on behalf of the Sellers) and Buyer shall each be responsible for 50 percent of any and all Transfer Taxes imposed or arising with respect to the Transactions; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Seller Parent shall be solely responsible for any Transfer Taxes arising with respect to the Reorganization.  The Party required by Law to file a Tax Return with respect to Transfer Taxes shall timely prepare, with the other Party’s cooperation, and file such Tax Return and timely pay the amount of tax shown due thereon.  If Buyer or any of its Affiliates files any such Tax Return or otherwise pays any such Transfer Taxes, Seller Parent (on behalf of Sellers) shall promptly reimburse Buyer for 50 percent of any Transfer Taxes paid by Buyer or its Affiliates.  If Seller or any of its Affiliates files any such Tax

 



 

Return or otherwise pays any such Transfer Taxes, Buyer shall promptly reimburse Seller for 50 percent of any Transfer Taxes paid by Buyer or its Affiliates.  Buyer and Seller Parent each agrees to timely sign and deliver (or to cause to be timely signed and delivered) such certificates or forms as may be necessary or appropriate and otherwise to cooperate to establish any available exemption from (or otherwise reduce) such Transfer Taxes.

 

Section 9.08                              Tax Sharing Agreements .  To the extent relating to the Companies, Seller Parent shall terminate (or cause to be terminated) on or before the Closing Date all Tax sharing agreements or arrangements (other than this Agreement) among the Companies, on the one hand, and any Seller Party or any Affiliate of any Seller Party (other than the Companies), on the other hand, and neither any Seller Party nor any Affiliate of any Seller Party, on the one hand, or the Companies, on the other hand, will have any Liability or entitlement to any right thereunder to each other on or after the Closing Date.

 

Section 9.09                              Tax Cooperation .  Without limiting the obligations set forth in Sections 6.01(a)(vi)  and 7.01 , the Parties shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information and assistance relating to the Companies or their assets or businesses (including access to books and records) as is reasonably necessary for the filing of all Tax Returns, the making of any election related to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any Taxing Authority, and the prosecution or defense of any audit, proposed adjustment or deficiency, assessment, claim, suit or other proceeding relating to any Taxes or Tax Return.  The Parties shall cooperate with each other in the conduct of any audit or other proceeding related to Taxes and all other Tax matters relating to the Companies or their assets or businesses and each shall execute and deliver such powers of attorney and other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent of this Article IX .  Buyer agrees that it shall preserve and keep, or cause to be preserved and kept, all original books and records in respect of the Business relating to any Taxes with respect to taxable years or periods (in whole or in part) ending on or before the Closing Date and in the possession of Buyer or its Affiliates in accordance with Section 7.03 .

 

Section 9.10                              Allocation .  The Canadian Company Purchase Price (as finally determined) and the Liabilities (and other relevant items for United States federal income Tax purposes) of the Canadian Company shall be allocated among the assets of the Canadian Company in a manner consistent with Section 1060 of the Code and Treasury regulations thereunder, and any analogous provisions of state or local law as appropriate (the “ Allocation ”).  A draft of the Allocation shall be prepared by Buyer and delivered to Seller Parent not less than one hundred and twenty (120) days following the Closing Date.  If the Seller Parent notifies Buyer in writing that the Seller Parent objects to one or more items reflected on the Allocation, Seller Parent and Buyer shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such dispute.  Neither Buyer nor Seller Parent shall unreasonably withhold its approval and consent with respect to such Allocation. Once Seller Parent and Buyer agree on the Allocation, and all disputes related to the Allocation, if any, are resolved pursuant to the foregoing sentence, Seller Parent, the Companies and Buyer shall thereafter file, update and amend all income tax forms and returns (including Internal Revenue Service Form 8594) in accordance with such Allocation (as adjusted) and shall not take any position inconsistent with such Allocation on any Tax Return, before any Taxing Authority or in any judicial proceeding, unless otherwise required by a final determination as defined in Section 1313(a) of the Code.  Buyer and Seller Parent agree that such Allocation shall

 



 

be amended, as appropriate to reflect any post-Closing adjustments to the Canadian Company Purchase Price or other relevant items pursuant to this Agreement.  Any such amendment shall be made in a manner consistent with past preparation of the Allocation.  If Buyer and Seller Parent do not reach a written agreement as to the Allocation prior to the 150th day after the Closing Date or, with respect to any revision of the Allocation, within thirty (30) days, then either Buyer or Seller Parent may by notice to the other submit to the Independent Accounting Firm for resolution, in accordance with the procedural principles of Sections 3.05(c)  and 3.05(d)  hereof (including as to fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm), of the portions of the Allocation in dispute.

 

Section 9.11                              Reorganization .  The Parties (i) agree that the Reorganization is intended to be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as follows: (A) the contribution of Investment Research to Delaware NewCo and the subsequent conversion of Investment Research to a limited liability company together (Step 2 and Step 3 of the Reorganization as depicted in Exhibit E) is intended to qualify as a reorganization described under Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code, and (B) the distribution of Investment Research from Delaware NewCo to Solutions Network (Step 5 of the Reorganization as depicted in Exhibit E) is intended to constitute a distribution described under Section 301 of the Code, (ii) agree that the acquisition of the Canadian Company shall be treated as an acquisition of the assets of the Canadian Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and (iii) shall file all U.S. federal and applicable state and local income Tax Returns in a manner consistent therewith.

 

Section 9.12                              Survival .  The indemnity and payment obligations set forth in this Article IX and Section 12.02(a)(iii)  with respect to Taxes (and the representations contained in Section 4.14 ) shall survive until the date that is thirty (30) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

 

Section 9.13                              Certain Tax Benefits .  The Seller Parties shall be entitled to any Tax Benefit resulting from any Tax Item arising in respect of any Covered Bonus Amount on or before December 31, 2016, and Buyer acknowledges and agrees that neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall claim any such Tax Item on any Tax Return for a Post-Closing Period except as otherwise provided in this Section 9.13 .  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, any Tax Item arising in respect of any Covered Bonus Amount shall be reflected on a Tax Return of the Seller Parties (and/or the Companies, as appropriate) for the last taxable period of such entity ending on or before the Closing Date.  If any Tax Item arising in respect of any Covered Bonus Amount is not permitted to be claimed on the income Tax Return of the Seller Parties (and/or the Companies, as appropriate) for the last taxable period of such entity ending on or before the Closing Date, and such Tax Item is permitted to be claimed on a Tax Return of Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including the Companies after the Closing) for a Straddle Period or a Post-Closing Period, then Buyer shall claim such Tax Item and pay to the Seller Parties the amount of any Tax Benefit actually realized by Buyer or any of its Affiliates resulting from such Tax Item, net of any expenses incurred by Buyer incurred in realizing such Tax Benefit (to the extent such expense is not already taken into account in determining such Tax Benefit).  To the extent a Tax Benefit paid to the Seller Parties is subsequently disallowed or otherwise required to be returned to the applicable Taxing Authority, the Seller Parties agree to repay such amount, together with any interest, penalties or other additional amounts imposed by such Taxing Authority, to Buyer.  For purposes of this

 



 

Section 9.13 , a tax position shall be treated as “permitted” only to the extent such position is consistent with a “more likely than not” (or stronger) position.

 

ARTICLE X

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

Section 10.01                       Conditions to Obligations of Seller Parties .  The obligation of the Seller Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction or written waiver by Seller Parent, in its sole discretion to the extent permitted by applicable Law, at or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties; Covenants .  (i) The representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing as if made on the Closing Date (other than representations and warranties that are made as of a specific date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such date), except for breaches or inaccuracies that would not reasonably be expected to impair or delay the ability of Buyer to consummate the Transactions or otherwise perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements required to be performed at or prior to the Closing; provided , however , that for purposes of determining the satisfaction of the condition in this clause (i), no effect shall be given to any “material” or other similar qualifier in such representations and warranties, (ii) the covenants contained in this Agreement required to be complied with by Buyer on or before the Closing shall have been complied with in all material respects, and (iii) Seller shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized officer of Buyer, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii).

 

(b)                                  No Order .  There shall be no Order pending or in existence that prohibits or materially restrains the sale of the Company Equity Interests or the consummation of the other Transactions and no Law shall have been enacted, entered, enforced or promulgated that remain in effect that prohibits or makes illegal the sale of the Company Equity Interests or the consummation of the other Transactions.

 

(c)                                   Buyer Transaction Agreements .  Buyer shall have executed and delivered to the Seller Parties all Buyer Transaction Agreements and the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 3.02(b) .

 

Section 10.02                       Conditions to Obligations of Buyer .  The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment or written waiver by Buyer, in its sole discretion to the extent permitted by applicable Law, at or before the Closing, of each of the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Representations and Warranties; Covenants .  (i) (A) The representations and warranties of the Seller Parties contained in Sections 4.01 (Incorporation and Qualification of the Companies), 4.02 (Capital Structure of the Companies), 4.03 (Incorporation and Authority of the Seller Parties; Enforceability), and 4.16 (Brokers), shall be true and correct in all but de minimis respects as of the Closing as if made on the Closing Date (other than representations and

 



 

warranties that are made as of a specific date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such date); (B) the representations and warranties of the Seller Parties contained in Section 4.07(b)  (No Material Adverse Effect) shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing as if made on the Closing Date, and (C) the other representations and warranties of the Seller Parties contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Closing as if made on the Closing Date (other than representations and warranties that are made as of a specific date, which representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such date); except for breaches or inaccuracies, as the case may be, as to matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that for purposes of determining the satisfaction of the condition in this clause (C), no effect shall be given to any “material”, “Material Adverse Effect” or other similar qualifier in such representations and warranties; (ii) the covenants contained in this Agreement required to be complied with by the Seller Parties on or before the Closing shall have been complied with in all material respects, and (iii) Buyer shall have received a certificate signed by an authorized officer of the Seller Parties, dated the Closing Date, with respect to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii).

 

(b)                                  No Order .  There shall be no Order pending or in existence that prohibits or materially restrains the sale of the Company Equity Interests or the consummation of the other Transactions and no Law shall have been enacted, entered, enforced or promulgated that remain in effect that prohibits or makes illegal the sale of the Company Equity Interests or the consummation of the other Transactions.

 

(c)                                   Seller Transaction Agreements .  The Seller Parties shall have executed and delivered, or caused to be executed and delivered, to Buyer all Seller Transaction Agreements and the Closing deliverables set forth in Section 3.02(a) .

 

(d)                                  Reorganization .  The Reorganization shall have been completed in accordance with the terms hereof (including the description thereof set forth in Exhibit E hereto) and the Seller Parties shall have delivered, or caused to be executed and delivered, to Buyer one or more bills of sale or such other good and sufficient instruments or evidence of transfer and conveyance as are reasonable necessary to evidence the consummation of the Reorganization in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

ARTICLE XI

TERMINATION

 

Section 11.01                       Termination .  This Agreement may only be terminated before the Closing:

 

(a)                                  by the mutual written consent of each of Seller Parent and Buyer;

 

(b)                                  by Seller Parent, if Buyer shall have breached any representation or warranty or failed to comply with any covenant or agreement applicable to Buyer that individually or in the aggregate with all other such breaches or failures to comply would, if occurring or continuing on the Closing Date, cause any Closing Condition set forth in

 


 

Section 10.01(a)  not to be satisfied, and such breach is not cured within thirty (30) days following written notice to Buyer or is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date; provided , however , that the Seller Parent may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.01(b)  if any of the Seller Parties are then in material breach of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   by Buyer, if any of the Seller Parties shall have breached any representation or warranty or failed to comply with any covenant or agreement applicable to any such Seller Party that individually or in the aggregate with all other such breaches or failures to comply would, if occurring or continuing on the Closing Date, cause any Closing Condition set forth in Section 10.02(a)  not to be satisfied, and such breach is not cured within thirty (30) days following written notice to the Seller Parent or is incapable of being cured by the Outside Date; provided , however , that the Buyer may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 11.01(c)  if Buyer is then in material breach of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  by either Seller Parent or Buyer if the Closing shall not have occurred by March 31, 2015 (the “ Outside Date ”); provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 11.01(d)  shall not be available to a Party whose failure to take any action required under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur before such date; or

 

(e)                                   by either Seller Parent or Buyer in the event of the issuance of a final, nonappealable Order permanently restraining or prohibiting the consummation of the Transactions; provided , that the Party seeking termination pursuant to this Section 11.01(e)  has not failed to comply with its obligations pursuant to Section 6.04 , which such failure shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, such issuance, Order or denial, and is otherwise not then in material breach of this Agreement).

 

Section 11.02                       Notice of Termination .  A Party desiring to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.01 shall give written notice of such termination to the other Parties.

 

Section 11.03                       Effect of Termination .  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11.01 , this Agreement shall thereupon become null and void and of no further force and effect, except for the provisions of (a)  Section 6.03 , (b)  Section 6.09(e) , (c)  Section 11.01 and this Section 11.03 and (d)  Article XIII .  Nothing in this Section 11.03 shall be deemed to release any Party from any Liability for Fraud on behalf of it and/or its Affiliates or Representatives or any pre-termination breach by such Party of any covenant of this Agreement or impair the right of any party to compel specific performance by any other party of its post-termination obligations, if any, under this Agreement; provided , however , except in the event of Fraud, that, if this Agreement is validly terminated pursuant to this Article XI , no Party shall have any remedy or right to recover for any Liabilities resulting from any such breach unless such breach was a knowing and intentional breach on the part of the breaching party; provided , further , that a failure of Buyer to consummate the Transactions in breach or violation of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a knowing and intentional breach or violation, whether or not Buyer had sufficient funds available.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement, prior to the Closing and the consummation of the Transactions contemplated to occur at the Closing (after which time, for the avoidance of doubt, Article IX

 



 

and Article XII shall control with respect to the Liability of the Parties), and without limiting the rights of the Seller Parties in Section 13.14 or their rights to cause Buyer to specifically enforce the Equity Commitment Letter, in no event shall the aggregate Liability of Buyer in respect of any or all breaches of this Agreement, the Equity Commitment Letter or the Limited Guaranty exceed the Maximum Amount (as defined in the Limited Guarantee).  Each Seller Party acknowledges that the limitations contained in this Section 11.03 are an integral part of the Transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that, without these agreements, the Buyer would not enter this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 12.01                       Survival .  The representations and warranties of the Seller Parties and Buyer contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall survive in full force and effect until the first anniversary of the Closing Date, at which time they shall terminate and no new claims shall be made for indemnification under Sections 12.02 or 12.03 thereafter; provided , however , that, the representations and warranties referenced or otherwise set forth in Section 1.01(d)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter, to the extent relating to, or necessary to give effect to the claims provided for as, Special Indemnity Matters, as applicable and in each case, shall survive in full force and effect and claims may be made until the time periods set forth in Section 12.01(a)  of the Seller Disclosure Letter, at which time they shall terminate (and no new claims shall be made for indemnification under Sections 12.02 or 12.03 thereafter); provided , further , that the Seller Fundamental Representations (except for the representations and warranties made in Section 4.17 (Sufficiency of Assets; Title) and the Buyer Fundamental Representations shall survive in full force and effect until the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Closing Date, at which time they shall terminate (and no new claims shall be made for indemnification under Sections 12.02 or 12.03 thereafter); provided , further , that, the representations and warranties made in Section 4.14 (Taxes), shall survive the Closing until the thirtieth (30th) day after expiration of the applicable statute of limitations; it being understood that in the event notice of any claim for indemnification under Sections 12.02 or 12.03 shall have been given within the applicable survival period set forth in this Section 12.01 , the representations and warranties that are the subject of such indemnification claim shall survive with respect to such claim until such time as such claim is finally resolved.  The agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement that by their terms contemplate performance after the Closing (including Article XIII ) shall survive the Closing until performed in accordance with their terms, and the covenants and agreements of the parties contained herein that by their terms are to be performed at or prior to the Closing Date shall survive in full force and effect until the first anniversary of the Closing Date; it being understood that in the event notice of any claim for indemnification under Sections 12.02 or 12.03 shall have been given within the applicable survival period set forth in this Section 12.01 , the agreements and covenants that are the subject of such indemnification claim shall survive with respect to such claim until such time as such claim is finally resolved. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall be applicable to any actual fraud (including common law fraud) in connection with entering into this Agreement or any other Transaction Agreement or consummating the Transactions (“ Fraud ”), which may be made at any time notwithstanding

 



 

the fact that the survival of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement relating thereto may have already expired pursuant to the terms of this Section 12.01 .

 

Section 12.02                       Indemnification by Seller Parent .

 

(a)                                  From and after the Closing, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Seller Parent shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Buyer and its Affiliates, each of their respective members, equityholders, directors, officers, employees, agents and Representatives, and each successor and permissible assign of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnified Parties ”) from and against, and reimburse or pay to any Buyer Indemnified Party for all Losses that such Buyer Indemnified Party may suffer or incur, or become subject to, as a result of:

 

(i)                                      the breach or inaccuracy of any representations or warranties made by the Seller Parties in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered in connection herewith;

 

(ii)                                   any breach or failure by any of the Seller Parties to perform any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                (A) any Taxes imposed as a result of the Companies being a member of any Affiliated Group at any time on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6(a) (or under any similar provision of Law), (B) any Taxes of the Companies for taxable years or periods ending on or before the Closing Date, (C) in the case of any Straddle Period, any Taxes of the Companies for the portion of such Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date, (D) any Taxes arising from or relating to the Reorganization, (E) 50 percent of any and all Transfer Taxes imposed or arising with respect to the Transactions (and, for the avoidance of doubt, 100 percent of any and all Transfer Taxes imposed or arising with respect to the Reorganization) and (F) any Taxes of any Person imposed on any Company as a transferee or successor, by contract or otherwise, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing;

 

(iv)                               any Excluded Liabilities; or

 

(v)                                  the Special Indemnity Matters.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary:

 

(i)                                      Seller Parent shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless any Buyer Indemnified Party against, or reimburse any Buyer Indemnified Party for, any Losses pursuant to Section 12.02(a)(i)  (other than with respect to Fraud, the Seller Fundamental Representations, and/or the representations and warranties made in Section 4.14 (Taxes)) or, solely with respect to the limitations set forth in Section 12.02(b)(i)(A) , any Losses pursuant to Section 12.02(a)(v)  (other than with respect to Fraud) in respect of the matters described in items 1 and 3 of Section 1.01(d)  of the Seller Disclosure Schedule:

 

(A)                                with respect to any claim unless such claim (together with all other claims, if any, resulting from the same facts and circumstances) involves Losses in excess of $50,000 (the “ Threshold ”); provided , however , (1) once the Threshold is exceeded in

 



 

respect of any such claim or series of claims resulting from the same facts and circumstances, the full amount of all Losses relating to such claim or series of claims shall be, subject to the other limitations set forth in this Article XII , indemnifiable and (2) whether or not the Threshold is exceeded, all Losses in respect of such claim (or series of claims) shall be taken into account for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Buyer Indemnified Parties’ Losses and the Deductible Amount described in Section 12.02(b)(i)(B) ; and

 

(B)                                until the aggregate amount of Buyer Indemnified Parties’ Losses exceeds $1,250,000 (the “ Deductible Amount ”), after which Seller Parent shall only be obligated for such aggregate Losses of Buyer Indemnified Parties in excess of the Deductible Amount;

 

(ii)                                   the cumulative indemnification obligation of Seller Parent under Section 12.02(a)(i)  (other than with respect to Fraud, the Seller Fundamental Representations and/or the representations and warranties in Section 4.14 (Taxes)) shall in no event exceed $12,000,000 (the “ Cap ”);

 

(iii)                                the cumulative indemnification obligation of Seller Parent under Article XII (other than with respect to Fraud, Section 12.02(a)(iii)  and/or Section 12.02(a)(iv) ) shall in no event exceed the Purchase Price;

 

(iv)                               Seller Parent shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless any Buyer Indemnified Party for any Liability or Loss to the extent reflected on the Final Settlement Statement; and

 

(v)                                  The Buyer Indemnified Parties shall not have any right to indemnification under this Agreement with respect to, or based on, Taxes to the extent such Taxes result from transactions or actions taken by Buyer or any of its Affiliates on the Closing Date after the Closing that are outside the ordinary course of business and not specifically contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 12.03                       Indemnification by Buyer .

 

(a)                                  From and after the Closing, on the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Seller Parties and their Affiliates, each of their respective members, equityholders, directors, officers, employees, agents and Representatives, and each successor and permissible assign of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”) against, and reimburse or pay to any Seller Indemnified Party, all Losses that such Seller Indemnified Party may suffer or incur, or become subject to, as a result of:

 

(i)                                      the breach or inaccuracy of any representations or warranties made by Buyer in this Agreement as of the Closing Date or in any certificate delivered in connection herewith;

 

(ii)                                   any breach or failure by Buyer to perform any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement;

 



 

(iii)                                50 percent of any and all Transfer Taxes imposed or arising with respect to the Transactions (for the avoidance of doubt, other than Transfer Taxes imposed or arising with respect to the Reorganization); or

 

(iv)                               subject to the Seller Parties and their Affiliate compliance with the first sentence of Section 4.17 and its obligations under Section 6.08 , any Assumed Liabilities.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary:

 

(i)                                      Buyer shall not be required to indemnify or hold harmless any Seller Indemnified Party against, or reimburse, any Seller Indemnified Party for, any Losses pursuant to Section 12.03(a)(i)  (other than with respect to Fraud or the Buyer Fundamental Representations):

 

(A)                                with respect to any claim unless such claim (together with all other claims, if any, resulting from the same facts and circumstances) involves Losses in excess of the Threshold; provided , however , (1) once the Threshold is exceeded in respect of any such claim or series of claims resulting from the same facts and circumstances, the full amount of all Losses relating to such claim or series of claims shall be, subject to the other limitations set forth in this Article XII , indemnifiable and (2) whether or not the Threshold is exceeded, all Losses in respect of such claim (or series of claims) taken into account for purposes of calculating the aggregate amount of Seller Indemnified Parties’ Losses and the Deductible Amount described in Section 12.03(b)(i)(B) ; and

 

(B)                                until the aggregate amount of Seller Indemnified Parties’ Losses exceeds the Deductible Amount, after which Buyer shall only be obligated for such aggregate Losses of Seller Indemnified Parties in excess of the Deductible Amount;

 

(ii)                                   the cumulative indemnification obligation of Buyer under Section 12.03(a)(i)  (other than with respect to Fraud and the Buyer Fundamental Representations) shall in no event exceed the Cap; and

 

(iii)                                the cumulative indemnification obligation of Buyer under Article XII (other than with respect to Fraud shall in no event exceed the Purchase Price).

 

Section 12.04                       Notification of Claims .

 

(a)                                  Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Person that may be entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement (the “ Indemnified Party ”), shall promptly notify the Party liable for such indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) in writing, after receiving written notice, or otherwise becoming actually aware, of any Losses or any pending or threatened claim, demand, Action or circumstance that the Indemnified Party has determined has given or would reasonably be expected to give rise to a right of indemnification under this Agreement (including a pending or threatened claim or demand asserted by a third party against the Indemnified Party, such claim being a “ Third Party Claim ”), describing in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances with respect to the subject matter of such claim, demand, Action or circumstance; provided , however , that the failure to provide such notice shall not release the Indemnifying Party from (or otherwise affect) any of its obligations under this Article XII except

 



 

to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure, it being understood and agreed that notices for claims in respect of a breach of a representation, warranty, covenant or agreement must be delivered at or before the expiration of any applicable survival period, if any, specified in Section 12.01 for such representation, warranty, covenant or agreement.

 

(b)                                  Upon receipt of a notice of a claim for indemnity from an Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 12.04(a)  with respect to any Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right (but not the obligation) to assume (at its sole cost and expense) the defense and control of any Third Party Claim by delivering written notice to the applicable Indemnified Parties in a timely manner (and in no event more than thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice) and, if the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of such claim, it shall allow the Indemnified Party a reasonable opportunity to participate in the defense of such Third Party Claim with its own counsel and at its own expense; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, no Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assume or control the investigation, defense or prosecution of such Third Party Claim if (i) substantially all of the Losses associated with such Third Party Claim are not reasonably expected to be indemnifiable hereunder (including in the event the amount in dispute is reasonably likely to exceed the maximum amount for which the Indemnifying Party can then be liable pursuant to this Article XII in light of the limitations contained herein), (ii) at the time of assumption and thereafter, the Indemnifying Party fails to demonstrate its ability to conduct the investigation, defense or prosecution of such Third Party Claim actively and diligently, (iii) such claim seeks and has a more than remote likelihood of obtaining any material non-monetary, equitable or injunctive relief or involves any violation of criminal Law asserted by a Government Authority, (iv) the Indemnifying Party is also a party to such Third Party Claim and joint representation would be inappropriate due to conflict of interest or because the Indemnified Party has claims or defenses that are available to the Indemnified Party and unavailable to the Indemnifying Party.  If the Indemnifying Party shall undertake to defend any such Third-Party Claim, it shall (i) indemnify and advance fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party and keep the Indemnified Party indemnified, on demand against any and all Losses suffered or incurred by the Indemnified Party as a result of such election and (ii) timely notify the Indemnified Party of its intention to do so in accordance with this Section 12.04(b) .  The Person that shall control the defense of any such Third Party Claim (the “ Controlling Party ”) shall select counsel, contractors and consultants of recognized standing and competence after consultation with the Indemnified Party and shall take all steps reasonably necessary in the diligent defense or, to the extent permitted hereunder, settlement of such Third Party Claim.

 

(c)                                   The Seller Parties or Buyer, as the case may be, shall, and shall cause each of its Affiliates and Representatives to, reasonably cooperate fully with the Controlling Party in the defense of any Third Party Claim.  The Indemnifying Party shall not be authorized to settle, compromise or discharge, or consent to a settlement of, or the entry of any judgment arising from or with respect to, any Third Party Claim without the consent of any Indemnified Party, unless the terms of such settlement, compromise, discharge or judgment, as applicable, (i) do not impose injunctive or other equitable relief against any Indemnified Party and consists solely of monetary damages for which the Indemnified Parties are entitled to full indemnification under this Agreement as Losses arising from such Third Party Claim and for which the Indemnifying Party agrees in writing to pay (and pays) all Losses and other amounts arising out of such settlement, judgment, compromise or discharge concurrently with the effectiveness of such settlement, judgment, compromise, or discharge, (ii) do not impose on any Indemnified Party or

 



 

its Affiliates any continuing obligation regarding the Third Party Claim, (iii) include, as a condition thereto, a complete, unconditional and irrevocable release of the Indemnified Parties and their respective Affiliates from all Liability with respect to such claim given by each claimant or plaintiff to such claim, and (iv) do not contain a finding or admission of any wrongdoing or violation of applicable Law or violation or acknowledgment of any rights of any Person by any Indemnified Party).  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no Party or its Affiliates shall settle or consent to the entry of any judgment without the prior approval of the Seller Parent and the Buyer. Unless and until the Indemnifying Party assumes (and actually conducts)the defense of any such Third Party Claim in accordance with the terms hereof, the Indemnified Party may defend against such Third Party Claim in any manner the Indemnified Party reasonably deems appropriate at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party, subject to any limitations set forth in this Article XII regarding the Indemnifying Party’s obligations in respect of Losses, settlements, judgments, compromises or discharges.

 

Section 12.05                       Exclusive Remedies .  Except (a) as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, including Section 3.05 and Article IX , (b) with respect to matters for which the remedy of specific performance, injunctive relief or other non-monetary equitable remedies are available, or (c) in the case of Fraud, from and after the Closing the provisions of this Article XII shall be the sole and exclusive remedies of any Seller Indemnified Party and any Buyer Indemnified Party, respectively, and any of their Affiliates, representatives and agents, for any Losses (including any Losses from claims for breach of contract, warranty, tortious conduct (including negligence) or otherwise and whether predicated on common law, statute, strict liability, or otherwise) that it may at any time suffer or incur, or become subject to, as a result of, or in connection with, any breach of or inaccuracy with respect to any representation or warranty set forth in this Agreement by Buyer or the Seller Parties, respectively, or any breach or failure by Buyer or the Seller Parties, respectively, to perform or comply with any covenant or agreement set forth herein.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except in the event of Fraud, from and after the Closing the Parties hereby irrevocably waive any right of rescission they may otherwise have or to which they may become entitled.

 

Section 12.06                       Additional Indemnification Provisions .

 

(a)                                  With respect to each indemnification payment or advancement obligation contained in this Agreement:  (i) all Losses shall be calculated net of any amounts actually received by the Indemnified Party pursuant to any indemnification by, or indemnification agreement with, any third party or any insurance policy or other cash receipts or sources of reimbursement in respect of such Loss; (ii) without duplication of Section 12.02(b)(iv)  or the following clause (iii) , all Losses will be determined after deducting therefrom the amount of any reserve with respect to such matter reflected on the Final Settlement Statement; (iii) without duplication of Section 12.02(b)(iv)  or the preceding clause (ii), Seller Parent shall not be liable for any Losses to the extent that such Losses suffered by any Buyer Indemnified Party were properly taken into account in the calculation of the Closing Amount as reflected on the Final Settlement Statement and (iv) in no event shall any Indemnified Party be (A) deprived of its right to rely upon or (B) precluded from any indemnification against or payment or advancement of, any Losses arising out of a breach or inaccuracy of any representation and warranty or covenant or agreement of any Party made to or for the benefit of such Indemnified Party (and no such indemnity, advancement, representation, warranty, covenant or agreement shall be deemed

 



 

waived) due to any knowledge (constructive or otherwise) of, or investigation or other examination made by or on behalf of, such Indemnified Party (or any of its Affiliates or Representatives) or by reason of the fact that such party or any of its Affiliates or Representatives knew or should have known that any such representation or warranty is, was or might be inaccurate or by reason of such Party’s waiver of any condition set forth in Article X ; and (iv) for purposes of determining whether there has been a breach or inaccuracy of any representation or warranty, or the amount of any Loss related to any such breach or inaccuracy, for purposes of Section 12.02(a)(i)  or Section 12.03(a)(i) , the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement (other than the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.06(a)  (Financial Statements), Section 4.07(b)  (No Material Adverse Effect), Section 4.13(a)  (Employment and Employee Benefit Matters), Section 4.19 (Insurance) and the definition of “Material Lien” shall be considered without giving effect to any materiality (including the terms “material”, “Material Adverse Effect” or similar term) limitation or qualification.

 

(b)                                  If an Indemnifying Party makes any payment for any Losses suffered or incurred by an Indemnified Party pursuant to the provisions of this Article XII , such Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated, to the extent of such payment, to all rights and remedies of the Indemnified Party to any insurance benefits or other claims of the Indemnified Party with respect to such Losses and with respect to the claim giving rise to such Losses.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, from and after Closing, Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Business and the Companies) shall have no Liability to the Seller Parties or their Affiliates in respect of, and none of the Seller Parties and its Affiliates shall have (and the Seller Parties (on behalf of itself and, to the maximum extent permitted by Law, their Affiliates), hereby irrevocably and unconditionally releases, waives and agrees not to assert) any right (whether at Law or in equity, based in contract, contribution, tort or otherwise) against, or recourse to, Buyer or its Affiliates, the Business, the Companies, or their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets) in respect of, any breach of any provision of this Agreement or any Transaction Agreement resulting from any act or omission taken by any Company, the Business or any Representative thereof (unless undertaken at the request of Buyer), or by the Seller Parties or any of their Affiliates in respect of the Business, the Companies or their respective assets (including the Acquired Assets), in each case, occurring at or prior to the Closing.

 

(d)                                  Subject to Section 12.06(a)(i) , the provisions of this Article XII are in addition to, and not in substitution of, any other rights to indemnification or contribution that any such Person may have from any Person that is not an Affiliate of ITG Parent, whether by contract or otherwise.

 

Section 12.07                       Mitigation .  Each Party shall, and shall cause its applicable Affiliates (including the Companies) and Representatives to, use commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate their respective Losses upon and after becoming aware of any fact, event, circumstance or condition that has given rise to or would reasonably be expected to give rise to, any Losses for which it would have the right to seek indemnification hereunder.

 



 

Section 12.08                       Limitation on Liability .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Agreement to the contrary, in no event shall any Party have any Liability under any Transaction Agreement (including under this Article XII ) for any special or punitive damages; provided , however , that the limitations set forth in this sentence shall not apply to any damages to the extent awarded by a court of competent jurisdiction in connection with a third party claim or any claim of Fraud.

 

Section 12.09                       Tax Treatment of Indemnity Payments .  Unless otherwise required by applicable Law, any indemnity payment made under this Agreement shall be treated by all Parties as an adjustment to the final Purchase Price, in accordance with Section 3.01 , for all Tax purposes, and the Parties shall file their Tax Returns accordingly.

 

Section 12.10                       Manner of Payment .  All payments due and owing by any Indemnifying Party to an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Article XII pursuant to either (i) mutual agreement of the Indemnifying Party, on the one hand, or the applicable Indemnified Party, on the other hand or (ii) a final non-appealable judgment (as may be rendered by a court of competent jurisdiction) shall be effected by wire transfer of immediately available funds from the Indemnifying Party to an account or account(s) designated in writing by the applicable Indemnified Party within five (5) business days after the determination thereof.

 

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 13.01                       Rules of Construction .  The following rules of construction shall govern the interpretation of this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  references to “applicable” Law or Laws with respect to a particular Person, thing or matter means only such Law or Laws as to which the Government Authority that enacted or promulgated such Law or Laws has jurisdiction over such Person, thing or matter; references to any contract, statute, rule, regulation or form (including in the definition thereof) shall be deemed to include references to such contract, statute, rule, regulation or form as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (and, in the case of any (i) contract, include all exhibits, schedules and annexes thereto and (ii) statute, include any rules and regulations promulgated under such statute), and all references to any section of any statute, rule, regulation or form include any successor to such section;

 

(b)                                  an item arising with respect to a specific representation or warranty shall be “reflected on” or “set forth in” a balance sheet or financial statements to the extent (i) there is a readily identifiable (including by reference to any underlying works papers or applicable books and records) reserve or accrual underlying a number on such balance sheet or financial statement that is related to the subject matter of such representation, (ii) such item is otherwise specifically set forth in the face of the balance sheet or financial statement or (iii) such item is reflected on the balance sheet or financial statement and is specifically referred to in the notes thereto;

 

(c)                                   when calculating the period of time before which, within which or following which any act is to be done or step taken pursuant to this Agreement, the date that is

 



 

referenced in beginning the calculation of such period will be excluded (for example, if an action is to be taken within two (2) days after a triggering event and such event occurs on a Tuesday, then the action must be taken by Thursday); if the last day of such period is a non-Business Day, the period in question will end on the next succeeding Business Day;

 

(d)                                  whenever the context requires, words in the singular shall be held to include the plural and vice versa, words of one gender shall be held to include the other gender as the context requires and pronouns and any variations thereof refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural;

 

(e)                                   (i) the provision of a table of contents, the division into Articles, Sections and other subdivisions and the insertion of headings are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation, or be utilized in construing or interpreting, this Agreement; (ii) references to the terms “Article”, “Section”, “subsection”, “subclause”, “clause”, “Schedule” and “Exhibit” are references to the specified Articles, Sections, subsections, subclauses, clauses, Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement unless otherwise specified and (iii) the term “made available” means that the applicable document or other information was (A) provided by one Party or its representatives to the other Party and its representatives through physical or electronic delivery prior to the date hereof, or (B) included in the Seller Parties’ virtual data room prior to the date hereof;

 

(f)                                    (i) the terms “hereof”, “herein”, “hereby”, “hereto”, and derivative or similar words refer to this entire Agreement, including the Schedules and Exhibits hereto; (ii) the terms “include”, “includes”, “including” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement mean “including, without limitation” unless otherwise specified; (iii) the term “any” means “any and all”; and (iv) the term “or” shall not be exclusive and shall mean “and/or”;

 

(g)                                   (i) references to “days” means calendar days unless Business Days are expressly specified; (ii) references to “written” or “in writing” include in electronic form; and (iii) references to “$” mean U.S. dollars;

 

(h)                                  if it becomes necessary to convert any currency into any other currency, the conversion shall be made in accordance with the exchange rate quoted in the Wall Street Journal as of the close as of 11:59 pm on the date immediately preceding the Closing Date;

 

(i)                                      references to any Person includes (i) such Person’s successors and permitted assigns and (ii) a Government Authority (as applicable);

 

(j)                                     references to “contracts” means any contract, agreement and/or arrangement;

 

(k)                                  whenever this Agreement requires Seller Parent to take any action and/or perform any obligation, such requirement shall be deemed to involve an undertaking on the part of Seller Parent to take such action or perform such obligation directly or to cause Seller Parent to take such action or perform such obligation;

 

(l)                                      “ordinary course of business” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the ordinary course of business of such Person, consistent with past practice; and

 


 

(m)          each Party has participated in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement and if an ambiguity or question of interpretation should arise, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or burdening either Party by virtue of the authorship of any provision in this Agreement; the language used herein will be deemed to be the language chosen by the Parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against either Party.

 

Section 13.02       Expenses .  Except as otherwise specified in the Transaction Agreements, each Party shall pay its and its Affiliates’ own costs and expenses, including legal, consulting, financial advisor and accounting fees and expenses, incurred in connection with the Transactions and the Transaction Agreements, irrespective of when incurred, whether or not the Closing occurs; provided , however , that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Transaction Agreement, (a) Seller Parent shall pay all Unpaid Transaction Expenses and (b) if the Closing occurs, the Companies will pay all such costs and expenses of Buyer and its Affiliates.

 

Section 13.03       Notices .  All notices and other communications under or by reason of the Transaction Agreements shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made (a) when personally delivered, (b) when delivered by e-mail transmission with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original by another delivery method provided for in this Section 13.03 ), (c) one Business Day after deposit with overnight courier service or (d) when delivered by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or by a national courier service, in each case to the addresses and attention parties indicated below (or such other address e-mail address or attention party as the recipient party has specified by prior notice given to the sending party in accordance with this Section 13.03 ):

 

If to any of the Seller Parties, to:

 

Investment Technology Group, Inc.
One Liberty Plaza
165 Broadway
New York, New York 10006
Attention: General Counsel
E-mail: legalnotices@itg.com

 

 

 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz
51 West 52
nd  Street
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Nicholas G. Demmo
Email: NGDemmo@wlrk.com

 

 

 

If to Buyer, to:

 

Kratos U.S., Inc.
Kratos Energy Research Canada Inc.
c/o Warburg Pincus LLC
450 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Attention: General Counsel
Email: notices@warburgpincus.com

 



 

with a copy (which will not constitute notice) to:

 

Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022

 

 

Attention:

Eunu Chun

 

 

 

Jai Agrawal

 

 

 

Joshua Soszynski

 

 

Email:

eunu.chun@kirkland.com

 

 

 

jagrawal@kirkland.com

 

 

 

jsoszynski@kirkland.com

 

Section 13.04       Public Announcements .  No Party nor any Affiliate or Representative of any Party shall issue or cause the publication of any press release or public announcement or statement or otherwise communicate with any news media or Person in respect of the Transaction Agreements or the Transactions without first consulting with and obtaining the prior written consent of the other Party (which consent (other than with respect to matters directly or indirectly related to price) shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), except to the extent that such Party is required, based on advice of counsel, by applicable Law or by applicable rules of any national stock exchange on which such Party or its Affiliates lists or trades securities (in which case the disclosing Party will, unless prohibited by applicable Law, (a) advise the other Party before making such disclosure and (b) provide such other Party a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on such release or announcement or statement in advance of such disclosure and consider in good faith any comments with respect thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Party may (i) make internal announcements to its employees (other than with respect to price) that are consistent with such Party’s prior disclosures regarding the Transaction Agreements or the Transaction previously made in accordance with this Section 13.04, (ii) provide ordinary course communications for financial reporting purposes to the extent required by applicable Law and (iii) regarding this Agreement and the Transactions to existing (or, in the case of Buyer and its Affiliates, prospective) equity holders (including, in the case of Buyer and its Affiliates, general and limited partners and members), directors (or equivalent) and investors of any Affiliates of such Person, in each case, in connection with fund raising, marketing information or reporting activities of the kind customarily provided with respect to investments of this kind, but in each case the disclosing Person shall instruct the recipient of such information to treat such information as strictly confidential.

 

Section 13.05       Severability .  If any term or provision hereof is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable Law or as a matter of public policy, the validity, legality and enforceability of all other terms and provisions hereof shall not in any way be affected or impaired.  If the final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or other Government Authority declares that any term or provision hereof is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the Parties agree that the court making such determination shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, area or applicability of the term or provision, to delete specific words or phrases, or to replace any invalid, illegal or unenforceable term or provision with a term or provision that is valid, legal and enforceable and that comes closest to expressing the intention of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable term or provision.

 



 

Section 13.06       Assignment .  This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the respective successors and permitted assigns of the Parties.  No Party may assign (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) this Agreement or any rights, interests or obligations provided by this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Parties; provided , however , that (a) any Party may assign (whether by operation of Law or otherwise) this Agreement and any or all rights and obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliates (for so long as such Persons remain Affiliates) upon prior written notice to the other Parties, and (b) Buyer may assign its rights under this Agreement to (i) its sources of financing as collateral security or (ii) in connection with any disposition or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock of the Companies in any form of transaction; provided , further , that no such assignment shall release any Party from any Liability under this Agreement.

 

Section 13.07       No Third-Party Beneficiaries .  This Agreement and the other Transaction Agreements are for the sole benefit of the parties hereto and thereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and, except with respect to Buyer Indemnified Parties and Seller Indemnified Parties pursuant to Article XII , or as expressly set forth in the applicable Transaction Agreement, nothing in the Transaction Agreements shall create or be deemed to create any third-party beneficiary rights in any Person not a party to the Transaction Agreements, including any Affiliates of any party.

 

Section 13.08       Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including the Seller Disclosure Letter) and the other Transaction Agreements (and all exhibits and schedules hereto and thereto) collectively constitute and contain the entire agreement and understanding of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior negotiations, correspondence, understandings, agreements and contracts, whether written or oral, among the Parties respecting the subject matter hereof and thereof.

 

Section 13.09       Amendments .  The Transaction Agreements (including all exhibits and schedules thereto) may only be amended, restated supplemented or otherwise modified by written agreement making specific reference to the applicable Transaction Agreement to be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, in each case duly executed by each party to such Transaction Agreement.  No Consent from any Indemnified Party under Article XII (in each case other than the Parties) shall be required to amend this Agreement.

 

Section 13.10       Waiver .  At any time before the Closing, either Seller or Buyer may (a) extend the time for the performance of any obligation or other acts of the other Party, (b) waive any breaches or inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of the other Party contained in this Agreement or in any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement, or (c) waive compliance with any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Agreement but such waiver of compliance with any such covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure.  Any such waiver shall be in a written instrument duly executed by the waiving Party.  No failure on the part of either Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy under any Transaction Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such Party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy.

 



 

Section 13.11       Governing Law .  The Transaction Agreements, and any Action that may be based upon, arise out of or relate or be incidental to any Transaction, any Transaction Agreement, the negotiation, execution, performance or consummation thereof or the inducement of any Party to enter therein, whether for breach of contract, tortious conduct or otherwise, and whether now existing or hereafter arising (each, a “ Transaction Dispute ”), shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal Laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any Law or rule that would cause the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York to be applied.

 

Section 13.12       Dispute Resolution; Consent to Jurisdiction .

 

(a)           Any Transaction Dispute shall exclusively be brought and resolved in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York (where federal jurisdiction exists) or the Commercial Division of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the County of New York (where federal jurisdiction does not exist), and the appellate courts having jurisdiction of appeals in such courts.  In that context, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Party irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

(i)            submits for itself and its property to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts with respect to any Transaction Dispute (other than for recognition and enforcement of any judgment resulting from any Transaction Dispute) and agrees that all claims in respect of any Transaction Dispute (other than any or recognition or enforcement Action) shall be exclusively heard and determined in such courts;

 

(ii)           agrees that venue would be proper in such courts, and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have that any such court is an improper or inconvenient forum for the resolution of any Transaction Dispute; and

 

(iii)          agrees that the mailing by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Persons listed in Section 13.03 of any process required by any such court, will be effective service of process; provided , however , that nothing herein will be deemed to prevent a Party from making service of process by any means authorized by the Laws of the State of New York.

 

(b)           The foregoing consent to jurisdiction shall not constitute submission to jurisdiction or general consent to service of process in the State of New York for any purpose except with respect to any Transaction Dispute.

 

Section 13.13       Waiver of Jury Trial To the maximum extent permitted by Law, each Party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any right to trial by jury in any forum in respect of any Transaction Dispute and covenants that neither it nor any of its Affiliates will assert (whether as plaintiff, defendant or otherwise) any right to such trial by jury.  Each Party certifies and acknowledges that (a) such Party has considered the implications of this waiver, (b) such Party makes this waiver voluntarily and (c) such waiver constitutes a material inducement upon which such Party is relying and will rely in entering into the Transaction Agreements.  Each Party may file an original counterpart or

 



 

a copy of this Section 13.13 with any court as written evidence of the consent of each Party to the waiver of its right to trial by jury .

 

Section 13.14       Remedies; Specific Performance .

 

(a)           Except to the extent set forth otherwise in this Agreement (including in Section 12.05 ), all remedies under this Agreement expressly conferred upon a Party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by Law or equity upon such Party, and the exercise by a Party of any one remedy shall not preclude the exercise of any other remedy.

 

(b)           Each Party agrees that irreparable damage may occur and the Parties would not have an adequate remedy at Law if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms or is otherwise breached.  Accordingly, each Party agrees that the other Party will be entitled to injunctive relief from time to time to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in each case (i) without the requirement of posting any bond or other indemnity, and (ii) in addition to any other remedy to which it may be entitled, at law or in equity.  Furthermore, each Party agrees not to raise any objections to the availability of the equitable remedy of specific performance to prevent or restrain breaches of this Agreement, and to specifically enforce the terms of this Agreement to prevent breaches or threatened breaches of, or to enforce compliance with, the covenants and obligations of such Party under this Agreement.

 

Section 13.15       Interest .  If any payment required to be made to a Party under this Agreement is made after the date on which such payment is due, interest shall accrue on such amount from (but not including) the due date of the payment to (and including) the date such payment is actually made at the Interest Rate.  All computations of interest pursuant to this Agreement shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty-five (365) days, in each case for the actual number of days from (but not including) the first day to (and including) the last day occurring in the period for which such interest is payable.

 

Section 13.16       Disclosure Letters and Exhibits .  The Seller Disclosure Letter, Buyer Disclosure Letter, Schedules and Exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be construed with and as an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein.  Any capitalized terms used in any Exhibit or Schedule or in the Seller Disclosure Letter or Buyer Disclosure Letter but not otherwise defined therein shall be defined as set forth in this Agreement.  The representations and warranties of the Seller Parties or Buyer set forth in this Agreement are made and given subject to the disclosures contained in the correspondingly numbered section or clause of the Seller Disclosure Letter or Buyer Disclosure Letter, as applicable, and neither the Seller Parties nor any of their Affiliates, nor Buyer nor any of its Affiliates, as applicable, shall be, or deemed to be, in breach of any such representations and warranties (and no claim shall lie in respect thereof) in respect of any such matter so disclosed in the Seller Disclosure Letter or Buyer Disclosure Letter, as applicable.    Inclusion of information in the Seller Disclosure Letter shall not be construed as an admission that such information is material to the business, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Business.  Each Section or clause of the Seller Disclosure Letter or Buyer Disclosure Letter (other than any section or clause intended to in any manner qualify any of the Seller

 



 

Fundamental Representations or the representations and warranties in Section 4.07(b) , Section 4.09(b), Section 4.14 and Section 4.17 ) shall be deemed to incorporate by reference all information disclosed in any other Section or clause of the Seller Disclosure Letter or Buyer Disclosure Letter, as applicable, to the extent it is reasonably apparent based on the text of such disclosure that the disclosure in such other Section or clause of the Seller Disclosure Letter or Buyer Disclosure Letter is applicable to such Section or clause of the Seller Disclosure Letter or Buyer Disclosure Letter.  The Seller Parties and Buyer expressly do not waive any attorney-client privilege associated with information disclosed in the Seller Disclosure Letter or Buyer Disclosure Letter, as applicable, or any protection afforded by the work-product doctrine with respect to any of the matters disclosed or discussed herein.

 

Section 13.17       Counterparts .  Each Transaction Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Facsimiles, e-mail transmission of .pdf signatures or other electronic copies of signatures shall be deemed to be originals.

 

Section 13.18       Non-Recourse .  Other than with respect to Retained Claims, this Agreement may only be enforced against, and any claim or cause of action based upon, arising out of, or related to this Agreement may only be brought against, the entities that are expressly named as Parties hereto and then only with respect to the specific obligations set forth herein with respect to such Party.  Except to the extent a named Party to this Agreement (and then only to the extent of the specific obligations undertaken by such named Party in this Agreement and not otherwise), no financing source of the Buyer or any past, present or future director, officer, stockholder, employee, incorporator, member, partner, stockholder, Affiliate, representative, agent or attorney of any Party to this Agreement, shall have any Liability (whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise) for any one or more of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations or Liabilities of any Party under this Agreement (whether for indemnification or otherwise) of or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, the Transactions, except for claims that the Seller Parties may assert: (i) against any Person that is party to, and solely pursuant to the terms of, confidentiality agreements with Seller Parent; (ii) against the parties to the Limited Guarantee (and their legal successors and assigns of their obligations thereunder) under, in accordance with and subject to the terms of, the Limited Guarantee; (iii) against Buyer to cause Buyer to obtain specific performance against Investor under the Equity Commitment Letter to fund Investor’s commitment thereunder in accordance with and subject to the terms thereof and Section 13.14 ; and (iv) against the Buyer in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (the claims described in clauses (i) through (iv) collectively, the “ Retained Claims ”).

 

Section 13.19       Section Privilege .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties hereto further acknowledge and agree that the Seller Parties and their Affiliates (other than the Companies) shall retain all rights and interests in and under (A) all attorney-client privilege and attorney work-product protection of the Seller Parties, the Companies and their respective Affiliates or associated with the Business as a result of legal counsel representing the Seller Parties, the Companies or their respective Affiliates or the Business in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements, (B) all documents and records subject to the attorney-client privilege or work-product protection described in the foregoing clause (A) above and (C) all documents and

 



 

records maintained by the Seller Parties, the Companies or their respective Affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements.  Buyer hereby waives, on its own behalf and agrees to cause its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Companies) to waive, any conflicts that may arise in connection with such legal counsel representing the Seller Parties or its Affiliates after the Closing as such representation may relate to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Agreements.

 

[Signature page follows]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller Parties and Buyer have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first written above by their respective duly authorized officers.

 

 

 

INVESTMENT TECHNOLOGY GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Name: Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITG GLOBAL TRAINING INCORPORATED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Name: Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Title: Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITG SOLUTIONS NETWORK, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Name: Steven R. Vigliotti

 

 

Title: Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

ITG INVESTMENT RESEARCH, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Napoli

 

 

Name: Joseph Napoli

 

 

Title: Vice President

 



 

 

KRATOS ENERGY RESEARCH CANADA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cary J. Davis

 

 

Name: Cary J. Davis

 

 

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KRATOS U.S., INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Cary J. Davis

 

 

Name: Cary J. Davis

 

 

Title: President

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE COMPANY

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation/Organization

ITG Inc. 

 

Delaware

AlterNet Securities, Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Software Solutions, Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Global Trading Incorporated

 

Delaware

ITG Solutions Network, Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Analytics, Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Investment Research, LLC 

 

Delaware

ITG Platforms Inc. 

 

Delaware

ITG Derivatives LLC

 

Illinois

Investment Technology Group International Limited

 

Ireland

ITG Ventures Limited

 

Ireland

Investment Technology Group Limited

 

Ireland

Investment Technology Group Europe Limited

 

Ireland

ITG Australia Limited

 

Australia

ITG Singapore Pte. Limited

 

Singapore

ITG Canada Corp. 

 

Nova Scotia

TriAct Canada Marketplace LP

 

Ontario

ITG Hong Kong Limited

 

Hong Kong

 

Note: Certain subsidiaries were omitted from this list in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(21)(ii).

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors
Investment Technology Group, Inc.:

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statements (No. 333-209160, No. 333-207126, No. 333-78309, No. 333-42725, No. 333-50804, No. 333-89290, No. 333-99087, No. 333-26309, No. 333-159271, No. 333-156634, No. 333-166855, No. 333-170116, No. 333-175017, No. 333-189267, and No. 333-189268) on Form S-8 of Investment Technology Group, Inc. of our reports dated February 29, 2016, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial condition of Investment Technology Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, which reports appear in the December 31, 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

 

 

New York, New York

 

February 29, 2016

 

 




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.1


CERTIFICATION

I, Francis J. Troise, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 29, 2016        

 

 

 

 

/s/ FRANCIS J. TROISE

Francis J. Troise
Chief Executive Officer



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 31.2


CERTIFICATION

I, Steven R. Vigliotti, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc.;

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 29, 2016        

 

 

 

 

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

Steven R. Vigliotti
Chief Financial Officer



QuickLinks

CERTIFICATION

QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 32.1


Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(18 U.S.C., Section 1350)

        In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Investment Technology Group, Inc. (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2015, as filed with the SEC on the date hereof (the "Report"), Francis J. Troise, as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Steven R. Vigliotti, as Chief Financial Officer of the Company, each hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, that to his knowledge:

(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"); and

(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


/s/ FRANCIS J. TROISE

Francis J. Troise
Chief Executive Officer
February 29, 2016

 

/s/ STEVEN R. VIGLIOTTI

Steven R. Vigliotti
Chief Financial Officer
February 29, 2016

        The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and shall not be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.




QuickLinks

Certification Under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C., Section 1350)